Air Pollution Prevention - Manual On Emission Monitoring

TEXTE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH OF THE

FEDERAL MINISTRY OF THE ENVIRONMENT,
NATURE CONSERVATION AND NUCLEAR SAFETY
Research Report 297 44 849

UBA-FB xxx105/e
Texte
Air Pollution Prevention:
79 Manual on Emission
01 Monitoring
ISSN
0722-186X
by
UMEG – Zentrum für Umweltmessungen, Umwelterhebungen und
Gerätesicherheit Baden-Württemberg, Karlsruhe
On behalf of the Federal Environmental Agency
UMWELTBUNDESAMT
Publications by the Federal Environmental Agency
in the TEXTE series are available subject to advance
payment of DM 20,-- (10,26
(10,26 Euro) by bank transfer, crossed cheque
or paying-in form to
Account number 4327 65 - 104 at the

Postbank Berlin (Sorting Code 10010010)
Fa. Werbung und Vertrieb
Ahornstraße 1-2
10787 Berlin
At the same time please direct your written order to the

Firma Werbung und Vertrieb naming the volume number
from the TEXTE series, and the name and address of the
orderer.
The publisher does not accept responsibility for the

correctness, accuracy or completeness of the information,
or for the observance of the private rights of third parties.
The contents of this publication do not necessarily
reflect the official opinions.
Publisher: Federal Environmental Agency (Umweltbundesamt)

Postfach 33 00 22
14191 Berlin
Tel.: +49/30/8903-0
Telex: 183 756
Telefax: +49/30/8903 2285
Internet: http://www.umweltbundesamt.de
Edited by: Section II 6.3

Dr. Hans-Joachim Hummel
Berlin, Dezember 2001

REPORT COVER SHEET
1. Report No. 2. 3.
UBA-FB 000
4. Report Title
Air Pollution Prevention
Manual on Emission Monitoring
5. Author(s), Family Name(s), First Name(s) 8. Report Date
6. Performing Organisation (Name, Address) 9. Publication Date

UMEG
Zentrum für Umweltmessungen, Umwelterhebungen 10. UFOPLAN – Ref. No.
und Gerätesicherheit Baden-Württemberg 297 44 849

Großoberfeld 3, D-76135 Karlsruhe 11. No. of Pages
290
7. Sponsoring Agency (Name, Address) 12. No. of References
Umweltbundesamt, Bismarckplatz 1, 14193 Berlin 86
13. No. of Tables
9
14. No. of Figures
31
15. Supplementary Notes
16. Abstract
The Manual on Emission Monitoring covers the need for information about the national practice in
the field of emission control at plants, requiring official approval.
The legal bases for discontinuous and continuous measurements for emission control at plants,
requiring official approval, are treated. Thereby also the European environmental legislation is
considered. The publication procedure for testing institutes, which execute such measurements, is
described.
The execution of discontinuous emission measurements (course of the measurement and
measurement requests) and for continuous emission measurement (suitability test, installation,
maintenance, functional test and calibration of the measuring device) including the evaluation and
documentation of the measured values is described. The procedure of remote emission monitoring is
explained. The most important measuring procedures are reported.
The guide contains a current list of suitability tested measuring devices. Such measuring devices are
presented by the manufacturers. The presentations include specifications about the mode of operation
and the device characteristics (e.g. parameters from the suitability test).
17. Keywords
emission, emission monitoring, remote emission monitoring, emission measurement, suitability test,
measuring institute, measuring laboratory, emission measuring system, emission measuring device,
maintenance, calibration, functional test, measuring procedure
18. Price 19. 20.

-1-
Table of contents
1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 PURPOSE OF EMISSION MONITORING .......................................................................................................... 5
1.2 NATIONAL LEGAL BASIS AND MEASUREMENT INSTRUCTIONS, COMPARISON WITH EU LAW ................... 5
1.3 STANDARDISATION OF MEASUREMENT METHODS ..................................................................................... 7
1.4 ACCREDITATION PROCEDURES FOR TESTING LABORATORIES..................................................................... 9
2 DISCONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING ......................................................................................... 11

2.1 LEGAL BASIS (REASONS FOR DISCONTINUOUS MEASUREMENTS) ............................................................. 11
2.2 MEASUREMENT PLANNING....................................................................................................................... 12
2.3 REALIZATION OF MEASUREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 13
2.3.1 Selecting the measurement section and the measurement cross section ........................................ 13
2.3.2 Grid measurements................................................................................................................................ 14
2.3.3 Extractive isokinetic sampling.............................................................................................................. 15
2.3.4 Extractive sampling for gas measurements ........................................................................................ 16
2.3.5 Determination of general waste gas conditions ................................................................................. 17
2.4 SPECIAL MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS ........................................... 17
2.5 EVALUATION / REPORTING / DOCUMENTATION .................................................................................... 19
3 CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING................................................................................................. 20

3.1 LEGAL BASES ............................................................................................................................................. 20
3.1.1 Installations subject to licensing ........................................................................................................... 20
3.1.2 Installations not subject to licensing .................................................................................................... 23
3.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING ........................................................... 24
3.2.1 Suitability tests........................................................................................................................................ 24
3.2.2 Installation, operation and quality control of suitability-tested measurement devices................ 27
3.2.2.1 Selection of the measurement cross section ................................................................................... 27
3.2.2.2 Installation of measuring devices .................................................................................................... 27
3.2.2.3 Maintenance of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement ........................ 28
3.2.2.4 Checking the functionality of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement 29
3.2.2.5 Calibration of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement ........................... 30
3.2.2.6 Special requirements for the functional test / calibration............................................................ 32
3.2.2.6.1 Dust content measurement devices................................................................................................. 33
3.2.2.6.2 Smoke density meters ....................................................................................................................... 33
3.2.2.6.3 Measurement devices for sulphur dioxide..................................................................................... 33
3.2.2.6.4 Measurement devices for nitrogen oxide ....................................................................................... 33
3.2.2.6.5 Measurement devices for carbon monoxide .................................................................................. 34
3.2.2.6.6 Measurement devices for organic compounds .............................................................................. 34
3.2.2.6.7 Measurement devices for inorganic gaseous fluorine compounds............................................. 34
3.2.2.6.8 Measurement devices for inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds ............................................ 34
3.2.2.6.9 Measurement devices for hydrogen sulphide ............................................................................... 34
3.2.2.6.10 Measurement devices for ammonia ................................................................................................ 35
3.2.2.6.11 Measurement devices for mercury.................................................................................................. 35
3.2.2.6.12 Measurement devices for reference values (volume flow, humidity, oxygen,
temperature) ....................................................................................................................................... 35
3.3 EVALUATION AND DOCUMENTATION OF MEASURED VALUES, SUBMISSION TO THE AUTHORITIES /
REMOTE EMISSION MONITORING............................................................................................................... 36
-2-
4 MEASUREMENT METHODS .......................................................................................................................... 40

4.1 CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENT OF NON-ATMOSPHERIC SUBSTANCES (STATIONARY / MOBILE) .............. 40
4.1.1 Measurement of particulate emissions................................................................................................ 40
4.1.1.1 Photometric in situ dust measurement (measurement of optical transmission)....................... 40
4.1.1.2 Scattered light measurement............................................................................................................ 42
4.1.1.3 Measurement with beta ray absorption.......................................................................................... 44
4.1.1.4 Dust measurement using tribo-electric sensors ............................................................................. 44
4.1.2 Measurement of gaseous substances ................................................................................................... 45
4.1.2.1 Photometry with extractive sampling............................................................................................. 45
4.1.2.2 In situ photometry ............................................................................................................................. 48
4.1.2.3 FTIR spectroscopy.............................................................................................................................. 49
4.1.2.4 Chemiluminescence methods........................................................................................................... 50
4.1.2.5 Flame ionisation measurement ........................................................................................................ 51
4.1.2.6 Less common measurement methods ............................................................................................. 52
4.2 DISCONTINUOUS MEASUREMENTS............................................................................................................ 53
4.2.1 Manual measurement of dust load and determination of substances contained in dust
(semimetals and metals) ........................................................................................................................ 53
4.2.2 Determination of the mass concentration of polychlorinated dibenzodioxins and
polychlorinated dibenzofuranes (PCDD/PCDF)............................................................................... 56
4.2.3 Manual procedures to measure inorganic compounds..................................................................... 57
4.2.4 Determination of individual organic components............................................................................. 59
4.2.5 Olfactometric determination of odour emissions .............................................................................. 60
4.3 MEASUREMENT OF REFERENCE VALUES ................................................................................................... 61
4.3.1 Oxygen measurement (paramagnetic effect)...................................................................................... 61
4.3.2 Oxygen measurement (zirconium dioxide probe)............................................................................. 62
4.3.3 Determination of waste gas humidity ................................................................................................. 63
4.3.4 Flow speed / waste gas volumetric flow ............................................................................................ 64
4.3.5 Temperature measurement................................................................................................................... 66
4.4 LONG-TERM SAMPLING FOR PCDD/F..................................................................................................... 67
5 GLOSSARY........................................................................................................................................................... 69
6 REFERENCES....................................................................................................................................................... 71
7 ANNEX 1: LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS /

EXCERPTS FROM QUOTED SOURCES........................................................................................................ 79
7.1 EXCERPT OF THE FEDERAL IMMISSION CONTROL ACT ............................................................................ 79
7.2 EXCERPT OF THE TA LUFT ........................................................................................................................ 83
7.3 EXCERPT OF THE LARGE FURNACES ORDER (13 BIMSCHV).................................................................. 95
TH
7.4 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON WASTE INCINERATION PLANTS (17 BIMSCHV)....................................... 99

TH
7.5 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON TITANIUM DIOXIDE (25 BIMSCHV)........................................................ 104

TH
7.6 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON CREMATORIA (27 BIMSCHV) ................................................................. 105

TH
7.7 UNIFORM PRACTICE IN MONITORING EMISSIONS IN THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY –

PART 1..................................................................................................................................................... 107
7.8 UNIFORM PRACTICE IN MONITORING EMISSIONS IN THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY –
PART 2..................................................................................................................................................... 131
7.9 STANDARD FORM OF TEST REPORT FOR THE DETERMINATION OF EMISSIONS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH §§ 26, 28 OF THE FEDERAL IMMISSION CONTROL ACT ................................................................ 141
-3-
7.10 STANDARD FORM OF TEST REPORT FOR THE EXECUTION OF FUNCTIONAL TESTS / CALIBRATIONS
FOR CONTINUOUS MEASURING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH §§ 26, 28 OF THE
13 FEDERAL IMMISSION CONTROL ORDINANCE (BIMSCHV), NO. 3.2 OF TA LUFT AND
TH
§ 10 OF THE 17 FEDERAL IMMISSION CONTROL ORDINANCE (BIMSCHV) ......................................... 151

TH
8 ANNEX 2: LIST OF SUITABILITY TESTED AND ANNOUNCED MEASURING DEVICES

FOR EMISSION MEASUREMENTS AND ELECTRONIC EVALUATION SYSTEMS...................... 167
9 ANNEX 3: PRESENTATIONS OF MEASURING DEVICES BY THE MANUFACTURERES ........... 185
Table of figures
Figure 1: Flow chart for the “notification / accreditation” process ................................................................. 10
Figure 2.1: Example arrangement of a measurement platform on a vertical flue duct, with two
measurement axes and four measurement ports for the realization of traverse
measurements (a number of measurement methods can be carried out at the same time) .... 14
Figure 2.2: Position of measurement points in square and round flue-cross sections in accordance
with VDI 2066, part. 1 ....................................................................................................................... 15
Figure 2.3: Influence of suction errors (non-isokinetic sampling) on sampling............................................ 16
Figure 3.1: Quality assurance for continuous emission monitoring............................................................... 24
Figure 3.2: Daily printout of the classification of a plant in accordance with TA Luft ................................ 38
Figure 3.3: Remote emissions monitoring system with connection to authorities ....................................... 39
Figure 4.1: Photometric in situ dust measurement (schematic) ...................................................................... 42
Figure 4.2: Scattered light measurement, extractive method (schematic) ..................................................... 43
Figure 4.3: In situ scattered light measurement (schematic) ........................................................................... 43
Figure 4.4: Dust measurement with β-ray absorption (schematic)................................................................. 44
Figure 4.5: Simplest measuring set-up for an absorption photometer (schematic)...................................... 46
Figure 4.6: NDIR photometer (schematic) ......................................................................................................... 46
Figure 4.7: Gas filter correlation method (schematic) ...................................................................................... 46
Figure 4.8: Different in situ photometer arrangements.................................................................................... 48
Figure 4.9: FTIR spectrometer with Michelson interferometer arrangement (schematic)........................... 49
Figure 4.10: Chemiluminescence measurement arrangement (schematic) ..................................................... 50
Figure 4.11: Flame ionisation detector / FID (schematic).................................................................................. 51
Figure 4.12: Example of a dust sampling device with a plane filter device (in-stack) and
absorption system for analysis of filter-passing dust componenents ......................................... 55
Figure 4.13: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the filter/cooler method (schematic).......................................... 56
Figure 4.14: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the dilution method (schematic) ................................................. 56
Figure 4.15: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the cooled suction pipe method (schematic) ............................. 56
Figure 4.16: Device for sampling (inorganic) gaseous materials by means of absorption ............................ 57
Figure 4.17: Time-integrating sampling with gas collection vessel (schematic) ............................................. 58
-4-
Figure 4.18: Oxygen measurement using ‘Siemens’ system based on paramagnetic alternating
pressure (schematic) .......................................................................................................................... 61
Figure 4.19: Oxygen measurement using Maihak’s system based on a magnetic torsion balance
(schematic) .......................................................................................................................................... 62
Figure 4.20: Oxygen measurement using a zirconium probe (schematic)....................................................... 62
Figure 4.21: Flow speed measurement using the Prandtl tube (schematic) .................................................... 64
Figure 4.22: Flow balance....................................................................................................................................... 65
Figure 4.23: Flow measurement using ultrasound ............................................................................................. 65
Figure 4.24: Schematic diagram of a suction pyrometer with downstream oxygen measurement. ............ 67
Index of tables
Table 1: Comparison of statutory regulations.................................................................................................... 6
Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring.................................... 8
Table 3: Overview of time-related requirements of officially ordered discontinuous emission

measurements........................................................................................................................................ 12
Table 4.1: Absorption solutions for accumulating measured objects............................................................... 57
Table 7.1: Measured objects for which continuous measurement is required in accordance with
TA Luft. .................................................................................................................................................. 83
Table 7.2: Measured objects for which continuous measurement is required in accordance with the
th
13 Federal Immissions Control Ordinance....................................................................................... 95
th
17 Federal Immissions Control Ordinance....................................................................................... 99
th
25 (BImSchV)...................................................................................................................................... 104
th
27 Federal Immissions Control Ordinance..................................................................................... 105
-5-
1 General
1.1 Purpose of emission monitoring
In Germany, regular measurements are carried out, especially with respect to the environmental media of air,
noise and water, in order to ensure that the quality of the media is controlled and to assess measures to secure
and improve quality.
The legal basis for measurements which aim to monitor air quality is the Federal Immissions Control Act (Bundes-
Immissionsschutzgesetz, BImSchG [1]); this contains requirements with respect to the installation and operation
of plants which could potentially have a harmful environmental effect. These requirements are put into concrete
terms in the form of statutory orders and administrative regulations.
In order to fulfil the relevant requirements, BImSchG gives the authorities the option of determining emissions
levels either by means of discontinuous measurements at regular intervals or, if mass flows are large, by means of
continuous measurements.
This manual describes the measurement responsibilities which arise as a result of the legal requirements for
installations subject to licensing. Increasingly, requirements on plant monitoring resulting from European
Community regulations are also becoming more important with respect to national enforcement, and this manual
will also deal with these. Requirements derived from UN-ECE protocols (United Nations Economic Commission
for Europe) which are to be converted into national law, are fulfilled in Germany with respect to plant
monitoring.
The measurements themselves and the calibration of the continuous measuring systems are carried out by
independent measuring institutes which have been accredited for the purpose. In line with the lightening of the
regulations for audited sites, i.e. for operators of plants which are voluntarily subjected to these environment
management and operation inspections, this principle will be less rigidly applied in future: These plants will carry
out the majority of the monitoring currently required themselves.
1.2 National legal basis and measurement instructions, comparison with EU law
Emission monitoring is among the measures defined in the Federal Immissions Control Act [1]. The Federal
Government is authorised, by § 7 BImSchG for installations subject to licensing and by § 23 BImSchG for
installations not subject to licensing, to draw up statutory orders which prescribe that the operation and internal
monitoring of such installations must fulfil certain requirements, and specifically that “the operators of
installations must make measurements of emissions and immissions or charge a third party to make such
measurements using methods to be defined in more detail in the statutory order”.
These statutory orders govern the field of installations subject to licensing, with:
- the first General Administrative Regulation pertaining to BImSchG (TA Luft) [2],
th
- the thirteenth Federal Immissions Control Order (13 BImSchV) [7],
th
- the seventeenth Federal Immissions Control Order (17 BImSchV) [8],
and the field of installations not subject to licensing, with:

st
- the first Federal Immissions Control Order (1 BImSchV) [3],
nd
- the second Federal Immissions Control Order (2 BImSchV) [4],
th
- the twenty-fifth Federal Immissions Control Order (25 BImSchV) [9],
th
- the twenty-seventh Federal Immissions Control Order (27 BImSchV) [10].
st nd
Measurements and regulations pursuant to the 1 and 2 BImSchV are the subject of a different manual published
as a text by the Federal Environmental Agency [79]. Therefore, they will not be dealt with further in this manual.
-6-
At a European level the directive on integrated prevention and pollution control (IPPC directive) [12] governs the
legal prerequisites for the arrangement of emissions measurements. In Art. 9, paragraph 5, it is required that the
licence contains “suitable release monitoring requirements, specifying measurement methodology and frequency
and evaluation procedure”. The definition of these requirements remains largely a national responsibility, except
when an appropriate need for action is ascertained as a result of the exchange of information within Europe.
Emission monitoring requirements are currently applicable across Europe in the following areas:
- for large furnaces, 88/609 EEC [13]

- for new installations for the incineration of municipal waste, 89/369 EEC [14]
- for existing installations for the incineration of municipal waste, 89/429 EEC [15]
- for the incineration of hazardous waste, 94/67/EC [16]
- for specific activities and installations using organic solvents (VOC directive), 1999/13/EC [17].
European directives have to be implemented into national law within specific periods of time. The existing
national statutory orders partially cover the requirements of the European law. In other cases, the statutory orders
can be reworked or amended to implement an appropriate European directive into national law (e.g. the revised
th
version of the 17 BImSchV in February 1999).
Table 1: Comparison of statutory regulations
Regulation National law EU law

Licensing procedures / BImSchG §§ 7, 26, 28, 29 IPPC directive, Article 9
measurement requirements (formerly: 84/360 EEC)
th
Installations subject to licensing 4 BImSchV IPPC directive, Appendix I
Measured objects TA Luft IPPC directive, Appendix III
Specific measurement requirements:
st
Small furnaces 1 BImSchV
nd
Highly volatile halogen hydrocarbons 2 BImSchV/TA Luft 1999/13/EC
th
Large furnaces 13 BImSchV 88/609 EEC
th
Incineration plants for municipal waste 17 BImSchV 89/369 EEC (new)
89/429 EEC (existing)
th
Incineration of hazardous waste 17 BImSchV 94/67/EC
th
Titanium dioxide industry 25 BImSchV
th
Crematoria 27 BImSchV
-7-
1.3 Standardisation of measurement methods

Different measurement methods to determine a measured object do not always produce comparable results.
Strictly speaking, the measured object is only finally defined when the measurement method is selected. In order
to make measurement results produced from different installations and different measuring institutes
comparable, it is absolutely crucial that measurement and analysis methods are standardised. The measurement
and analysis methods standardised in the form of DIN or VDI standards were subjected to stringent testing prior
to their publication. These tests covered a range of different aspects, including determination of statistical
parameters, potential areas of application and limitations on the use of these measurement methods. Standardised
measurement methods therefore represent high-performance tools for determining emissions levels.
National standards [KRdL quote]
“In the Commission on Air Pollution Prevention of VDI and DIN - Standards Committee (KRdL), experts from
science, industry and administration, acting on their own responsibility, establish VDI Guidelines and DIN
Standards in the field of environmental protection. These describe the state of the art in science and technology in
the Federal Republic of Germany and serve as a decision-making aid in the preparatory stages of legislation and
application of legal regulations and ordinances. KRdL's working results are also considered as the common
German point of view in the establishment of technical rules on the European level by CEN (European Committee
for Standardization) and on the international level by ISO (International Organization for Standardization).”
VDI guidelines (summarised in the VDI Air Pollution Prevention handbook) currently cover a wide range of
potential measurement tasks. DIN standards have been published for a few selected measurement methods.
European standards on air composition are drawn up by the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN) in
TC 264 (TC = technical committee) and published in Germany as DIN EN standards. If DIN or DIN EN standards
have been published for a measurement task, national standards with the same contents should be given
precedence over published VDI guidelines. Currently DIN EN standards have been approved for the manual
determination of emissions on PCDD / PCDF [43] and HCl [60] and on the continuous determination of total
organic carbon emissions using FID [70]. Draft DIN EN standards have been published for some measurement
methods. With the increasing scope of EU environment law, especially the setting of emissions tolerance levels
throughout the EU, it is expected that measurement methods to determine the level of these emissions will be
governed uniformly throughout Europe in the future.
International standards are drawn up by the ISO (International Standards Organisation) in the ISO/TC 146. ISO
standards published in Germany are not binding in character. There is a simplified process whereby ISO
standards can be converted into DIN ISO standards.
Table 2 gives an overview of the standards and guidelines published to date, in either draft or definitive form, for
the field of emission measurement. As well as the published documents, the table also details whether they relate
to continuous or discontinuous measurement methods.
The following abbreviations are used: D: draft

PD: preliminary draft
IP: in preparation
WG: Working group
DIS: Draft international standard
FDIS: Final draft international standard
-8-
Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring
Date: January 2001
Measured object / subject cont. disco VDI Manual on Air DIN DIN/EN ISO
nt. Quality Control TC 264 TC 146
General / framework conditions
Planning of spot sampling measurements X 2448 part 1
of emissions
Evaluation of spot sampling measurements X 2448 part 2
of emissions
Realisation of emission measurements X 4200 (D)
Determination of emissions from diffuse 4285 part 1 (PD)
sources
Calibration of automatic measuring X 3950 part 1 IP (WG 9) CD 12039.2
instruments
Calibration of automatic measuring X 3950 part 2 (D)
instruments (reports)
Sampling (gen.) X 10396
Determination of the uncertainty of 4219 (D)
emission measurements
Requirements of testing laboratories 4220
Volume flow X 2066 part 1 10780
X 14164 (DIS)
Dust
Dust (general) X 2066 part 1 9096
Dust X 2066 part 3
X 2066 parts 4 and 6 10155
Dust (low concentrations) X 2066 part 7 13284-1 (D)
X 2066 part 9 (PD)
X 13284-2 (IP)
Dust (high concentrations) X 2066 part 2
Particle size selective measurement X 2066 part 5 (D)
Smoke number X 2066 part 8 (D)
Dust constituents
Heavy metals (sampling) X 3868 part 1 IP (WG 10)
Heavy metals (analysis) X 2268 parts 1, 2, 3 and 4
Mercury X 3868 part 2 (D) 51865-1/-2/-3 (D) 13211 (D)
X 3868 part 3 (PD)
Asbestos X 3861 parts 1 and 2 10397
Inorganic sulphur compounds
Sulphur dioxide X 2462 parts 1, 2, 3 and 8 7934 7934
11632 (FDIS)
X 2462 parts 4, 5 and 6 7935 (DIS)
Sulphur trioxide X 2462 part 7
Hydrogen sulphide X 3486 parts 1 and 2
X 3486 part 3
Carbon bisulphide X 3487 part 1
Inorganic nitrogen compounds
Nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide X 2456 parts 1, 2, 8 and 11564 (DIS)
10
X 2456 part 6 33962 10849
Nitrogen monoxide X 2456 parts 5, 7 and 9
Nitrogen dioxide X 2456 part 4
Dinitrogen monoxide X 2469 part 1 (PD)
X 2469 part 2 (PD)
Basic nitrogen compounds X 3496 part 1
Carbon monoxide
X 2459 part 6
X 2459 part 1 and 7
Inorganic chlorine compounds
Hydrogen chloride X 3480 part 1 1911-1, -2 and
-3
X 3480 parts 2 and 3
Chlorine X 3488 parts 1 and 2
Inorganic fluorine compounds
Hydrogen fluoride X 2470 part 1
-9-
Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring

Date: January 2001 (continued)
Measured object / subject cont. disco VDI Manual on Air DIN DIN/EN ISO
nt. Quality Control TC 264 TC 146
Organic components
Hydrocarbons (general) 3481 part 6 IP (WG 4)
Hydrocarbons X 3481 part 2
3481 part 5 (PD)
Hydrocarbons (FID) X 3481 parts 1 and 3 12619
X 13526 (D)
Hydrocarbons (IR) X 2460 parts 1, 2 and 3
GC determination of organic X 2457 parts 1, 2, 3 13649 (D)
compounds 4 (D), 5 (D), 6 and 7
3481 part 4 (PD)
Aliphatic aldehydes C1 to C3 X 3862 parts 1, 2 , 3 ,
4 (D)
Acryl nitrile X 3863 parts 1, 2 and 3
1,3 butadiene X 3953 part 1 (D)
PCDD/PCDF X 3499 parts 1 (D), 2 (D), 1948-1, -2 and -
3 (D), 4 (PD) and 5 3
(PD)
PAH (general) X 3873 part 1 11338-2 (DIS)
PAH (from motor vehicles) X 3872 parts 1 and 2
PAH (nitro-PAH) X 3872 part 3 (PD)
PAH (in the carbon industry) X 3874 part 1 (PD)
Vinyl chloride X 3493 part 1

Odours / olfactometry X 3881 parts 1, 2, 3 and 4 13725 (D)
(D)
X 3882 parts 1 and 2
1.4 Accreditation procedures for testing laboratories

Inspection bodies (measuring laboratories) wishing to carry out officially arranged tests in accordance with § 26
BImSchG must be accredited for the execution of this work by the competent authority under regional law.
Activities which require the accreditation of the measuring laboratory carrying out the work:
- Individual measurements in accordance with BImSchG § 26, § 28,

TA Luft, no. 3.2.2.1,
th
13 BImSchV § 22,
th
17 BImSchV § 13,
th
27 BImSchV § 9.
- Certification of proper installation of
measurement equipment for continuous measurements in accordance with TA Luft, no. 3.2.3.5,
th
13 BImSchV § 26,
th
17 BImSchV § 10,
th
27 BImSchV § 7.
- Calibration and functional testing of measurement
equipment for continuous measurements in accordance with TA Luft, no. 3.2.3.7,
th
13 BImSchV § 28,
th
17 BImSchV § 10,
th
27 BImSchV § 7.
In order to be accredited, an institute must fulfil specific requirements with respect to expertise, reliability and
human and technical resources.
To date, these requirements have been checked by regional bodies or ministries. The checks were based on the
guidelines of the Laender Committee for Immission Protection (LAI) [23]. Once the checks had been passed,
names were published in the relevant ministerial journals for the federal states.
- 10 -
In the future, the aim is that there will be two procedures leading to the accreditation of measurement laboratories
for inspection activities pursuant to § 26 BImSchG (dual system) [80]:
- Procedure A with requirement criteria based on specific “modules” (drawn up by the LAI, currently available
in draft form). The notification is recognised and/or used for the accreditation process.
- A new procedure B based on the accreditation of the measuring laboratory. During the accreditation process,
1
the requirements of DIN EN 45001 must be fulfilled. The accreditation process also involves requirement
criteria based on specific “modules”. Government influence is guaranteed by the option of using “special
experts” in the accreditation process. Notification (i.e. the formal administrative act, formerly: announcement)
comes on top of accreditation and is still the preserve of the federal states. The accreditation is recognised and
/ or used for the notification.
Figure 1: Flow chart for the “notification / accreditation” process
The federal states should recognise notifications from other states. This means practice of duplicate
announcements (measuring laboratories needed to be announced in all federal states in which they wished to be
active) is no longer used.
Information on announced institutions and the extent of their accreditation, including any restrictions, can be
found on the Internet at http://www.brandenburg.de./land/mlur/i/resymesa/resymesa.htm.
For the area not covered by the regulations, the requirements for emission and immission testing laboratories are
defined in VDI guideline 4220 [29].
1) DIN EN 45001 [May 1990] “General criteria for the operation of testing laboratories” is set to be replaced by DIN EN
ISO/IEC 17025 [April 2000] “General requirements relating to the competence of inspection and calibration laboratories”
by the year 2002
- 11 -
2 Discontinuous emission monitoring

2.1 Legal basis (reasons for discontinuous measurements)
Discontinuous emission measurements enable limited spot samples to be taken at given times to determine the
emission level of an installation. The advantage over continuous emission monitoring is that the measuring
process affords a lower expenditure on the measurement equipment. Some measured objects can currently not be
measured on a continuous (automated) basis, or this requires very high levels of expenditure.
In order to be able to draw conclusions about the continuous emission behaviour of an installation on the basis of
observations made at specific times, the measurements must be carried out such that the measurement results
reflect a representative picture of the emission behaviour. This is where measurement planning takes on
particular significance.
There are many possible reasons for the realization of discontinuous emission measurements. As well as
measurements prescribed by the authorities, installation operators can also commission measurements to monitor
and optimise the running of the installation.
Reasons for discontinuous emission measurements (selection from VDI 2448, Part 1 [30]):
a) acceptance test (proof of guarantee)

b) measurements to ascertain whether emission limits are adhered to
c) regular inspection after expiration of a set time interval to establish the condition of the plant
d) measurements in the event of complaints
e) measurements to initiate the procedure for obtaining a permit (e.g. for extensions, modifications, conversions,
etc.)
f) measurements within the framework of internal supervision
g) measurements for the emission declaration
h) measurements in the event of interruption or disturbance of operations
i) measurements within the framework of safety precaution investigations
j) measurements for the calibration of continuously operating emission measurement instruments
k) measurements for checking the function of continuously operating emission measurement instruments
l) measurements to establish the cause of particular emission behaviour (e.g. the determination of the cause of a
failure of the waste gas treatment to maintain the guaranteed / required level of purification)
m) measurements to give a prognosis of likely emission levels in special operating conditions, e.g. after changes of
procedure, in the event of disturbance or interruption, or in the event of expansion of capacity
Emission measurements prescribed by the authorities are supported by § 26 BImSchG [1] “Measurements for
special reasons” for installations subject to licensing and, under certain circumstances, for installations not subject
to licensing, and also by § 28 “Initial and recurrent measurements for installations subject to licensing”.
These measurement requirements are specified in the first General Administrative Regulation pursuant to
BImSchG (TA Luft) [2] and in the statutory orders pursuant to the enforcement of BImSchG [7; 8; 10].
- 12 -
Table 3: Overview of time-related requirements of officially ordered discontinuous emission

measurements
initial measurements recurrent measurements
BImSchG § 28 after the commencement of operation At the end of a period of three years each
or any significant alteration of the
installation
TA Luft, No. 3.2.2 upon erection or after significant
(1
th
13 BImSchV, § 22 alterations to the installation
th
17 BImSchV, § 13 upon erection or after significant every two months during the first year, then
(2
alterations to the installation on at least three days every year
th
27 BImSchV, § 9 for new installations, three to six months At the end of a period of three years each
after commissioning
1): after the installation is running properly, but no less than three months and no more than twelve months after commissioning
2): after the installation is running properly, but no less than three months and no more than six months after commissioning
Officially ordered measurement are only recognised if they are carried out by measuring institutes who have been
accredited and announced for the measurement task in question (see Section 1.4).
2.2 Measurement planning

Before carrying out any measurements, a measurement plan must be drawn up. This contains the definition of the
measurement objective and the strategy selected to obtain the information required by the measurement objective.
Details on the extent and further requirements of the measurement plan are set out in VDI guideline 2448, part 1
“Planning of spot sampling measurements of stationary source emissions” [30].
The measurement plan must answer the following questions:
Where will the measurements be taken?

What must be measured thereby?
How exact do the results need to be?
With what kind of instrumentation will the results be obtained?
Who will execute the measurements?
When will the measurements take place?
Prior knowledge specific to the plant is also compiled in the measurement plan. In order to be able to determine
the duration and frequency of the tests required, it is important that all possible operating modes are assessed for
the installation in question. Selecting the proper measurement frequency and measurement duration can
minimise the time and effort involved in fulfilling the measurement objective.
Generally, the duration of an individual measurement should not exceed half an hour. In the same way,
measurement results should normally be given in the form of a half-hourly mean (for exceptions, see Section 2.4).
The measurement plan is agreed between the plant operator and the measuring laboratory carrying out the tests.
In the case of measurements ordered by the authorities, the competent authority must also be involved in the
measurement plan agreement phase.
The measurement plan governs the relationship between the operator, the measuring laboratory and the authority
for an emission measurement and can fulfil the function of a target specifications document, as it contains the
services to be performed by the measuring laboratory within the framework of the measurement order.
- 13 -
2.3 Realization of measurements

2.3.1 Selecting the measurement section and the measurement cross section
Careful selection of the measurement section and the measurement cross section within the measurement section
is very important for the successful realization of emission measurements and the quality of the resulting
measured values. The sample point for the measurement devices in the measurement section must be selected
such that it enables a representative measurement on which basis the emission behaviour of the installation can be
analysed [18; 30]. For this reason, a specialist institute should be involved at the planning state for new
installations to determine measurement sections and cross sections for continuous emission monitoring and for
individual measurements.
The distribution of the waste gas speed and mass concentration of the measured object can be inconsistent across
the measurement section. Sometimes, preliminary tests need to be carried out before a suitable measurement
cross section can be found.
Requirements with respect to the position and nature of the measurement section and measurement cross section
are formulated in the following guidelines:
- VDI 2066, part 1 “Measurement of particulate matter – dust measurement in flowing gases; gravimetric
determination of dust load – Fundamentals” [34],
- VDI 2066, part 4 “Measurement of particulate matter – dust measurement in flowing gases;
determination of dust load by measurement of optical transmission” [36],
- VDI 2448, part 1 “Planning of spot sampling measurements of stationary source emissions” [30],
- VDI 4200 “Realization of stationary source emission measurements” [31],
- VDI 3950, part 1 “Calibration of automatic emission measuring instruments” [32].
The most important requirements relate to: - the position and shape of the measurement section in the flue
duct,
- the position of the measurement cross section within the
measurement section,
- the number, position and nature of the measurement ports,
- the nature of the measurement platform (e.g. minimum
dimensions, protection against adverse weather conditions).
In VDI 4200, the requirements with respect to the measurement cross-section are formulated as follows:
“There should be an uninterrupted flow across the measurement cross-section. Experience shows that this is
the case if the measurement cross-section is arranged within a straight measurement section with a consistent
cross-section size and shape and uninterrupted inlet and outlet. Elbows, branches, shut-off devices, ventilators
and other inserts, and any changes to the cross section or dust deposits can have a detrimental effect on the
flow characteristics.
1)
The length of both the inlet and outlet sections should always be at least three times the hydraulic diameter of
the measurement cross section. If this requirement cannot be fulfilled, then position should be selected such
that the inlet path is longer than the outlet path.”
When selecting the measurement cross section, it is preferable to use measurement cross sections downstream of
the suction fan, as the mixture of waste gases is more likely to be even here than upstream of the fan. The sample
taken for the measurement of particulate matter in horizontal flue ducts should be along a vertical measurement
axis to compensate for the possible formation of sedimentation [34].
1) Note: The hydraulic diameter is the ratio between four times the circumference and the area of the channel cross-section
moistened by the flowing medium.
- 14 -
It must be possible to reach the measurement platform safely. The dimensions of the measurement platform must
be adequate for the measured objective (e.g. Fig. 2.1), which means:
- There must be adequate space for all the necessary equipment. When the measuring equipment is put down,
there must still be adequate rooms for the measuring personnel to move safely about the measurement
platform.
- If grid measurements are to be carried out, there must be sufficient traversing space to enable the probe to be
inserted. Care must be taken to ensure that protective gratings or landings do not impede the insertion of the
probe.
- The working height from the measuring platform to the measurement axes should be around 1.2 to 1.5 m. It
must be possible to insert the probe into the measurement port without risk, and the probe must not be
impeded by protective gratings or landings.
Figure 2.1: Example arrangement of a measurement platform on a vertical flue duct, with two measurement
axes and four measurement ports for the realization of traverse measurements (a number of
measurement methods can be carried out at the same time) [31]
2.3.2 Grid measurements
In order to carry out a network measurement, the measurement cross-section is divided into a number of smaller
sections with equal surface area. Fig. 2.2 shows an example of a square and a round flue cross-section being
divided into smaller sections in accordance with VDI 2066, part 1 [34] and VDI 4200 [31] respectively. Square
cross-sections are divided into smaller squares, while round cross sections are divided into rings. The
measurement points are situated at the centre of gravity of each of the smaller sections (square cross-section) or
on the points of intersection of the measuring axes with the gravitational lines of the rings (round cross-section).
VDI 2066, part 1 and VDI 4200 respectively give detailed instructions on how to select measurement points for
grid measurements.
For round cross-section areas, the distance for the measurement points from the channel wall is calculated using
Equation 2.1 as a function of the number i of smaller sections and the ordinal number n.
- 15 -
D Dæ 2i − 2n + 1 ö Eq. 2.1
an = ç1 ± ÷ = DK n
ç
2è 2i ÷
aI β ø
a II β i = number of smaller cross sections
a III β n = ordinal number
a IV β
a IV α
a III α
a IIα A
A/3 A/3 A/6

aIα
16
15
B/6
14
I
II
III
13
B/3
IV
Measurement axis
1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B
12
B/3
11
10
9
Measurement axis
2
Round cross-section with two measurement axes Rectangular cross-section with

and eight measurement points per measurement axis nine measurement points
Figure 2.2: Position of measurement points in square and round flue-cross sections in accordance with VDI
2066, part. 1
2.3.3 Extractive isokinetic sampling [34; 41]
Extractive sampling for monitoring particles, particle-bound materials and aerosols must be on an isokinetic basis.
This means that the removal of the sample gas from the flow of waste gas must be at the same speed as the flow
of waste gas at the measurement point in order to avoid sedimentation when taking the sample. This requires
precise knowledge of the flow characteristics in the measurement cross section. It is known that such
sedimentation effects are of greater consequence when the suction speed is too low than when the suction speed
required is exceeded. If there is a risk that the suction speed required cannot be set with sufficient accuracy (e.g.
because the flow speed pulses), the suction speed should be selected higher than the flow speed calculated at the
measuring point (max. 10 %). The effect of non-isokinetic suction on the sampling of particles and aerosols can be
seen in Fig. 2.3. Failing to adapt the suction speed has an influence on the flow of gas in front of the probe
opening. Because of their mass inertia, the larger (heavier) particles do not follow the lines of the gas flow. This
has the effect that the sample contains a disproportionately high level of them (Case B) if the suction speed is too
low and a disproportionately low level of them (Case C) if the suction speed is too high.
- 16 -
Case A Case B Case C

Suction velocity correct Suction velocity too low Suction velocity too high
large Small
particle particle
Direction of flow
Sampling
nozzle
Figure 2.3: Influence of suction errors (non-isokinetic sampling) on sampling
For measurement devices which work continuously, samples are normally taken on a spot or linear basis along a
measurement axis in the measurement cross section. When carrying out grid measurements using comparative
measurement methods (manual measurements) for the purposes of calibrating the measurement device, it must
be proved that the sample point is representative for the relevant measured object in the measurement cross
section.
Manual measurement of particles, particle-bound materials and aerosols generally take the form of grid
measurements.
For isokinetic sampling in accordance with a pre-defined flow profile (see Section 2.3.5), the suction speed at the
given measurement point is adjusted to the flow speed previously determined. The suction time selected is the
same for each measurement point. This method automatically weights the different mass concentrations at the
different measurement points by means of the different flow speeds and the absolute volume of the sample gas
sucked out.
Automated manual dust sampling systems measure the flow speed or the pressure conditions at the sampling
nozzle continuously and automatically adjust the suction speed (see Section 4.2.1).
2.3.4 Extractive sampling for gas measurements
Extractive sampling for gas measurements can either take the form of a grid measurement (cross section
integration) or a spot measurement. Sampling at a measurement point in the measurement cross section (spot
sampling) is conditional on the measurement point selected being representative for the whole measurement
cross section with respect to the mass flow density of the measured object to be investigated. This
representativeness must be proved. In order to demonstrate this, the method normally used is a continuous
measuring procedure for the measured object or a key component. The sample can be taken at any point in the
measurement cross section if it has been evidenced that the measured object is sufficiently consistent throughout
the cross section. If it is evident that the speed and concentration profile is not consistent, then the measured
values must be weighted proportional to mass in accordance with the sampling point [31].
For extractive sampling, it is often necessary to condition the sample gas prior to the actual analysis process. This
includes processes such as the removal of particles (filters/fine particle filters) or of humidity (measurement gas
cooler/dehumidifier) from the sample gas. However, care must be taken to ensure that the conditioning processes
- 17 -
do not affect the sample gas or reduce its volume. Devices to condition sample gases should be incorporated in
calibration/functional tests for continuous analysis devices.
2.3.5 Determination of general waste gas conditions
In order to be able to describe the status of a flow of gas in an unambiguous fashion, the following waste gas
parameters, known as the general waste gas conditions, must be determined.
- Density of waste gas

- Humidity (see Section 4.3.3)
- Flow speed and static pressure (see Section 4.3.4)
- Temperature (see Section 4.3.5)
The standard density of a dry gas is calculated from the gas composition. It is given from the sum of the standard
densities of the components of the gas multiplied by their respective proportions of the volume.
ρ n = å rn ,i × ρ n ,i Eq. 2.2
ρn: standard density of the gas (dry)

ρn, i: standard density of gas component i (dry)
rn, i: proportion by volume of gas component i (dry)
Only gas components which make up a proportion of the gas volume in excess of 1 % should be considered. VDI
2066, part 1 [34] includes a summary of the numerical values for relative molecular mass, mole volume and
standard density for the most important pollutants. For everyday measurements, it is normally sufficient to
consider the proportions of nitrogen (N2), oxygen (O2) and carbon dioxide (CO2), although there are a few
exceptions (e.g. CO content in the gas at the top of a blast furnace). The operating density (wet) is calculated from
the standard density, the humidity, the temperature, and the pressure conditions in the channel.
2.4 Special measurement requirements for individual measurements

- special measurement requirements in accordance with TA Luft [2]
Measurement frequency: In installations where the operating conditions do not vary with time, at least
three individual measurements of uninterrupted permanent operation with
highest emissions and at least one further measurement each for any regular
operating status in which the emission behaviour fluctuates. In installations
where the operating conditions largely change as a function of time, an adequate
number of measurements, but no less than 6 for operating conditions which
experience has shown lead to the highest emission levels.
Measurement duration: Generally, the duration of an individual measurement should not exceed half an
hour and measurement results should be given as half-hourly means. In
particular cases (e.g. batch mode), adapted mean times are authorised. When
measuring particulate emissions, sampling times should be selected such that
the mass of the precipitated sample is at least 1/1000 of the filter weight. Where
the particulate content is lower, sampling times of up to two hours are normal.
- special measurement requirements in accordance with the 13th BImSchV [7]
Measurement frequency: At least three individual measurements must be carried out when the
installation is running at the thermal output for incineration.
Measurement duration: Generally, the duration of the individual measurement should not exceed half
an hour and measurement results should be given as half-hourly means. In
especially difficult cases, the sampling time can be increased. The duration of an
individual measurement should not exceed two hours.
- 18 -
- special measurement requirements in accordance with the 17th BImSchV [8]
Measurement frequency: At least three individual measurements must be carried out on three separate
days when the installation is running at the maximum permissible output for the
measured object in question.
Measurement duration: For the purposes of determining the materials contained in the particulates, the
sampling time must be at least half an hour. It should not exceed two hours.
The sampling time for determining PCDD/PCDF should be at least 6 hours and
should not exceed 8 hours.
- Determining the temperature in the reheating zone in accordance with standard German practice for the
monitoring of combustion conditions in waste incineration installations [19] (printed in Appendix 1) and [21]
th th
and 17 or 27 BImSchV [8; 10]
Measuring method: Tests are carried out using ceramic-shielded suction pyrometers in two
measurement cross sections (beginning and end of the reheating zone). These
measuring devices measure the proportion of convection heat, while radiation
heat is not taken into consideration. The measurement takes the form of a grid
measurement (see Section 2.3.2) carried out simultaneously on at least two
measurement axes in the furnace body. The suction pyrometer enables the
minimum oxygen content by volume to be checked using a suitability tested
measurement device.
Measurement frequency: Three grid measurements over a total period of at least three hours while the
installation is running permanently and without interruption.
Three grid measurements over a total period of at least three hours in different
operating modes (e.g. part-load, if this is approved as an operating mode)
A grid measurement for the final status of the heating phase over a period of
around 1 hour – starting up without supply
Measurement duration: The measured values are continually recorded using an electronic measurement
value recording system (scanning rate ≤ 10 s) and compressed into 10 minute
means.
The dwell time in the reheating zone at a set minimum temperature of 850°C or 1200°C must be checked
using a suitable method at least once during start-up under what are assumed to be the most unfavourable
conditions for the installation. The minimum oxygen content in the reheating zone is checked in conjunction
with the checking of the dwell time. [8, 10, 14, 15, 16, 21]
- Measures when conditions are unfavourable
Unfavourable conditions in the measurement section can have a detrimental effect on the quality of the
measurement results unless appropriate measures are taken.
Building devices such as nozzles into the channel can improve the flow characteristics and achieve more even
distribution of the sample gas. It is very rare that such conversion work can be carried out prior to emission
measurements in existing installations. In this case, the quality of the measurement must be insured using
appropriate measures, such as a tighter grid for grid measurements or an increased number of samples. These
measures increase the costs of measurements. The extent of the measures is left to the discretion of the
measuring institute.
- 19 -
If the samples are taken isokinetically, a simultaneous continuous flow rate speed measurement is
recommended if the flow characteristics are variable, as this enables an immediate reaction to changes in the
flow characteristics.
2.5 Evaluation / reporting / documentation

For the purposes of evaluation, the measured values are generally related to a dry volume of waste gas at a
standard pressure and temperature. The measurement results are related to an assessment period. Generally, the
estimation period is the same as the sample / concentration period, which is normally half an hour. Other
assessment periods are possible if different sampling / concentration periods were selected for technical or
operational reasons. The loads (mass flows) of the measured object are calculated on the basis of the mass
concentrations and waste gas flow volumes. Emission limits are often related to a reference oxygen content
defined in the licensing decision. In this case, the emission mass concentrations determined must be converted to
the reference oxygen content. The conversion is based on equation 2.3 [2]:
21 − Ο Β
ΕΒ = ΕΜ × Eq. 2.3
21 − Ο Μ
E M: emission measured
EB: emission relative to reference oxygen content
OM: oxygen content measured
OB: reference oxygen content
th
In the case of installations which are subject to licensing (within the jurisdiction of the 4 BImSchV) and which
have waste gas purification devices to reduce emissions, the figures can only be converted at times when the
oxygen content measured is greater than the reference oxygen content.
Special regulations have to be made for combustion processes using pure oxygen or oxygen enriched air, such as
analysing the mass concentrations by means of the carbon dioxide content.
th
In the case of waste combustion installations (within the jurisdiction of the 17 BImSchV), the conversion can be
carried out for materials whose emissions have been reduced and restricted by means of waste gas purification
devices only during the periods in which the oxygen content measured is greater than the reference oxygen
content.
The results of an emission measurement are communicated in the form of a measurement report. For
measurements carried out on the basis of §§ 26/28 BImSchG, the content and format of this report has been
defined since 1993 by the “Standard German emission test report” [20] or [29]. This standard measurement report
was drafted by the LAI and contains not only the measurement results themselves, but also more detailed
information which is important for the analysis of an emission measurement and for the interpretation of the
relevant findings.
Sections in the standard measurement report:
1. Formulation of the measurement task

2. Description of the plant, materials handled
3. Description of the sampling point
4. Measurement and analytic methods, apparatus
5. Operating condition of the plant during the measurements
6. Presentation of the measurement results and discussion
7. Annex with: Measurement plan
Measurement and calculation figures
Measurement protocols
The standard measurement report can be found in Annex 1.

- 20 -
3 Continuous emission monitoring

3.1 Legal bases
Continuous emission monitoring is among the measures catalogued in the Federal Immissions Control Act [1].
Para. 29 of this act (§ 29 BImSchG) empowers the responsible authorities to order continuous emission monitoring
on installations subject to licensing and, under certain circumstances, on installations not subject to licensing.
Concrete requirements for continuous emissions monitoring can be found in the first General Administrative
Regulation pertaining to BImSchG (TA Luft) ) [2] and in the statutory orders pursuant to the implementation of
BImSchG [7; 8; 10].
3.1.1 Installations subject to licensing
Installations within the jurisdiction of the 4th BImSchV [6]
TA Luft stipulates that the continuous monitoring of non-atmospheric materials can be required for specific types
of installation or under specific circumstances (e.g. exceeding of a specific mass flow rate for the specific
components or anticipated recurrent exceeding of a specific mass concentration as a result of the susceptibility to
faults of the emission reduction device or as a result of changing operating methods at the plant).
Continuous measurement and recording of emissions of:
- dust (waste gas opacity or mass concentration), “filter guards”,

- sulphur dioxide,
- nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide, given as nitrogen dioxide,
- carbon monoxide,
- fluorine and gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds, given as hydrogen fluoride,
- gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds, given as hydrogen chloride,
- chlorine,
- hydrogen sulphide,
- total carbon.
In addition to the requirement for the continuous monitoring of emissions of non-atmospheric materials, it is also
a requirement that there is a continuous measurement of reference parameters. Reference parameters such as:
- waste gas temperature,

- waste gas volume flow,
- humidity,
- static pressure,
- oxygen content
are required for the analysis and evaluation of continuous emission measurements.
- 21 -
Large furnaces under the jurisdiction of the 13th BImSchV [7]

- dust (mass concentration) from large furnaces for solid and liquid fuels,
- carbon monoxide,
- nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide from large furnaces for solid and liquid fuels and from large furnaces
for gaseous fuels with a combustion thermal output of more than 400 MW. The continuous measurement of
nitrogen dioxide can be dispensed with if measurements reveal that the nitrogen dioxide content in the
nitrogen oxide measurements is less than 5 %. In this case, the nitrogen dioxide proportion is taken into
account by means of calculations.
- Sulphur dioxide from large furnaces for solid and liquid fuels, with the exception of large furnaces for liquid
fuels which fulfil the requirements in accordance with §§ 3 and 4 (restriction of sulphur content in light
rd
heating oil and diesel fuels) of the 3 BImSchV [5].
Measurement of reference parameters:

- continuous recording of oxygen content,
- continuous recording of appropriate operating variables or separation efficiency to prove that the required
sulphur emissions levels are not exceeded,
- continuous recording of the output of the large furnace.
Waste incineration installations under the jurisdiction of the 17th BImSchV [8]

- carbon monoxide,
- dust,
- total carbon,
- gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds, given as hydrogen chloride,
- gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds, given as hydrogen fluoride, except where purification devices are
used for gaseous chlorine compounds which guarantee that the emissions limits for inorganic gaseous chlorine
compounds are not exceeded.
- sulphur dioxide and sulphur trioxide, given as sulphur dioxide,
- nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide, given as nitrogen dioxide. The continuous determination of the
nitrogen dioxide concentration can be dispensed with if the materials used, the construction, the mode of
operation or the individual measurements show that the proportion of nitrogen dioxide in the nitrogen oxide
emissions is less than 10 %. In this case, the nitrogen dioxide proportion is taken into account by means of
calculations, if agreed by the competent authority.
- Mercury and its compounds, except if it can be reliably proven that mercury levels are less than 20 % of the
defined limits.

- continuous recording of the temperatures in the reheating zone,
- continuous recording of operating parameters to assess normal operation, e.g. waste gas temperature, waste
gas volume flow, humidity and pressure.
At a European level, measurement of emissions for installations subject to licensing was first required in line with
Article 11 of the “Directive on the combating of air pollution from industrial plants” [11]. The “Directive on
integrated prevention and pollution control” [12] (IPPC directive) includes licensing conditions for new and
existing installations. In accordance with Article 9, paragraph 5, the license should include “suitable release
monitoring requirements, specifying measurement methodology and frequency, evaluation procedure and an
obligation to supply the competent authority with data required for checking compliance with the permit”.
To date, five EU plant directives have been passed within the framework of EU environmental law and on the
basis of the “Directive on the combating of air pollution from industrial plants”.
- 22 -
EU directives are implemented into national within set periods through the enactment of national administrative
regulations and statutory orders.
The following regulations have been enforced under EU law with respect to the monitoring of emissions:
Large Furnaces (88/609/EEC) [13]

New installations with a nominal thermal output of 300 MW or more:

- dust,
- sulphur dioxide,
- nitrogen oxide.
Tests on dust and sulphur dioxide can be restricted to individual measurements or other suitable determination
methods. These methods must be recognized by the competent authorities.
New installations for the incineration of municipal waste (89/369 EEC) [14] (operation authorised after
01/12/1990)

- dust,
- carbon monoxide,
- hydrogen chloride.
Measurement of operating parameters:

- continuous recording of oxygen content
- continuous recording of the temperatures in the reheating zone
- continuous recording of humidity, except when the incineration gas is dried before the analysis of the
emissions.
Existing installations for the incineration of municipal waste (89/429 EEC) [15] (operation first authorised
before 01/12/1990)
Nominal capacity of at least 1 t/h

- dust,
- carbon monoxide.

- continuous recording of the temperatures in the reheating zone.
Incineration of hazardous waste (94/67/EU) [16]

- dust,
- carbon monoxide,
- hydrogen chloride,
- hydrogen fluoride, except when treatment devices are used for hydrogen chloride which guarantee that the
emission limit for hydrogen chloride is not exceeded,
- total gaseous and vaporous organic substances, given as organically combined carbon.
- 23 -

- continuous recording of the temperatures in the reheating zone,
- continuous recording of oxygen content in the waste gas,
- continuous recording of humidity, except when the waste gas sample is dried before the analysis of the
emissions,
- continuous recording of the waste gas temperature and pressure characteristics.
VOC directive (1999/13/EU) [17]
Continuous measurement and recording of emissions of organically combined carbon if an emission reduction
device is fitted and an average of more than 10 kg/h of organically combined carbon is emitted.
3.1.2 Installations not subject to licensing
Small furnaces under the jurisdiction of the 1st BImSchV

Installations under the jurisdiction of the 2nd BImSchV
st nd
Measuring procedures and regulations pursuant to the 1 and 2 BImSchV are the subject of a different manual
published as a text by the Federal Environmental Agency [79]. Therefore, they will not be dealt with further in
this manual.
Crematoria within the jurisdiction of the 27th BImSchV [10]

- carbon monoxide,
- dust (flue gas density).

- continuous recording of the temperatures in the reheating zone.
- 24 -
3.2 Quality assurance for continuous emission monitoring

In order to ensure a standard practice for the continuous monitoring of emissions, a program of quality assurance
measures has been developed. Fig. 3.1 shows the building blocks of this quality assurance program.
Federal Immission Control Act

§ 29
Statutory orders
Legal bases
Guidelines published by the

Federal Ministry for the Environment
or
VDI guidelines ‘test plans’
Evaluation by a suitable testing laboratory,

generally autorized by the
device manufacturer
Validation in specialist discussions under

Execution of the supervision of the UBA. Recommen-
suitability test dation for announcement of suitability
to the “Air/Monitoring” subcommitee of LAI
Announcement of suitability by the

Federal Ministry for the Environment
in the GMBl
Competent installation and calibration by

a designated measuring laboratory
Use of suitability- Regular maintenance and

tested devices functional tests
Evaluation of the results by

the supervisory authority
Figure 3.1: Quality assurance for continuous emission monitoring
3.2.1 Suitability tests
Measuring devices for non-atmospheric substances and reference values
Continuous measuring devices which are used for the purposes of emissions monitoring must be suitable for this
measurement task, i.e. they must fulfil defined quality requirements. TA Luft [2] and the statutory orders
pursuant to BImSchG stipulate the use of suitable measuring devices for continuous emission monitoring. The
suitability of measurement devices is determined by means of suitability tests. In order to ensure that the
procedure for carrying out suitability tests (extent of test, test criteria / minimum requirements, evaluation of
results) is consistent, the Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety, after
consultation with the supreme competent regional authorities and in conjunction with the Laender Committee for
Immission Protection (LAI), publishes “Guidelines on suitability tests, and on the installation, calibration and
maintenance of measuring systems for continuous emission measurement and continuous recording of reference
and operating values to enable ongoing monitoring of the emissions of specific substances” in the Joint Ministerial
Gazette for the Federal Ministries (GMBl) [18] (printed in Annex 1).
- 25 -
The LAI “Air/monitoring” subcommittee has drawn up and published test catalogues for running suitability
tests [24; 25]. On this basis, VDI working groups develop test procedures for running suitability tests which are
then published in the form of VDI guidelines [28].
Suitability tests are normally commissioned by instrument manufacturers and carried out at their own expense.
The suitability tests are carried out by testing institutes who can prove particular experience in performing
emission and immission measurements, in the calibration of continuous measurement devices and in equipment
testing.
Tests and reports from inspection bodies in other member states of the EU or European Economic Area (EEA) are
recognized as equal in accordance with the “Standard Federal Practice for the Monitoring of Emissions” [18], in
particular when they fulfil the following criteria:
- the suitability test has been carried out in accordance with the requirements set out in the “Standard Federal
Practice for the Monitoring of Emissions” [18] or with an equivalent professional procedure (including at least
a 3-month field test for the devices),
- the testing bodies have proved the experience detailed above, for example, by being accredited by the
competent authority in a member state,
- the testing bodies are accredited in accordance with an accreditation system evaluated by the ILAC
(International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation) for the test functions in question in accordance with the
1
DIN EN 45000 series of standards.
A suitability test can be divided into two stages:
- Laboratory test test of the requirements in terms of controls and settings options,
test of the influence of ambient temperature, air humidity and fluctuations in mains voltage
on the measurement signal,
test of the linearity of the measurement signal,
test of the influence of interference components on the measurement signal (cross-
sensitivities).
- Field test at least three months of permanent testing, normally using two complete and identical
measuring systems,
determination and checking of statistic performance characteristics by comparing the
measurement values obtained by the two measuring systems or by comparing them with
measuring values obtained by a reference measurement method at the same time
(calibration),
checking the long-term stability (zero point / reference point),
setting the maintenance interval,
checking the effectiveness of the measuring system under real-life conditions in practice
(installation-specific test),
determination of any restrictions on the use of the measuring system.
The field test is carried out under practical conditions. The aim is to prove the effectiveness of the measuring
device under real conditions in the field. Therefore, the announcement of suitability is restricted to their use on
specific types of installations. For this purpose, a distinction is often made between the measurement tasks
th th th
outlined in TA Luft and the 13 , 17 and 27 BImSchV (e.g. different minimum measurement ranges for testing).
The institute in question presents a report about the results of the suitability test carried out. The report is
examined in line with an expert meeting under the supervision of the Federal Environmental Agency (UBA). The
by the year 2002
- 26 -
panel of experts is made up of representatives of the UBA, the competent regional authorities and the testing
institutions. If the review results in a positive overall assessment, it is recommended for publication to the LAI
subcommittee on ‘Air / Monitoring”. The suitability of the measuring system tested is then announced on request
of the Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety in the Joint Ministerial
Gazette for the Federal Ministries (GMBl). The announcement of suitability incorporates information on the field
of application, with limitations if appropriate, on the measurement range tested and on the test report.
Electronic devices for evaluation and assessment of continuous emission measurements / remote emission data
transfer (EFÜ)
The measured values must be continually recorded and automatically prepared for subsequent processing.
The devices used for this function are deemed to be an integral part of the continuously recording measurement
devices. Therefore, they must be subjected to suitability tests in the same way as the measurement devices.
Guidelines on the evaluation of continuous emission measurements are published by the BMU in the Joint
Ministerial Gazette for the Federal Ministries [18]. These contain performance characteristics and minimum
th
requirements for the suitability test and information on the assessment methods in accordance with TA Luft, 17
BImSchV and for incineration installations.
Further requirements with respect to the recording and evaluation of the measurement results can be found in
th th
section 3.2.3.6 of TA Luft [2], paragraph 26 of the 13 BImSchV [7], paragraph 12 of the 17 BimSchV [8], and
th
paragraph 8 of the 27 BImSchV [10].
For remote emissions monitoring systems, the data transfer between the installation to be monitored (B system)
and the supervisory authority (G system) is standardised in an interface defined by the “Air / Monitoring”
subcommittee of the LAI [26].
List of approved measuring devices for continuous emission measurement
Lists of all approved measuring devices, sorted by measured objects, are published and updated by the UBA
(Federal Environmental Agency). These lists can be downloaded from the Internet from the address:
http://www.umweltbundesamt.de/uba-info-daten/daten/messeinrichtungen.htm. The approval texts from 1999
onwards are also available on the same site. These lists contain the name of the manufacturer / retailer as well as
the year, issue and page of the Joint Ministerial Gazette for the Federal Ministries in which the announcement was
published.
Annex 2 of this manual contains a print-out of the lists of devices. The announced devices are allocated into the
following groups:
- dust concentration
- waste gas opacity
- dust (qualitative, monitoring of limit values)
- sulphur dioxide
- nitrogen oxide
- carbon monoxide
- inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds
- inorganic gaseous fluorine compounds
- hydrogen sulphide
- phenol
- formaldehyde
- organic compounds as total carbon
- ammonia
- mercury
- oxygen
- humidity
- waste gas volume flow
- simple classification devices
- classification devices with reference value calculators
- telemetric monitoring (remote emission monitoring)
- 27 -
3.2.2 Installation, operation and quality control of suitability-tested measurement devices
3.2.2.1 Selection of the measurement cross section
The same criteria are valid for the selection of the measurement section and the measurement cross section within
the measurement section as are used for discontinuous measurement methods (see Section 2.3.1).
For technical reasons, measuring devices working continuously cannot generally take samples across the whole
measurement cross section. Extractive samples are normally taken on a spot or linear basis. In the case of optical
measurement methods, in-situ measurements cover linear sections of the measurement cross section. A grid
measurement (see Section 2.3.2) must be carried out to prove that the measurement point or the measurement axis
selected is representative for the relevant measured object in the measurement cross section.
When selecting the measurement cross section, it is preferable to use cross sections downstream of the suction fan,
as the mixture of waste gases is more likely to be even here than upstream of the fan. Linear samples or optical in-
situ measurements for particulate matter in horizontal flue ducts should be vertical to prevent the possible
formation of sedimentation [36].
It is sensible to carry out the manual comparative measuring procedure to calibrate the continuous measuring
devices in the same measurement cross section. If the sample gas for the comparative measuring procedure is spot
sampled (determination of spot analytical functions), then the sampling probe must be able to be inserted such
that the samples for the comparative measuring procedure and for the continuous measurement device can be
taken from points on the measurement cross section which are very close together. This ensures that the
continuous measurement method and the comparative measuring procedure obtain the same sample gas [32].
The sampling point should be chosen such that it enables the devices for measuring the reference values, e.g. O2,
CO2, temperature and humidity, to obtain samples of the sample gas from the same measurement cross section.
The continuous measurement and comparative measurement must not be allowed to have any effect on one
another. Where applicable, specific requirements as to the installation and / or sampling point can be found in the
test reports for the measuring device in question.
The installation point (in situ measuring devices) and / or the sampling point (extractive sampling devices) and
the measurement ports for comparative measurements must be easily accessible by means of safe working
platforms. The working platforms must be of adequate size [31].
3.2.2.2 Installation of measuring devices
The measurement device should be installed in conjunction with the body nominated by the competent authority
under regional law [18].
A body announced for this purpose by the supreme competent Federal State authority must draw up a certificate
that the continuous measuring device has been properly installed (see Section 1.4).
The following framework conditions should be considered when installing emission measuring devices:
- complying with the operational temperature limits specified by the manufacturer,

- sufficient protection against weather influences,
- vibration-less and shock-free installation,
- avoidance of external influences due to gases and vapours on the measurement device,
- avoidance of interfering electric or magnetic fields in the vicinity of the measuring device or
measured value transmission systems,
- operational limitations based on the results of the suitability test.
- 28 -
Measurement devices with extractive sampling
The sampling path should be kept as short as possible to enable short response times. All gas transmission lines
and components of the emission measuring device must be made from suitable material, on the one hand to
prevent corrosion and on the other hand to avoid interactive reactions between these materials and the measured
component. Probes, filters and sample gas tubing up to the sample gas cooler (condensate separation) must be
heated to above the dew point temperature of the measured component.
For instruments using filter back flushing, it must be ensured that the gas used for flushing does not cause the
head of the sampling probe to be cooled down below the dew point temperature.
If high levels of condensate are formed, the condensate should be discharged automatically. As a general
principle, all gas lines which could contain condensate should be laid with a slight slope.
Optical in situ measurement methods
Where optical in situ measurement methods are used, the influence of external light needs to be taken into
consideration, as do any specific requirements with respect to the prevention of warping in the device mount.
3.2.2.3 Maintenance of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement
Measurement devices for continuous emission measurement must be subjected to maintenance on a regular basis.
The specialist personnel responsible for looking after the measurement device must be trained how to use the
measurement device. It makes sense to conclude a maintenance contract governing the regular inspection of the
measurement device. This sort of maintenance contract may not be required if the operator has its own
measurement and control workshop and adequately qualified personnel [18]. The competent authority has the
right to require the operator to keep a inspection log to document this work.
The scope and frequency of the maintenance work is specific to the instrument and depends on the operating
conditions. The maintenance interval determined in the suitability test is taken from the manufacturer’s data or
from the suitability test report and must not be exceeded.
Maintenance of in situ measurement devices
Maintenance of optical in situ measurement devices covers a number of areas, including the following:
- cleaning the optical surfaces,

- checking the zero point and reference point signals and the sensitivity if applicable,
- cleaning the filters (purging air, cooling air),
- checking the measurement data recording.
Maintenance of measurement devices with extractive sampling
Maintenance covers a number of areas, including the following:
- checking the sampling system heating,

- replacing consumable materials (e.g. filters, reagent solutions),
- replacing or cleaning sample gas filters,
- checking the registration devices,
- checking the condensate separation systems,
- checking the gas supply lines and components for leaks,
- checking the flow of the sample gas,
- checking the instrument zero point and sensitivity,
- checking the absorbent dosing, if applicable.
When the plant is shut down, all sample gas lines must be purged using an inert gas. Condensate collection
vessels should be emptied.
- 29 -
3.2.2.4 Checking the functionality of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement
The functionality of measuring devices working continuously to determine emission levels and to measure
reference values must be checked by a body authorised by the competent Federal State authority (see Section 1.4)
once a year.
The functionality test must always be carried out prior to the calibration of the measurement device (see Section
3.2.2.5).
In accordance with VDI 3950, part 1 [32], functional tests must incorporate the following points:
Measurement devices with extractive sampling:
- Test of the functionality of the components of the measuring instruments (e.g. heating systems). Visual check
of the components for damage or dirt.
- Leak testing of the sample gas system. The test includes checking the components to extract the measured gas
(probe, filter) and components for gas conditioning.
The constancy of the flow section is also checked on dust measurement devices with extractive sampling. This
should also be checked for systems with controls to ensure isokinetic suction.
- Checking the zero point and the reference point using zero or test gas or using appropriate measurement
equipment,
- Adjusting the zero point and the reference point using appropriate testing equipment,
- Checking the instrument characteristic using test gas or using appropriate measurement equipment and zero
gas with
- zero point and one reference point for instruments with linear measurement characteristics,
- zero point and two reference points for instruments with non-linear measurement characteristics,
- zero point and four reference points distributed evenly across the measurement range for devices with
linearized measurement characteristics.
The instrument characteristic describes the relationship between the measurement signal of the continuous
measurement devices (normally a current signal I) and the face value for the testing equipment standard:
I = f(ctest gas).
- Checking cross-sensitivites to the attendant substances contained in the waste gas (for the specific application).
In order to do this, the attendant substances must be introduced into the analyser, e.g. in the form of test gases,
in conjunction with the removal and conditioning of the measured gas. The first time the system is calibrated,
a list of all relevant waste gas attendant substances whose influence will need to be checked is drawn up in
accordance with the suitability test for the measurement device.
Frequent attendant substances are:
- water vapour,
- carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxide and sulphur dioxide.
- Checking the zero point and reference point drift in the maintenance interval, either on the basis of data
recorded by the operator or using test gas / testing equipment at the beginning and end of the maintenance
period,
- Determination of the 90 % response time
In measurement instruments which use the principle of ß-radiation absorption, the functionality test is based on
individual filter measurements and a check of the partial flow removed and the duration of suction. This should
also be checked with systems with controls to ensure isokinetic suction.
- 30 -
Optical in situ measurement devices:
- Testing the functionality of the components of the measuring instruments. Visual check of the components for
damage or contamination. It is particularly important to check the optical surfaces for contamination.
- Checking the functionality of the purging air blower and the purging air filter (if installed),
- Checking and readjusting the zero point on a comparative measuring path (transmitted light method) or on a
waste gas-free measuring path using appropriate measurement equipment. The length of the comparative
measuring path must correspond to the flange/flange distance in the flue duct (can, under certain
circumstances, be carried out by the customer services department of the device manufacturer in the presence
of representatives of the measurement laboratory).
- Checking the position of the zero point and the reference point in the flue channel using built-in testing
equipment,
- Checking the instrument characteristic using appropriate measurement equipment (e.g. optical inspection
filters, grating filter with known extinction, test gas cells) (can, under certain circumstances, be carried out by
the customer services department of the device manufacturer in the presence of representatives of the
measurement body),
- Checking cross-sensitivities to the attendant substances contained in the waste gas (for the specific
application). In situ measurement devices for multiple components must be checked with respect to the cross-
sensitivity caused by interference between the measurement channels by means of a constant tape writer
attached over a period of several days.
Frequent attendant materials are:
- water vapour,
- carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxide and sulphur dioxide.
- Checking the zero point and reference point drift in the maintenance interval, either on the basis of data
recorded by the operator or using test gas / testing equipment at the beginning and end of the maintenance
period,
- Determination of the 90 % response time
Electronic evaluation systems:
- Checking the data transmission from the measurement device to the evaluation system and the writer. This
check can be carried out either by switching on an internal current source or by means of an external
calibration current source.
- checking the data registration and adjustment,
- checking the transmission of status signals to the evaluation system,
- checking the list of parameters.
The functional tests are partially independent of the operation of the plant, i.e. depending on the nature of the
tests in question, they can sometimes be carried out while the plant is shut down. Under certain conditions,
especially for applications for which there are no stable test gases, it can be necessary to carry out some of the
comparative measurements using conventional measurement methods.
3.2.2.5 Calibration of measurement devices for continuous emission measurement [32]
Instruments for continuous emissions monitoring must be calibrated on a regular basis by a body authorised by
the supreme competent Federal State authority. The intervals between two calibrations are as follows:
- installations governed
th
by the 4 BImSchV: 5 years No. 3.2.3.7 of TA Luft [2],
- Large furnaces: 3 years if output > 300 MW
th
5 years for all other installations § 28 of the 13 BImSchV [7],
th
- Waste incineration installations: 3 years § 10 of the 17 BImSchV [8],
th
- Crematoria: 5 years § 7 of the 27 BImSchV [10].
- 31 -
Before calibration, a measurement plan is drawn up by the body carrying out the inspections (see Section 2.2).
This contains information on the measurement place, the measurement task, the measurement date, the
measurement methods and the measurement personnel [30].
The aim of the calibration is to determine the analytical function of the complete measurement device. The
analytical function describes the relationship between the concentration c of the measured object in the waste gas
and the measurement signal given by the continuous measurement device (normally a current signal I):
Analytical function: c = f(I)
In order to achieve this, comparative measurements are carried out using conventional methods. A conventional
method is an agreed method of determining one or more characteristics of the composition of a gas which it
would not be practical to create reference materials to determine. According to the agreement, the measurement
result is a measure of the status observed. The conventional methods used are generally characterised by the fact
that they involve quantitative chemical or physical reactions whose output parameters (or reaction parameters)
can be seen as invariable under specific constant conditions [32].
In order to ensure an unambiguous statistical relationship between the device display and the concentration of the
measured object in the waste gas, at least 15 comparative measurements are normally required. The number of
measurements required increases as a function of the number of operating statuses and / or the emission
behaviour of an installation.
Essentially, there are two possible ways of determining the analytical function:
1.) Direct determination of grid-related analytical function

The comparative measurements are carried out as grid measurements. In order to calculate the analytical
function, the device display is compared to the values recorded simultaneously by the comparative
measurements.
2.) Step by step determination of grid-related analytical function

The sampling for the comparative measurements is on a spot basis, near the sampling point for the
continuous measuring device (spot-related analytical function). In addition, a grid measurement is carried out
for orientation purposes. Comparing the values obtained from the grid and spot measurements gives a
correction factor for the sampling point of the device to be calibrated. In order to improve the spatial and
temporal representativeness, this factor is incorporated into the spot-related analytical function calculated.
Care should be taken to ensure that the comparative measurements cover as much as possible of the whole
measurement range set for the continuous measurement device. To do this, it may be necessary to intervene into
the running of the plant or the waste gas purification system. As a rule, the measurements should be concluded
within a five-day period.
The calibration process generally includes the determination of the general waste gas conditions. This
determination is especially important if the measurement device to be calibrated calculates pollutant mass
concentrations relative to the waste gas volumes in the operating conditions and standardises these using an
evaluation unit.
In line with the calibration process, a statement should be made about the functionality of the measuring
equipment available for reference values, e.g. O2, CO2, temperature, humidity.
During the calibration process, the measurement signals from the continuous measuring device are logged using
recording equipment with 0.5 precision class and a printing width of at least 20 cm. It makes sense to use a
measured data recording system to make analysis easier. The scanning rate should be at least 10 Hertz per
channel. The measured values recorded must be able to be integrated for the whole duration of the sampling time
for the comparative measurement method used.
The pairs of values given by the comparative measurements are analysed statistically [32; 36]. Where a relatively
large proportion of the measurement range is covered with pairs of values, the statistical analysis takes the form
of a comparison of the face value to the actual value by setting up a linear regression with no hypothesis for the
- 32 -
zero point. Non-linear relationships can be given as appropriate parabolic functions.
The analytical function is determined by a regression calculation. Statistic performance characteristics, such as the
two sided confidence intervals and tolerance intervals, are also calculated. The analytical function should enable a
direct evaluation of the measurement signal as a mass concentration of the measured object, e.g. in mg/m³.
Sometimes, groups of measurement values recorded for different operating statuses of the installation inspected
cannot be evaluated using a single analytical function (e.g. if the optical dust properties are different). In such
cases, a separate regression calculation must be carried out for each operating status.
If the measures taken to increase the scatter range of the measured values are not successful, the result is a cluster
of points when the results from the continuous measurement values are compared to the results of the
comparative measurement method.
If the measured values do not exceed 20 % of the limit value to be monitored, the number of comparative
measurements can be reduced to nine. The figures are analysed by means of regression calculation using the zero
point. The resulting analytical function is only applicable to the area covered by the measured values.
If experience about the emission behaviour of the plant shows that there are or have been no measured values
above 20 % of the limit value to be monitored, then the inverse function for the instrument characteristic can be
used as the analytical function for the complete measuring procedure.
The body carrying out the inspections must draw up a report on the functional test and / or the calibration.
The “Air / Monitoring” subcommittee of the LAI has drawn up a “Standard German measurement report on the
execution of functional tests/calibration of continuous measurement systems” [22] and [33].
This contains information on the following:
- measurement task,
- measurement date,
- installation, and the operating status of the installation during the comparative measurements,
- measurement location for the continuous measuring device and for the comparative measurement method,
- continuous measurement device,
- comparative measurement method,
- results of the functional test / calibration,
- functional test of the electronic analysis system.
The standard calibration report can be found in Annex 1. It is not yet obligatory established in all German federal
states.
3.2.2.6 Special requirements for the functional test / calibration
The following section details special instructions on the calibration and functional testing of continuous
measurement devices, structured by measured objects. In general, the requirements with respect to the
maintenance, functional testing and calibration of the measurement device which were ascertained during the
suitability test and can be found in the suitability test report must be adhered to.
- 33 -
3.2.2.6.1 Dust content measurement devices [36]
Conventional measurement methods for comparative measurements during calibration:
- Low dust content: Gravimetric determination of dust load in accordance with VDI 2066, part 7 [39]
- High dust content: Gravimetric determination of dust load in accordance with VDI 2066, part 2 [35]
The relationship between the instrument reading and the actual dust content in the waste gas depends on a
number of factors, including the particle size distribution and material characteristics (surface, reflective
properties) of the dust as well as on the representativeness of the measurement in the measurement cross section.
It can therefore only be determined by means of gravimetric comparative measurements. It is recommended that
the calibration is carried out in the relevant concentration range for the measurement task in question. In order to
record any potential influences during the calibration process, measurements must be taken for all important
operating statuses which occur in practice. It may be necessary to produce specific emission conditions which
need to be captured for the purposes of calibration by adjusting the dust reduction systems installed.
Comparative measurements should, where possible, be carried out within a single maintenance period.
3.2.2.6.2 Smoke density meters
Smoke density meters can only provide a qualitative indication of the dust concentration in the waste gas. For this
reason, it does not make sense to carry out calibration by means of reference measurements with a manual
reference measurement method.
Once the zero point signal has been adjusted to the brightness of the smoke-free measuring path, the instrument
sensitivity is adjusted by means of test filters of known opacity.
3.2.2.6.3 Measurement devices for sulphur dioxide
- H2O2 thorin method in accordance with VDI 2462, part 8 [47]

- iodine thiosulphate method in accordance with VDI 2462, part 8 [48]
- hydrogen peroxide / barium perchlorate / thorin method in accordance with DIN ISO 7934 [50]
Calibration must be carried out in compliance with VDI guideline 2462, part 6 “Gaseous emission measurement;
check of calibrated recording instruments for sulphur dioxide concentration measurements in waste gases of
combustion plants” [49].The selection of the reference measurement method is dependent on the sulphur dioxide
concentration in the waste gases and on the cross-sensitivity of the measurement method to waste gas attendant
substances.
3.2.2.6.4 Measurement devices for nitrogen oxide
- sodium salicylate method in accordance with VDI 2456, part 8 [53]

- dimethylphenol method in accordance with VDI 2456, part 10 [54]
In plants where the nitrogen dioxide content is greater than 5 % of the total nitrogen oxide content (NO+NO2), the
efficiency of the converter (if installed) must be tested. This can be achieved using, for example, test gases
containing NO2 in known concentrations or using gas phase titration (with ozone). When producing NO2 test
gases, it should be noted that NO2 dimerizes as a function of temperature and pressure. 2 NO2 , N2O4. This effect
should be taken into consideration for test gas concentrations above 1000 ppm [51].
- 34 -
3.2.2.6.5 Measurement devices for carbon monoxide
- iodine pentoxide method in accordance with VDI 2459, part 7 [56]

- measurement using FID after reduction to methane and gas-chromatographic separation in accordance with
VDI 2459, part 1 [57]
- for CO concentrations > 1 % by volume, the Orsat method [81]
In furnaces, the CO content of the waste gases is generally too low to allow reference measurements to be
performed successfully. In such cases, the analytical function can be calculated by inverting the instrument
characteristic worked out during the functional test, if experience shows that no values have been measured
which are above 20 % of the limit value to be monitored [32].
3.2.2.6.6 Measurement devices for organic compounds
- silica gel method (ADS) in accordance with VDI 3481, part 2 [58] with restrictions
Depending on the composition of the waste gas, this method can produce different measurement results to, for
example, the FID measurement method. The silica gel method is not suitable for measuring short-chain
hydrocarbons (C1 to C3) or for measurements in humid waste gases (e.g. waste gas from incineration).
The FID measurement devices need to be calibrated separately because the instrument is adjusted to test gases,
such as propane or butane, and the organic compounds emitted by the plant may have a different response factor
to that of the calibration gas.
Restrictions relating to operational safety can be found in the suitability test report. Explosion prevention
regulations must be adhered to in hazardous locations. It may be necessary to compromise on the best installation
position for safety reasons.
3.2.2.6.7 Measurement devices for inorganic gaseous fluorine compounds
- absorption method in accordance with VDI 2470, part 1 [59]

Generally, the fluoride concentration is determined for analytical purposes by means of ion-chromatographic
determination.
3.2.2.6.8 Measurement devices for inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds
- absorption method in accordance with DIN EN 1911-1 [60]

Generally, the chloride concentration is determined for analytical purposes by means of ion-chromatographic
determination.
Test gases containing chloride are used to check the instrument characteristic of absorption photometers. The
water vapour content of the waste gas which is to be measured should be taken into account if the measurement
system exhibits an interference response to water vapour.
3.2.2.6.9 Measurement devices for hydrogen sulphide
- potentiometric titration method in accordance with VDI 3486, part 1 [61]

- iodometric titration method in accordance with VDI 3486, part 2 [62]
- 35 -
3.2.2.6.10 Measurement devices for ammonia
- adsorption method in accordance with VDI 3496, part 1 [63]
3.2.2.6.11 Measurement devices for mercury
- potassium permanganate method in accordance with DIN EN 13211 (E) [64]
It should be noted that this method determines the total mercury content, while some announced Hg analysers
only detect the proportion of metallic mercury.
During the function test, the instrument characteristic is checked using test gases. The test gases must be
produced immediately before being used on the analysis devices (e.g. by setting the required gas pressure in the
gas phase over a mercury reactor).
When using test gas, it may be necessary to take the cycle time of the measuring device into consideration. In the
same way, the sampling interval for the comparative measurements must be adjusted to the enrichment phase for
the measurement device.
3.2.2.6.12 Measurement devices for reference values (volume flow, humidity, oxygen, temperature)
The functionality of measurement devices for reference parameters is checked using manual comparative
measurements.
- 36 -
3.3 Evaluation and documentation of measured values, submission to the authorities /

remote emission monitoring
Recording and processing of measured values
The measured values are recorded by an electronic analysis system. The scanning rate should not exceed 1 s (0.1
seconds for remote monitoring systems) per channel. The measured values are integrated to short-period means
and converted into the appropriate physical value on the basis of the analytical function determined during
calibration. In addition, mathematical calculations, such as oxygen reference calculation or standardisation of
pressure, humidity or temperature, can be carried out.
The reference period for the integration interval is generally half an hour. For relatively new systems, the interval
can be picked anywhere between 3 and 120 minutes.
For the purposes of analysis, the concentration range up to double the emission value of the component to be
monitored is divided into 20 classes of equal size. The short-period means calculated, which are generally half-
hourly means, are assigned to the appropriate concentration class. The number of short-period means assigned to
each class and their total frequency distribution are saved. The total frequency distribution is generally calculated
for a calendar year.
A daily mean is calculated every 24 hours and assigned to the appropriate daily mean class. The integration
th th
intervals and class definitions can be different for measurement tasks in line with the 13 and the 17 BImSchV.
A daily protocol is printed out containing the contents of the classes saved and any outlying measured values. An
annual protocol is drawn up at the end of the year.
Fig. 3.2 shows a daily printout for an installation where the values are analysed for three components in
accordance with TA Luft.
The measured values are allocated into the following classes:
Class 1 - 20 Contains all the values, in equal class ranges, up to double the emission limit
1)
(short-term limit)
Class 21 This class covers the range above the short term-limit (double the emission
(2
limit) up to the short-term limit plus the tolerance interval
2)
Class 22 Contains values greater than class 21
Total of classes 1 -22 Total of all values contained in classes 1 - 22
97 % rule This class contains all the values which are within 1.2 times the emission
3)
limit, i.e. 97 % of all half-hourly means must be in classes 1 – 12.
1.2 * TGW This class begins at 1.2 times the emission limit and ends at the limit to the
appropriate confidence interval (VB), i.e. 1.2 * emission limit to 1.2 * emission
limit + VB.
Calculation of substitution values If a substitution value was used for the calculation of the components, this
value also appears in this class. (dual classification)
Integration time < 2/3 Values whose number of individual values used for the formation of the
standard value is less than 2/3
Measurement device error Measured values which cannot be considered because of an ongoing error
status signal are assigned to this class.
Measurement device maintenance Measured values which cannot be considered because of an ongoing
maintenance status signal are assigned to this class.
- 37 -
Computer error Measured values which are recorded or would have been recorded during a
computer error are assigned to this class.
Computer maintenance Measured values which cannot be considered because of an ongoing

computer maintenance status signal are assigned to this class.
Plant not in service Measured values measured while the plant is “out of service” are assigned
to this class.
Starting up Measured values measured while the plant is “starting up” are assigned to
this class.
SPS error (not considered because of smoke gas purification system error)
Measured values measured while the plant status is “smoke gas purification
system error” are assigned to this class.
TMW < TGW This class contains all daily means (TMW) which are less than the daily limit
(TGW, corresponds to emission limit).
TGW < TMW < TGW+VB This class contains all daily means (TMW) which exceed the emission limit
(TGW) but are below the emission limit + confidence interval (VB).
TMW > TGW+VB All daily means (TMW) which exceed the emission limit (TGW) + confidence
interval (VB).
no daily mean This class contains the individual values when no daily mean can be
calculated. (e.g. not enough valid individual values)
see Standard federal practice on emission monitoring [18],
1): No. 1.2 Classification and saving of half-hourly means, 1.2.1
3): 2: Characteristics of the evaluation process: it is characterised by the fact that 97 % of all half-hourly means must not exceed 6/5 of
the emission limit.
Note:
In accordance with the 13th BImSchV (large furnaces), the evaluation period can be extended to 2 hours if the
calibration time had to be extended during calibration.
The following evaluation periods are defined in 89/369/EEC

(new incineration plants for municipal waste) [14]: 1 hour
1 day
Moving 7 day average
The following evaluation periods are defined in accordance

with 88/609/EEC (large furnaces) [13]: 48 hours
1 calendar month or
Moving 30 day average
- 38 -
Figure 3.2: Daily printout of the classification of a plant in accordance with TA Luft
- 39 -
Remote emission monitoring / remote emission data transmission (EFÜ) [26]:
In remote emission monitoring systems, the measured data are processed by an emission computer. Once
processed, the data are saved on a remote emission monitoring computer (EFÜ computer or B system) and made
available for subsequent remote data transmission (DFÜ). The emission computer and EFÜ computer can be
integrated into a single unit or networked together. Depending on the number of plants monitored, the plant
operator has either one B system or multiple B systems which can be networked together. Each B system analyses
the figures for a plant or a section of a plant. A number of emission computers can be connected to a single B
system. A G system is installed at the competent monitoring authority. This system allows access to the data
stored on the B systems connected. The B system and G system communicate through the telephone system using
a modem connection. The data interface has been agreed and standardised. The interface definition is published
by the LAI [26]. Fig. 3.3 shows a schematic representation of an Remote emissions monitoring system with a
connection to the authorities.
Remote emissions monitoring systems fulfil the following basic functions:
• The B system automatically supplies the data for the most recent period since the last transmission to the G
system at predefined intervals (up to max. 7 days, normally every day).
• The G system can also request that the B system supplies the data for the relevant period at any time.
• If any limits are exceeded, the B system supplies the data for the current day.
• The description of the installation, e.g. configuration, takes place in the B system for the plant and is
transferred in the form of a standard data model to the G system.
Unlike emission analysis computers, remote emissions monitoring systems can allocate individual emission
values to the relevant emission times. The daily transmission of data enables the competent monitoring authority
to react quickly to irregularities in the emission behaviour of a connected installation.
As the B systems are powerful computers, they can, for example, calculate emission trends to recognise any
potential violations of limits before they even happen.
B system B system B system

B system B system B system
Telephone
network
Central B system
Operator 1 Operator 2
Telephone
network
G system
Supervisory authority
Figure 3.3: Remote emissions monitoring system with connection to authorities
- 40 -
4 Measurement methods
4.1 Continuous measurement of non-atmospheric substances (stationary / mobile)
All measurement devices suitable for continuous measurements register physical or physico-chemical changes
produced by the measured object within the measurement system and convert these into electrical signals. To do
this, the sample gas can either be removed from the main volume flow and introduced into the measurement
device (extractive sampling) or the sample gas can be examined directly in the flue duct (in situ measurement).
This chapter is a systematic overview of standard measuring principles. It will not take into consideration the
specific design peculiarities of devices produced by different manufacturers.
In emissions technology, optical measuring devices are normally referred to as “photometers”, even though they
are by definition spectrometers. Normally, only spectrometers which work with radiation in the visible UV range
are described as photometers.
4.1.1 Measurement of particulate emissions
4.1.1.1 Photometric in situ dust measurement (measurement of optical transmission) [36]
Photometric dust measurement devices measure the dust load by means of the auxiliary parameters transmission
and/or extinction. A beam of light passes through a defined cross-section, e.g. a chimney, a pipe, or a duct,
containing a dust-laden waste gas. As a result of absorption and scattering of the particles, the light beam is
reduced in intensity which is a function of the dust load. The ratio of the received light I to the transmitted light I0
is the transmission T. The logarithm of the reciprocal of the transmission is called the extinction E.
I 1
T= E = ln Eq. 4.1 and 4.2
I0 T
If there is a constant dust load in the flue gas, the extinction gets larger the longer the light path L is. There is an
exponential relationship between the transmission and the length of the total measuring path:
T = exp(-ε L) Eq. 4.3
The extinction coefficient ε depends on the properties of the light used, the characteristics of the dust being
measured (e.g. particle size distribution, shape of particles, colour, complex refraction index) and the dust
content c.
Because there are so many influencing factors, there is no simple formulaic relationship between the dust content
and the transmission. It has been proven in experiments that, within certain limits, there is a linear relationship
between the dust content c and the extinction coefficient ε, which can be described by the Lambert-Beer law by
introducing the proportionality constant α:
T = exp(-α cL) = exp(- E) Eq. 4.4
Assuming that all other influencing factors remain constant, this gives the following relationship between the
extinction and the dust load:
E = α cL Eq. 4.5
Depending on the application, a distinction is made between:
- qualitative measurement methods (monitoring of limit values)

- measurement methods to determine the smoke number (waste gas opacity) and
- quantitative measurement methods (determination of dust content / mass concentration).
- 41 -
Qualitative particulate measuring devices are used for monitoring limit values. They only determine the optical
transmission. At least two alarm levels need to be set on the measurement device by means of calibration using a
gravimetric conventional method.
Particulate measuring devices to determine the smoke spot number (waste gas opacity) also only determine the
transmission. There must be a reproducible relationship between the grey-scale value of the waste gas plume and
the display on the measuring device. The measured values are given as a smoke number. (VDI 2066, part 8 [40]
and DIN 51402, Part 1 [42])
Quantitative particulate measuring devices determine the dust content (dust load of the sample gas or mass
concentration). To do this, the optical transmission of the extinction is derived using the Lambert-Beer law. The
measuring devices normally give the measured signal as milligrams of dust per cubic metre of waste gas in
operating conditions. In order to obtain reproducible measurements, it must be assumed that the dust being
measured is not subject to appreciable alteration with respect to its particle size distribution and optical
properties. It therefore follows that each individual device must be calibrated at the place it is used.
Fig. 4.1 is a schematic presentation of a conventional in situ dust content measuring device. The measuring head
with its opto-electric receiver is installed on one side of the waste gas duct. The reflector head is on the opposite
side.
The light beam emitted by the light source is separated into a measurement beam and a reference beam (dual-
beam method). The measuring light beam crosses through the measurement section to the reflector and back to
the measuring head, while the reference light beam passes through a dust-free reference path inside the
measuring head. Both light beams reach the receiver at staggered phases, the receiver then processes the signal
and supplies a direct current signal which is proportional to the extinction. The use of the dual-beam method with
automatic compensation ensures that the measurement is not affected by external influences, such as fluctuations
in the operating parameters of the receiver or ageing of the optical and electrical components.
In order to keep contamination on the optical surfaces between the measurement head and the waste gas duct and
between the reflector head and the waste gas duct to a minimum, dust-free purging air is blown into the flange.
Standard measurement devices have automatic zero point and reference point monitoring mechanisms. For this, a
second reflector in the measurement head is swung into the path of the light, so that the light beam is reflected
before it reaches the waste gas duct (zero point monitoring). In order to monitor the reference point, a filter which
produces a known reduction in light intensity, is also swung into the path of the beam.
- 42 -
Measuring head
R.F. Z.R.
Concave mirror
Reflector-
head
Reference- Lens
path
Semi-
Light trans-
source parent
mirror
Lineari-
sation
Opto- Display
elektronic
receiver
Waste gas duct
Z.R.: Zero point reflector

R.F.: Reference point filter
Figure 4.1: Photometric in situ dust measurement (schematic)
4.1.1.2 Scattered light measurement [85]
When passing through a dust loaded gas, a light beam experiences a reduction in intensity which is a function of
the dust load as a result of absorption and scattering of the particles. In addition to the reduction in intensity
(extinction à photometric dust measurement), the scattering of the light can also be used to determine the dust
load in gases under certain circumstances.
The intensity of the scattered light depends on the intensity, the wavelength and the polarisation of the incoming
light, the angle at which the scattered light is measured, the size and shape of the particles and the refractive
index of the particulate material. Because there are so many influencing factors, there is no simple formulaic
relationship between the dust content and the intensity of the scattered light. It has been proven in experiments
that, within certain limits, there is a linear relationship between the two, assuming all other influencing factors can
be kept roughly constant.
This linearity range is delineated at the bottom by the influence of interference light and at the top by multiple
scattering on the particles.
One of the major characteristics of the scattered light measurement principle is the optical separation of the
scattered light hitting a light detector at a specific angle (observation angle) from the primary beam of light. This
means the measured value zero point is independent of the intensity of the primary light and the detection
sensitivity can be considerably increased relative to the extinction measurement method.
Many extractive scattered light photometers use an angle of observation of around 15° because the dust particle
size is not small in comparison to the wavelength of the emitted light and therefore forward scattering (known as
Mie scattering) is predominant. Fig. 4.2 is a schematic representation of a scattered light photometer. The light
source emits light which covers an optical path to the oscillating flicker mirror. This deflects the incoming light in
position a as a measurement beam across an optical path to the measurement chamber. Part of the scattered light
generated by the measured material is received and measured by a light detector at an angle of around 15°. In
position b, the oscillating flicker mirror deflects the incoming light, which is now the reference beam, through a
light attenuator and onto the light detector as a reference standard.
- 43 -
The signal currents generated by the light detector in cases a and b are compared in a measurement amplifier and
converted into a control signal, which passes through the light attenuator and changes the reference beam until its
intensity corresponds to the intensity of the scattered light (scattered by the sample gas). In this compensated
status, the position of the light attenuator corresponds to the measurement signal which is amplified and
displayed.
The use of the dual-beam method with automatic compensation ensures that the measurement is not affected by
external influences, such as fluctuations in the operating parameters of the receiver or ageing of the optical and
electrical components.
Measuring chamber
m
ea
ntb
me Scatter light
a b u re (15°)
as
Me
Oscillating
mirror
Light source
R
be efe
a m r en Light Reference
ce attenuator standard
Display
Amplifier Light- Semi-

detector transparent
mirror
Figure 4.2: Scattered light measurement, extractive method (schematic)
In situ scattered light photometers work with acute observation angles. These devices can be compact in design as
the sender and the receiver can be integrated in a single unit (Fig. 4.3).
Receiver
Analysis
system
Transmitter
Figure 4.3: In situ scattered light measurement (schematic)

- 44 -
4.1.1.3 Measurement with beta ray absorption [85]
In dust measurement with β-ray absorption systems, a partial gas stream is extracted isokinetically (i.e. the
velocity of the particles in the partial gas stream corresponds to the velocity in the waste gas duct) from the waste
gas duct and sucked through a filter tape (Fig. 4.4). The dust quantity deposited on the filter tape is measured by
the attanuation of the β-radiation after passing through the dust loaded filter.
β-radiator
Filter strip
De-
tec-
tor
Partial
volume
flow
Amplifier Display
Figure 4.4: Dust measurement with β-ray absorption (schematic)
The radiation source is artificially manufactured using radioactive material of an appropriate level (e.g. the
isotope carbon 14 or krypton 85). A Geiger Müller counter is used as the detector. To compensate for the gradual
reduction in radioactivity of the β-radiation source over a period of time and the variation of the radiation
attanuation due to filter material, measurements of the absorption are taken before and after the dust filtration
and the measured values compared with one another.
With β-dust measurement systems, the measured object accumulates on the filter material, so the measurement is
not really continuous as such, but takes place in measurement cycles. The duration of a measurement cycle
depends on the accumulation time. Increasing the accumulation time can increase the sensitivity of the measuring
procedure.
4.1.1.4 Dust measurement using tribo-electric sensors
On collision, dust particles landing on a probe emit tiny electrical charges to the probe which can be detected. The
electrical current can be measured. For dust concentrations between 1 and 100 mg/m³, the intensity of the current
is in the region of a few pA. The level of the current signal is dependent on a number of influencing factors, such
as the velocity of the gas, the properties of the particles, the effective surface area of the probe and the average
particle diameter. If the framework conditions remain constant, there is a linear relationship between the current
signal and the dust concentration.
Suitability tested tribo-electric measurement devices are used for qualitative dust measurement (limit value
monitoring) and, with certain limitations, for quantitative dust measurement (determination of dust load).
- 45 -
4.1.2 Measurement of gaseous substances
For the continuous measurement of gaseous materials, physical, physico-chemical and chemical effects produced
by the measured objects within the measurement system if handled accordingly (e.g. on stimulation) are generally
used:
- Interaction with electromagnetic radiation in the optical spectral range (4.1.2.1 to 4.1.2.4),
- Thermal ionisation (4.1.2.5),
- Change of colour when introduced into a reagent solution (4.1.2.6),
- Change of conductivity when introduced into a reagent solution (4.1.2.6),
- Heat generation by means of catalytic oxidation (4.1.2.6),
- Ionisation concentration change when introduced into a buffer solution (4.1.2.6),
- Interaction with electromagnetic fields (4.3.1),
- Change of conductivity of solids (4.3.2).
4.1.2.1 Photometry with extractive sampling
The interaction of electromagnetic radiation in the optical spectral range with the molecules of a gas is very
specifically dependent on the molecular structure. When they are exposed to electromagnetic rays, the molecules
are stimulated by absorbing energy. This results in the formation of characteristic absorption bands. All
heteroatomic molecules, such as carbon dioxide (CO2), carbon monoxide (CO), sulphur dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen
monoxide (NO) have a characteristic absorption spectrum in the infrared spectral range. SO2 and NO also have
one in the ultraviolet spectral range.
Fig. 4.5 shows the simplest conceivable measuring set-up for an extractive absorption photometer. An optical
filter is used to generate light in a specific wavelength range, which is passed through a measuring cell through
which the sample gas is flowing. A proportion of the light is absorbed by the molecules of the air pollutant. The
resulting attanuation of the light intensity is therefore a measure of the air pollutant concentration. Once it has
passed through the measurement cell, the light hits a radiation detector which is connected to an electronic signal
processing system.
In this simple set-up, the smallest alteration in the light emission and the receiver sensitivity leads to unacceptably
high zero point errors. Measuring set-ups which avoid this fault employ either a periodic zero point correction
system or a comparison standard in the form of a second comparison filter (bi-frequency method) or a reference
gas (gas filter correlation method, Fig. 4.7). This comparison standard can be either time displaced – i.e. with
inverted phase – when brought into the light path or arranged in a parallel reference light path (dual beam
photometer).
A distinction is made between different photometers on the basis of the following criteria:
a) the type of radiation source: IR or UV photometer

b) the length of the cell used: short-path or long-path cells,
c) the type of zero point correction: gas filter correlation method or bi-frequency method,
d) the beam path: single or dual beam photometer.
- 46 -
Optical
filter
Light Amplifierr Display

source Measuring chamber Gas detektor
Sample
gas
Figure 4.5: Simplest measuring set-up for an absorption photometer (schematic)
Reference chamber
Amplifier Display
Light source Chopper Measuring chamber Gas detektor

wheel
Sample
gas
Figure 4.6: NDIR photometer (schematic)
Filter chamber
with N2
Interferenz-
filter
Filter
wheel
Light Amplifier Display

source De-
Measuring chamber tec-
tor
Sample
gas Filter chamber
with Measurment
component
Figure 4.7: Gas filter correlation method (schematic)
Simple cells through which a linear beam passes once are known as short-path cells. The light absorption (i.e. the
sensitivity of a photometer) increases with the number of absorbing molecules in the path of the beam. This effect
is utilised by using long-path cells. As there is generally not sufficient space for a cell to be extended at will, the
light beam is reflected by a mirror at the end of the cell, which means that it passes through the cell a number of
times. If it passes through the cell enough times, the resulting physical path lengths can be as long as 20 m or
more.
Photometric gas analysis devices must address the components to be measured selectively in order to minimise
the influence of other components in the measured product (cross-sensitivity). This selectivity can be achieved by
dispersive or non-dispersive methods.
- 47 -
Dispersive methods split the light from a broad radiation source into its spectral elements before the actual
measurement is made. Only the elements relevant to the specific measured object are used for the measurement.
In bi-frequency methods, for example, a filter is swung into the path of the beam in order to generate the
measurement signal (I), this filter filters out anything but the characteristic wavelengths in the range of the
components to be measured. Prism filters, refractive gratings or interference filters are used. A second filter is
used to generate the zero point signal (I0) which enables an appropriate wavelength range outside the
characteristic spectrum to pass through. The measurement signal is derived by applying the Lambert-Beer law to
the two measured variables (see Section 4.1.1.1).
In order to measure mercury, the resonance absorption of mercury atoms at a wavelength of 253.7 nm is used.
Mercury is the only metal which has enough vapour pressure for this method at room temperature and whose
vapour is single-atom. The narrow-band UV radiation is generated using a mercury vapour lamp. Only the
content of elemental mercury is measured in the analyser. As some of the mercury in the waste gas of technical
2+
plants (e.g. waste incineration plants) can be in the form of water-soluble mercury ions (Hg ), some analysis
2+ 0
devices use a reactor which converts Hg into Hg .
The non-dispersive methods dispense with the spectral refraction and use other wavelength-selective systems to
obtain the desired selectivity.
The non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) method uses a selective detector which detects light from a beam modulated
by a chopper wheel (Fig. 4.6). Multi-component measuring devices can be designed on the basis of the NDIR
method. To do this, a number of gas detectors (normally two) are connected to one another, one for each of the
components. It should be noted that the absorption spectrums of the components to be measured separately must
not overlap.
The gas filter correlation method uses a gas-filled filter chamber attached to a filter wheel. This filter chamber is
alternately and periodically brought into the light path with an opening in the filter wheel or with a filter chamber
filled with nitrogen. Multi-component measuring devices can be designed on the basis of the gas filter correlation
method. In this case, the filter wheel is fitted with gas filters for multiple components.
Both methods use detectors filled with the component to be measured (gas detectors). The modulated radiation
generates fluctuations in pressure in the receiver chamber by means of absorption in the characteristic wavelength
range. The pressure differences between two halves of the receiver chamber are either measured directly using a
membrane condensor or by detecting a resulting pressure compensation flow and converted into electrical
signals.
Recently, electrochemical detectors based on semiconductors have also been used. The very nature of the system
means that these detectors have poor long-term stability, which can be compensated for by structural measures,
such as self-calibration, preliminary attenuation or the use of detector arrays. The life expectancy of these
detectors is limited and can also be drastically reduced by the influence of attendant materials (“poisoning”).
The non-dispersive ultraviolet (NDUV) method achieves selectivity by using gas-filled discharge lamps which
emit characteristic spectral lines.
- 48 -
4.1.2.2 In situ photometry
In in situ photometers, the absorption measuring path is in the waste gas duct itself. This means that the sample
gas is not fed into the measuring cell through a sampling system. The photometer, which consists of a radiation
source, a detector, a selectivity device and evaluation electronics, is installed outside the waste gas duct. In the UV
range, spectral-refractive gratings are used to achieve selectivity. In the IR range, interference filters or gas-filled
filter chambers are used, as with the GFC method. Generally, in situ photometers are fitted with filter
combinations for a number of gaseous measured objects and for photometric dust measurement.
Fig. 4.8 shows two possible measuring arrangements. In both cases, the actual photometer is located on one side
of the waste gas duct. Either the radiation source (example 1) or a retro-reflector (example 2) is installed on the
other side. In the second case, the light beam crosses the measuring path twice. In both cases, the optical interface
between the photometer / radiation source or the reflector and the waste gas duct are protected from
contamination by means of a screen of purging air, as for photometric dust measurement (see Section 4.1.1.1).
Photo- Light
meter source
Waste gas duct
Case 1
Photo-
meter Reflector
Waste gas duct
Case 2
Figure 4.8: Different in situ photometer arrangements

- 49 -
4.1.2.3 FTIR spectroscopy [46, 82]
Infrared-active gases, such as CO2, CO, SO2, NO, NO2 HCl, H2O, can be measured simultaneously using Fourier
transform IR spectroscopy (FTIR spectroscopy). Unlike in traditional spectroscopy, the absorption spectrum is not
recorded by means of dispersive elements such as lattices or prisms, but using an interferometer arrangement.
Most FTIR spectrometers are based on the Michelson interferometer which has the function of a monochromator.
The radiation hits a beam splitter which reflects 50 % of the radiation and transmits the remaining
50 %. The reflected and transmitted beams hit two mirrors which are perpendicular to one another and are
reflected back to the beam splitter. The beam splitter recombines the two reflected beams into one. The
recombined beam is passed through a cell full of the product to be measured and then focused on an IR detector.
Continuously shifting one of the mirrors opposite the beam splitter produces differences in the optical path length
which the two beams have to cover on the way back to the beam splitter. This difference (path difference of the
interferometer) produces interference in the recombined beam which results in the fundamental coding. The
shifting makes the interference signal (local intensity distribution) variable (interferogram). This means the
interferogram contains all the information about the spectrum in encrypted form. The absorption of the
modulated IR radiation in the measurement cell means that the interferogram contains all the spectral information
at the same time.
A mathematical Fourier transformation into the IR range (demodulation) is then applied to the interferogram
recorded. By comparing the IR spectrum recorded to a reference spectrum, the FTIR spectrometer can
quantitatively detect a number of IR-active measured objects, depending on the software version used.
Fixed mirror
Beam splitter with

compensator
Measurment chamber
Focusing
Movable mirror
mirror
Light- De
source te
tor c-
Sample
gas
Collimator
mirror
Figure 4.9: FTIR spectrometer with Michelson interferometer arrangement (schematic)

- 50 -
4.1.2.4 Chemiluminescence methods [52]
Some chemical reactions produce a characteristic radiation known as chemiluminescence. The intensity of this
chemiluminescence is proportional to the mass flow rate of the sample gas under constant reaction conditions if
the auxiliary gas necessary to produce the reaction is present in excess.
The chemiluminescence emitted during the oxidation of nitrogen oxide molecules with ozone can be used to
determine the NO concentration: NO + O3 → NO2 + O2 + hν. The intensity peak of the chemiluminescence is at a
wavelength of 1.2 µm.
Chemiluminescence measurements take place in a reaction chamber (Fig. 4.10). Air which has first passed
through an ozone generator flows into the chamber. The oxygen in the air is partially converted into ozone by
means of electrical discharges (arcing) or by UV irradiation. A constant flow of sample gas enters the reaction
chamber via another entrance nozzle and is mixed in. An ozone filter is fitted in the outlet of the reaction chamber
to prevent environmental pollution. The chemiluminescence is optically filtered before being measured using a
photo-multiplier. A temperature-controlled reaction chamber at a constant internal pressure is required if a stable
measuring effect is to be achieved.
In order to determine the concentrations of nitrogen dioxide, the sample gas is first passed through a thermo-
catalytic converter which reduces NO2 to NO prior to the analysis [51]:
- Operation without converter: Þ NO measurement

- Operation with converter: Þ NOX measurement
- Difference between NOX and NO measurement Þ NO2 concentration
Sample gas
Pump
N2O/NO
Ozon converter
protec-
tion filter
Reaction
chamber
Ozoniser Air
Window
Radiation
filter
Photo
multiplier
Amplifier
Display
Figure 4.10: Chemiluminescence measurement arrangement (schematic)

- 51 -
4.1.2.5 Flame ionisation measurement [69]
Organic carbon compounds are, in comparison to inorganic compounds, relatively easily ionisable in a hydrogen
flame. The resulting cloud of ions is extracted in an ionisation chamber by applying an electric field using
electrodes and generates an electric current. This current is approximately proportional across several orders of
magnitude to the mass flow rate of organic bound carbon atoms. There is, however, a slight dependence on the
structural bond of the C atoms in the particular molecule.
Pure hydrogen flows through a nozzle into the combustion chamber of the flame ionisation detector (FID). The
hydrogen can be taken from a pressurised gas cylinder or produced in an electrolytic hydrogen generator unit.
Combustion air from the atmosphere is admitted via an annular slit around the nozzle. After electrical ignition, a
steady hydrogen flame produces a very small ion density (zero value) in the absence of organic carbon
compounds in the sample gas. The electrodes needed to extract the ion cloud are arranged near the flame. The
combustion nozzle itself can be used as one of the electrodes, as shown in Figure 4.11. If the electrical potential
difference is high enough, all the charge carriers will find their way onto the electrodes, i.e. the saturation current
is flowing. This is raised to the desired signal amplitude by a sensitive direct current amplifier. At the same time,
the zero value is compensated. The absolute measuring sensitivity depends on the material of the combustion
nozzle and the design of the detector. For continuous measurements, the temperature and the pressure of the
sample gas must be kept constant.
FID measurement provides a non-selective total measurement signal for organically bound carbon. At the first
approximation, the measurement signal is proportional to the number of carbon atoms detected (e.g.
hydrocarbons). The detector sensitivity can be different if the system primarily detects hetero-atomic
hydrocarbons. If the composition of the sample gas is known (e.g. for solvent vapours), this different level of
sensitivity can be reconciled by means of a response factor for the object to be measured.
Combustion chamber
Collector
electrode
Combustion
nozzle Amplifier Display
H2
Air
Sample gas
Figure 4.11: Flame ionisation detector / FID (schematic)

- 52 -
4.1.2.6 Less common measurement methods
Conductometry, colorimetry, heat change and potentiometry are all measurement methods which are now only
seldom used for continuous emission monitoring.
In the conductometric measurement method, the sample gas is introduced into a suitable liquid reagent and the
change in conductivity is measured after the reaction between the liquid and the gas is complete.
In the colorimetric measurement principle, the sample gas is also brought into contact with a suitable reagent and
the change in colour is then measured on a photometric basis.
In the heat change system, the heat (temperature increase) given off during exothermic catalytic oxidation of
combustible gas components is measured. Oxidation takes place on the surface of a catalyst heated up to an
appropriate temperature.
In potentiometric measurement methods, the sample gas is introduced into a buffered electrolyte solution and the
ion concentration, which is changed by the measurement components, is measured using an ion-sensitive
electrode chain.
- 53 -
4.2 Discontinuous measurements

For all discontinuous (manual) measuring methods, part of the flow volume is removed from the flow of waste
gas (extractive sampling). For most measuring methods, the measured objects contained in the partial flow
volume (sample gas) are accumulated on or in suitable collection phases. The detection limits for the
measurement methods used can be influenced by varying the sampling time (accumulation period) and the
partial volume flow.
The sampling devices are assembled and mounted prior to sampling. This means that the particular requirements
of the measurement method used and the sampling point can be addressed by varying individual components.
The sampling device must be checked for leaks both before and after the sampling.
The generation of at least one blank value is an integral part of the measuring procedure. To do this, one has to
run through all the stages required for a genuine sampling. But unlike a genuine sampling, the sample pump is
not switched on, or is only switched on for a very short period. One way of generating a blank value is to suck
purified air through the sampling device. The blank value is forwarded for analysis with the other samples.
4.2.1 Manual measurement of dust load and determination of substances contained in dust (semimetals
and metals)
There are two methods for the manual measurement of dust load in stationary sources:
- measurement of low dust contents using plane filter devices in accordance with VDI 2066, part 7 [39] and DIN
EN 12384, Part 1 [41]
- measurement of high dust contents using tubular filter devices in accordance with VDI 2066, part 2 [35]
Both measuring methods are based on isokinetic (same-speed) removal of the sample gas from the flow of waste
gas and the depositing of the particles on a filter element. Sampling needs to be isokinetic to avoid sedimentation
phenomena during sampling (which can occur, for example, because of different densities of gas and solids) (see
Section 2.3.3).
The sample gas is sucked through a removal probe set up in the flue duct against the direction of the waste gas.
The condensation of water from the sample gas, which is normally damp, before the filter element must be
avoided. There are two ways of doing this:
In-stack sampling:
All parts of the sampling equipment which carry sample gas, including the separation device for particles, are in
the waste gas duct and are heated by the waste gas (see Fig. 4.12). This is conditional on the waste gas
temperature being sufficiently high above the dew point temperature for the waste gas (a temperature difference
of 20°C is normally adequate). The dimension of the waste gas duct must be adequately large, such that the filter
casing in the duct does not adversely affect the flow behaviour. The separation device should be arranged directly
after the suction probe in order to minimise dust settling in parts of the sampling equipment before the separation
device.
Out-stack sampling:
There is a 90° elbow after the suction probe. The sample gas is fed through a suction pipe, which can be heated, to
the separation device for particles. The separation device is placed outside the waste gas duct and can also be
heated. The temperature of the parts of the sampling equipment carrying the sample gas as far as the separation
device must be selected so as to ensure that condensation is avoided. In practice, a temperature level of around
150°C is adequate for most measured objectives. If higher temperatures are required, the temperature is normally
selected at around 20°C above the temperature of the waste gas. The heating is either electrical or by means of
hot-air blowers. Occasionally, it may also be necessary to cool the suction pipe.
The suction probes must comply with defined geometrical framework conditions. It is possible partially to
automate the sampling process. By controlling the partial flow volume extracted by means of monitoring the flow
characteristics at all times, the suction speed can be adapted to the flow rate at the point of measurement.
- 54 -
Sampling devices with zero pressure probes compare the static pressure inside the probe against the static
pressure in the waste gas duct and control the extraction speed automatically until the two pressures are identical
[86].
For measuring low dust contents, a plane filter is used as separation device for the particles in accordance with
VDI 2066, part 7 and DIN EN 13284-1. The filter diameters used for in-stack sampling are around 50 mm, while
the filter diameters for out-stack sampling are between 50 and 150 mm.
A tubular filter device is used for measuring higher dust contents. The separation device used in this case is a
filter tube filled with quartz wool. The detection limit of the process (around 2 mg absolute) can be lowered by
connecting a plane filter downstream.
The flow rates of the sample gas are normally between 2 and 4 m³/h. Larger dust sampling devices can cope with
up to 12 m³/h.
In order to separate off dust content materials which pass through the filter, part of the gas can be separated from
the sample gas after the separation device (out-stack sampling) or after a heated suction pipe (in-stack sampling)
and passed through an absorption system (e.g. fritted wash-bottles). The maximum volume flow is around
0.2 m³/h.
The suction is carried out by means of vacuum pumps or lateral duct blowers. The gas volumes extracted are
either dried (e.g. using a blue gel receiver) and measured using a gas volume measuring device – dry design – or
not dried and measured using a gas volume measuring device – wet design. The temperature and pressure at the
gas volume meter are also logged so the extracted gas volume can later be standardised. A flow meter is useful
for setting the volume flow required for the isokinetic extraction (e.g. a flow meter or an orifice plate).
All parts of the sampling equipment must be made of corrosion-resistant material which does not interact with
the sample gas (e.g. titanium, laboratory glass, etc.) and must be cleaned in accordance with the instructions in the
relevant measurement guidelines prior to sampling.
Before and after sampling, the separation elements used (plane filter and / or tubular filter) must be heated and
equilibrated in a dessicator or a conditioned balance room. The separation elements are then weighed. The
elements are heated for two hours before each use – the temperature is selected at around 20°C above the
temperature of the waste gas. Around 150°C has proved adequate for most applications. It can be necessary to
limit the temperature to which the full filter is heated because of the thermal instability of the dust sediment,
especially if the composition of the dust is to be examined.
If the dust composition is also to be analized, then the separation elements are disintegrated after weighing and
analysed in the lab together with the absorption solutions. This means that elements of metal, semimetal and
compounds can be analysed from a single sample, including the following (selection from VDI 3868, part 1 [44]):
- Antimony (Sb) - Cobalt (Co)

- Arsenic (As) - Copper (Cu)
- Barium (Ba) - Nickel (Ni)
- Beryllium (Be) - Selenium (Se)
- Lead (Pb) - Thallium (Tl)
- Cadmium (Cd) - Vanadium (V)
- Chromium (Cr) - Zinc (Zn)
- 55 -
Analysis of mercury (Hg) requires a different absorption solution and a different chemical pulping of the filter
(cold chemical pulping) [45]; [64]. Therefore a separate sample needs to be taken for any mercury measurements.
The materials for the sampling equipment must be selected carefully, as mercury tends to form amalgams with a
number of metals.
6
2
p
1
5
Suction pipe, heated 3
4 5
Plane Absorption 1
filter system
5
3
Suction 6 4
nozzle
Waste gas duct
1: Drying tower
2: Manometer
3: Gas volume meter (dry) with
thermometer
4: Flow meter
5: Control valve
6: Vacuum pump
Figure 4.12: Example of a dust sampling device with a plane filter device (in-stack) and absorption system for
analysis of filter-passing dust componenents
- 56 -
4.2.2 Determination of the mass concentration of polychlorinated dibenzodioxins and polychlorinated

dibenzofuranes (PCDD/PCDF)
Essentially, there are three different sampling methods (Fig. 4.13 to 4.15) for taking samples to determine
PCDD/PCDF in accordance with DIN EN 1948-1 “Emissions from stationary sources – determination of mass
concentration of PCDD/PCDF – Part 1: Sampling” [43].
a) filter / cooler method

b) dilution method
c) cooled suction pipe method
Samples are taken in the same way as for dust (see Section 4.2.1), by means of isokinetic extraction of the sample
gas from the flow of waste gas. The PCDD/PCDF adsorbed on the particles or in gaseous form are collected and
accumulated in the sampling device. The collection unit can be a combination of a filter, a condensate bulb and a
solid or liquid adsorber, depending on the sampling system selected. The sampling equipment must be made of
materials which do not interact with the sample gas (e.g. titanium, quartz, glass).
The main collection units are spiked with C13-marked PCDD/PCDF prior to the sampling in order to determine
the sample recovery rate for the congeners. The sample gas must be cooled before entering the main collection
unit (methods a and c: t<20°C; method b: t<40°C) in order to stabilise the measured object.
In order to isolate the separated PCDD/PCDF from the sampling device, it is extracted using a suitable solvent
(e.g. toluene). The filter, adsorbers and, if required, parts of the sampling equipment, are normally isolated by
means of Soxhlet extraction, while the condensate is isolated by means of liquid extraction. The extracts are
normally cleaned using multi-column chromatography techniques.
The PCDD/PCDF is separated by means of gas chromatography (GC) or liquid chromatography (HPLC). High
resolution mass spectrometry (HRMS) is used in conjunction with the isotope attenuation method for
identification and quantification purposes.
Figure 4.13: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the filter/cooler method (schematic)
Figure 4.14: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the dilution method (schematic)
Figure 4.15: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the cooled suction pipe method (schematic)
- 57 -
4.2.3 Manual procedures to measure inorganic compounds
Accumulative sampling (absorption)
Inorganic gaseous chlorine and fluorine compounds, sulphur oxides (SO2 and SO3) and basic nitrogen compounds
can be collected by means of accumulation in liquid phases (absorption).
Table 4.1: Absorption solutions for accumulating measured objects
Measured object Suitable absorption solution Guideline

inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds H2O or [60]
Na2CO3/NaHCO3 solution
inorganic gaseous fluorine compounds H2O or NaOH solution or [59]
Na2CO3/NaHCO3 solution
sulphur oxides hydrogen peroxide solution [47; 50]
iodine solution [48]
hydrogen sulphide sulphuric acid H2O2 solution [61]
cadmium acetate solution [62]
basic nitrogen compounds (e.g. NH3) 0.05 M sulphuric acid [63]
The sample gas is extracted from the waste gas using a suction pipe. The suction pipe must be made of a material
which does not interact with the sample gas (e.g. laboratory glass or quartz). Before the sample gas is passed
through the absorption system, particulate components are extracted by means of a filter. Condensation effects
before the absorption system are avoided by heating the filter and the path of the sample gas. For HCI sampling,
it has been agreed that the temperature should be at least 150°C and should be around 20°C above the waste gas
temperature.
The absorption system consists of at least two gas wash-bottles arranged in series. Muencke, fritted or impinger
wash inserts can be used. Normally, a further (unfilled) wash-bottle is arranged behind the gas wash bottles to
separate off the condensate. Fig. 4.16 shows an example sampling device. If there is a risk that the measured
objects could occur in the flow of waste gas in aerosol form, then the sampling has to be isokinetic (see Section
2.3.3).
After sampling, the absorption solutions are analysed in the laboratory. If the degree of absorption of the
measuring procedure is not known, then the absorption solutions from the wash-bottles that are arranged in
series can be analysed separately. The absorption of the first wash-bottle should be at least 80 % of the total.
Depending on the measuring object, the following analysis methods can be used:
- titration
- potentiometric titration
- photometric determination
- analysis with ion-sensitive electrodes
- ion chromatography
Suction pipe, heated Absorption 1

system
5
Probe 3
6 4
Fine particulate
filter, heated
1: Drying tower
3: Gas volume meter with thermometer
4: Flow meter
Waste gas duct
5: Control valve
6: Vacuum pump
Figure 4.16: Device for sampling (inorganic) gaseous materials by means of absorption
- 58 -
Non-accumulative sampling (gas collection vessels)
Gas collection vessels are used for sampling for the manual measurement of nitrogen oxides [53, 54]. The best
vessels have proven to be glass gas collection containers with a volume of between 0.5 and 1.5 l and with PTFE
taps and a screw connection to which a septum can be connected.
Two different versions are used for sampling.
1. Spot sampling
Sample gas is led through the gas collection vessel until it is sure that the vessel is filled with undiluted sample
gas. Care should be taken to ensure that no condensation forms in the gas collection vessel during the rinsing
phase. Measured values generated by this process are only meaningful if it can be guaranteed that the
concentration of the measured object in the sample gas is not subject to any fluctuations over time (e.g. in the
analysis of test gases).
2. Time-integrating sampling (Fig. 4.17)

The gas collection vessel is evacuated and filled with sample gas via a capillary or a critical nozzle for the
duration of the sampling time. The throughput through the capillary depends on the internal pressure in the
gas collection vessel and can be considered almost linear up to a reduced pressure of nearly 500 hPa. Sampling
times of up to 10 minutes can be achieved. The sample volume is calculated by means of the pressure and the
temperature in the gas collection vessel at the beginning and end of the sampling time.
In both versions the sample gas is cleaned of particles by being passed through a fine particulate filter before
being introduced into the sampling equipment.
Heatable
Suction pipe, heatable casing
2-way-valve
Septum
Fine particulate Gas collection

filter vessel
Waste gas duct Capillary Stop valve

tube
Bypass
Vacuum
pump
pump
Figure 4.17: Time-integrating sampling with gas collection vessel (schematic)
After sampling, the oxidation agent is introduced into the gas collection vessel. Once oxidation has taken place,
the nitrogen dioxide is dissolved by shaking, and can then be analysed.
The analysis is photometric or ion-chromatographic.

- 59 -
4.2.4 Determination of individual organic components
Sampling for measurements of individual organic components is generally achieved by means of accumulation on
appropriate collection phases. Appropriate collection phases are selected according to the following criteria:
- Retaining power for the measured object in question,

- Desorption capacity / extractability of the measured object with solid collection phases,
- Tendency towards chemical reactions with the measured object,
- Influence of attendant materials (e.g. water vapour on solid collection phases) on the retaining power,
- Chromatographic separability of the measured object, the solvent and any impurities,
- Evaporation rate of the solvent at the sampling conditions.
Accumulation can have an effect on the detection limits for the measurement method.
The following are examples of the materials used:
Liquid collection phases (absorbencies) in accordance with VDI 2457, part 1 [65]
- Water or aqueous solutions,
- Organic solvents, such as benzyl alcohol
Decahydronaphtalin (Decalin),
N,N-Dimethylformamide (DMF),
Methyl diglycol, cooled to around 200 K,
Methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE),
2-propanol,
Toluene.
Solid collection phases (adsorbencies)

- Activated carbon,
- Silica gel,
- Molecular sieves,
- XAD.
Analysis generally takes the form of gas or ion chromatographic separation with appropriate detectors:
- Flame ionisation detector (FID),

- Mass spectrometer (MS),
- Electron capture detector (ECD),
- Heat conductivity detector (WLD),
- Conductivity detector (LFD).
If no suitable collection phases are available, the sampling procedure in gas collection vessels described in
Chapter 4.2.3 can be used [66], (Fig. 4.17).
Sampling method 1 (flushing the gas collection vessel) should only be applied if it is impossible that the sample
gas could accumulate on the glass wall by means of sorption.
The detection limits for measurements with non-accumulative samples are considerably higher than those using
accumulative sampling because of the reduced sample volume.
Generally, analysis takes place directly out of the gas phase (analysis of components with a low boiling point) or
after absorption of the measured objects in the gas collection vessel into a suitable solvent (components with a
higher boiling point) after gas-chromatographic separation.
- 60 -
4.2.5 Olfactometric determination of odour emissions
For the purposes of emissions measuring, odours are determined using an olfactometer [72; 73; 74; 75; 78]. Sample
gas is extracted from the flow of waste gas using a sampling device and introduced into a sample bag (e.g. an
aluminium-coated plastic bag or a disposable PE bag). During the measurement, the odour threshold is
determined for the sample gas. The human sense of smell is used as an analyser. The tester (sniffer) receives a
highly diluted form of the sample through the odour mask of the olfactometer. The dilution is reduced (normally
by a factor of 2 or 1.4) until the tester perceives an odour. The mean value between the last dilution stage at which
the tester perceived no odour and the dilution stage at which the tester was sure of recognizing an odour is
agreed as the odour threshold.
The individual sense of smell of a tester is subjective and depends on a number of influencing factors. The
measurement of a odour sample must therefore be undertaken by a number of testers (at least 4) and the tests
must be repeated. The group of testers must fulfil specific requirements with respect to their individual odour
thresholds. The individual odour thresholds of the testers are determined by measuring the odour of test gases
(H2S and n-butanol). However, the personal odour threshold of any tester must be within a specific range (known
as the odour window). Testers whose sense of smell is either too acute or too poor are not suitable.
As well as determining the odour threshold, odour measurements also involve determining the intensity of the
odour [76] and the hedonic effect of the odour [77]. In order to determine the hedonic effect of the odour, the
odour is marked on a scale between “extremely pleasant” and “extremely unpleasant”.
- 61 -
4.3 Measurement of reference values
4.3.1 Oxygen measurement (paramagnetic effect)
The paramagnetic properties of oxygen can be used to measure oxygen levels. Oxygen is characterised by high
magnetic susceptibility (magnetisability). In uneven magnetic fields, oxygen atoms are drawn towards areas with
higher field strength. Oxygen measuring devices use this effect in two ways.
Paramagnetic alternating pressure
The sample gas is passed through a measuring chamber. A reference gas (e.g. N2) passes through two channels
into the measurement chamber. An uneven magnetic field is generated near one of the inlet openings, which has
the effect that the partial pressure in this area increases as a function of the oxygen content in the sample gas. The
flow resistance for the reference gas in the measuring chamber also increases. The detection is based either
directly on the resulting difference in pressure between the two reference gas channels (membrane condensor) or
on the resulting compensating flow in a connecting channel between the channels of reference gas (micro-flow
detector).
Figure 4.18: Oxygen measurement using ‘Siemens’ system based on paramagnetic alternating pressure
(schematic)
Magnetic torsion balance
A nitrogen-filled glass dumb-bell is suspended in a measuring chamber with an uneven magnetic field such that
it can rotate (Fig. 4.19). The glass dumb-bell is diamagnetic, i.e. the ends extend out from the inside of the
magnetic field. The resulting torque is compensated by a current flow through a coil on the dumb-bell until the
dumb-bell reaches its zero position. If the percentage of oxygen by volume in the measuring chamber changes, the
oxygen’s paramagnetic properties mean that it is drawn to the area with the greatest magnetic field strength
between the magnetic poles, which displaces the dumb-bell and causes it to rotate. An optical system
compensates the dumb-bell’s position by adjusting the flow of current through the dumb-bell coil until it reverts
to its zero position. The electrical current required is proportional to the percentage oxygen by volume and can be
measured accordingly.
- 62 -
Display
Amplifier
Sample
gas
1: Measuring cell 4: Reflector mirror

2: Glass body (dumb-bell) 5: Light source
3: Electric coil 6: Detector
Figure 4.19: Oxygen measurement using Maihak’s system based on a magnetic torsion balance (schematic)
4.3.2 Oxygen measurement (zirconium dioxide probe)
A property of zirconium dioxide can be used for the measurement of oxygen. At a high temperature, this material
becomes an electrical conductor because of the increasing mobility of the oxygen ions in the molecular lattice. If
two sides of a zirconium dioxide probe (Fig. 4.20) are impinged with different oxygen concentrations, the cell
voltage at constant temperature can be calculated using the following equation:
R* T p
EMK = * ln 2 + C Eq. 4.7
4*F p1
EMK: cell voltage
p1 : partial oxygen pressure on one side of the cell (e.g. smoke gas side)
p2 : partial oxygen pressure on the other side of the cell (reference gas, e.g. ambient air)
R: gas constant
F: Faraday’s constant
T: absolute temperature in K
C: cell constant
Zirconium probes are mostly used for in situ measurements. It should be noted that the percentage oxygen by
volume is measured in the damp gas.
Figure 4.20: Oxygen measurement using a zirconium probe (schematic)

- 63 -
4.3.3 Determination of waste gas humidity
For calculations in association with emission measurements, the humidity content fn is normally used. This
expresses the mass of the water vapour relative to the volume of the dry gas under standard conditions. There are
several different methods of determining the humidity content:
Psychrometric humidity determination (two-thermometer method)
The waste gas temperature is measured once directly (dry thermometer) and once with a thermometer
surrounded in fabric soaked in water (e.g. cotton, wet thermometer). If the water around the wet thermometer is
evaporated as far as the saturation point, the temperature is below that of the dry thermometer. Sprung’s formula
can then be used to calculate the humidity content fn on the basis of these two temperatures and other waste gas
parameters [83]:
p tr - K ( t tr - t f )
f n = ρH2O * Eq. 4.8
p0 - (p f - K * ( t tr - t f )
with
p0 * c p
K= Eq. 4.9
ρH 2O * r
f n: humidity content [g/m³]

ρH2O: standard density of water vapour [g/m³]
ttr: temperature of dry thermometer [°C]
tf: temperature of wet thermometer [°C]
p0 : absolute pressure in psychrometer [hPa]
ptr: saturation vapour pressure at ttr [hPa]
pf : saturation vapour pressure at tf [hPa]
K: Sprung’s constant
cP : specific heat capacity of the gas [kJ/(kg*K)]
r: evaporation enthalpy of water [kJ/kg]
In conventional psychrometers, both thermometers are housed in a single casing. The waste gas is introduced into
the device via hoses and extracted using a pump. For psychrometric humidity determination, it must be
guaranteed that no condensation can be formed either before or on the dry thermometer. This is generally the case
if the waste gas temperature is sufficiently above the water dew-point in the waste gas.
Sorption in blue gel or magnesium perchlorate followed by gravimetry
A defined volume of gas is drawn through a cartridge filled with a dried sorption agent. The sorption agent used
is blue gel or magnesium perchlorate (Mg(ClO4)2). The cartridge is weighed before and after impinging. The
humidity content fn is calculated on the basis of the standardised gas volume and the differential mass of the
cartridge.
Other options for determining humidity are as follows:

- Using electrical sensors:
- Calculating humidity on the basis of oxygen measurements in the dried and non-dried waste gas
- Dew-point measurement (heated mirror)
- 64 -
4.3.4 Flow speed / waste gas volumetric flow
For continuous emissions monitoring, normally only the mass concentration of the relevant pollutants is
measured. However, the overall emissions level has to be determined for many installations.
The appropriate scale for continuous monitoring is mass flow of pollutants, which can be calculated as the
product of pollutant mass concentration and waste gas volume flow. The waste gas volume flow can often be
calculated precisely enough on the basis of known plant parameters, such as fuel consumption or steam
generating capacity. If the plant’s operating parameters fluctuate, the waste gas volume flow needs to be
determined directly. A direct manual flow speed measurement is an integral part of any discontinuous emissions
measurement.
If the cross-section and flow profile of the waste gas flow are known, the volume flow can be determined on the
basis of the flow speed. The methods of determining volume flow used in emissions measurements are based on
flow speed measurements taken in the flow cross-section of a waste gas duct.
Pressure tubes
Pressure tubes are often used for manual flow speed measurements. The most common type of pressure tube is
the Prandtl tube (also known as an L-Pitót tube, see Fig. 4.21). The hook-shaped probe is set up against the
direction of flow in the waste gas flow. The overall pressure in the flow is recorded through a hole in the middle
of the semicircular or elliptical probe tip. The static pressure is recorded at an annular slot (or alternatively, at
radial holes) behind the probe tip. The pressures are measured using differential pressure manometers. (e.g.
U-tube manometer, inclined tube manometer for improved resolution or electronic micro-manometer).
Waste gas duct
Figure 4.21: Flow speed measurement using the Prandtl tube (schematic) [84]
- 65 -
The dynamic pressure pdyn is a measure for the flow speed at the measuring point and is given by the difference
between the total pressure pges and the static pressure pstat.
pdyn = pges - pstat = ∆ pges - ∆ pstat Eq. 4.10
The flow speed (up to 100 m/s) is then given by:
2 * pdyn
w =k* Eq. 4.11
ρ
where w: gas velocity [m/s]
k: factor taking into consideration the geometry of the pressure tube (Prandtl tube: k=1)
pdyn: dynamic pressure at Prandtl tube [Pa]
ρ: gas density in operating condition [kg/m³]
The pressure tube measurement is direction-dependent. Deviations between the axis of the pressure tube and the
direction of flow of less than 10 % have virtually no impact on the measurement results. Continuous
measurements can be affected by contamination of the probe holes.
Adaptations of the Prandtl tube, such as multiple hole probes or pressure screens, are used for continuous
measurements. These devices have a number of openings distributed across the cross-section of the channel
which are pointed against the direction of flow. This enables a measurement of the total pressure across the whole
measurement axis.
Flow balance
Fig. 4.22 shows the working principle of a flow balance. The force exerted on a flow body by the flow of waste gas
is diverted and measured using a wire strain gauge, for example.
Ultrasound flow measurement
The ultrasound flow measurement is based on a Doppler measurement with ultrasound. Short ultrasound
impulses are emitted from both ends of a measurement axis at 45° to the direction of flow and received by the
other end in each case. The impulses transmitted in the direction of flow have a shorter time delay than the
impulses transmitted against the direction of flow. The differential lifespan is a measure for the flow rate.
Figure 4.22: Flow balance Figure 4.23: Flow measurement using ultrasound
- 66 -
Anemometer
Propeller anemometers are used for manual flow speed measurement. The measurement probe is held in the flow
of waste gas. The flow of waste gas drives an impeller wheel, the speed of which is recorded on a no-contact basis
(e.g. inductively). At a constant density of waste gas, the waste gas speed is proportional to the speed of the
wheel. Propeller anemometers are sensitive to pollution and humidity (condensation). Their use is also limited by
a maximum operating temperature, which is specific to the design of the individual device.
4.3.5 Temperature measurement
The measurement of temperature involves observing the properties of solid, liquid or gaseous materials which
change predictably as a function of temperature. The changes can relate to, for example, the volume, length,
electrical properties (resistance) or optical characteristics of the materials observed.
Expansion thermometer
These devices are based on the thermal expansion of liquids or solids.

In liquid expansion thermometers, the liquid (e.g. mercury, alcohol) is held within a capillary tube on which a
scale is marked.
Bimetal thermometers utilise the different temperature expansion coefficients of two different materials joined
together.
Platinum resistance thermometer (DIN EN 60751)
The resistance in a platinum conductor is measured in order to determine temperature. The resistance increases
with temperature. The change in resistance is not proportional to the change in temperature. The display
instruments used therefore have an integrated linearisation system. By using thermo-sensors with 3 or 4 wires the
resistance in the connection cables can be compensated.
Pt 100 resistance thermometers are often used. These devices have resistance of 100 Ω at t = 0°C and can be used
for temperatures ranging from –200°C to 850°C. The sensor is normally encased in a ceramic body within a
stainless steel pipe for extra protection.
Thermo-electric couples (DIN IEC 584):
Temperature measurement using thermo-electric couples is based on the thermo-electric effect (Seebeck effect).
In a conductive circuit with two different metals, there is a potential difference between the two contact points for
the two metals if they have different temperatures.
The following are the most common pairs of metals used:

- NiCr/NiAl: K type thermo-electric couple -270 to +1,372 °C,
- NiCrSi/NiSi: N type thermo-electric couple -270 to +1,300 °C,
- Fe/Constantan J type thermo-electric couple -210 to +1,200 °C,
- Cu/Constantan T type thermo-electric couple -270 to 400 °C,
- PtRh 13/Pt R type thermo-electric couple -50 to +1,768 °C.
The thermo-electric voltage is in the region of 10 to 50 µV/K temperature difference between the reference and
the actual measuring point. The voltages are amplified and linearised by means of measuring transducers. As the
measurement result is dependent on the temperature of the reference measuring point, this is either thermostat-
controlled or the measurement discrepancy is compensated electrically. The sensor is normally encased in a
ceramic body within a stainless steel pipe for extra protection.
As thermo-electric voltages can also be generated by extending the thermo-element connection cables, the
connections cables may need to be extended by means of compensation cables specially adapted for the thermo-
electric couple used.
- 67 -
Radiation thermometer (radiation pyrometer)
Materials above absolute zero emit electromagnetic radiation, the intensity and wavelength distribution of which
is primarily dependent on temperature. Hot gases emit in characteristic emission bands.
Radiation pyrometers are a no-contact method of measuring the intensity of these bands in a limited spectral
range. Therefore, they are particularly useful for the continuous measurement of very high temperatures (e.g.
process monitoring, monitoring combustion chamber temperature, etc.).
The spectral range measured using a radiation pyrometer must be tailored to the measurement task with respect
to gas composition and temperature range.
Suction pyrometer
For spot sampling of temperature in the reheating zone (as in the one-off measurements required for plants in
th
accordance with the 17 BImSchV, for example), only the convective part of the heat is of interest, while the
radiation heat must not be taken into consideration. Suction pyrometers are used for this sort of measurement.
The thermo-electric couple is positioned towards the front of the suction probe and is protected from the IR
radiation from the combustion chamber by a ceramic body. Hot waste gas is extracted through the ceramic body
and the thermo-electric couple and its temperature is measured by the thermo-electric couple. The suction probes
are normally dual-walled and able to be cooled. The extracted, cooled gas can be used to measure the percentage
oxygen by volume in the reheating zone.
O2 H2O
measurement t Thermo-electric
couple
Coolable probe
Ceramic
H2O body
Figure 4.24: Schematic diagram of a suction pyrometer with downstream oxygen measurement.
4.4 Long-term sampling for PCDD/F

Systems for long-term sampling have been developed to automate the sampling of emissions for polychlorinated
dibenzodioxins and polychlorinated dibenzofuranes, which can be very time and resource-intensive. The aim is
that automated sampling should enable quasi-continuous, uninterrupted monitoring of the emissions of these
waste gas components.
Sampling is based on the standard DIN EN 1948-1 “Emissions from stationary sources – determination of mass
concentration of PCDD/PCDF - Part 1: Sampling” [43]. Sampling must be isokinetic. The speed of the waste gas is
continuously recorded and the resulting partial volume flow to be extracted is calculated and set. The gas volume
extracted is dried and measured. There are a number of different collection and accumulation devices available
(see Section 4.2.2). The collection and accumulation media can be automated to be changed at adjustable time
intervals. The accumulation times can be programmed anywhere between a few hours and several weeks. After
sampling, the collection and accumulation media are stored in the sampling system until they are transferred to
the analysis laboratory. The samples are then analysed in the laboratory in the same way as samples extracted
manually.
- 68 -
- 69 -
5 Glossary
Measurement laboratory: accredited testing institute which carries out measurements in accordance with
paragraph 26 and 28 of BImSchG.
Sample gas: the medium to be tested by a measurement, e.g. the flow of waste gas from an
installation (= measured gas).
Measured objects: chemical compounds contained in the sample gas whose qualitative and
quantitative presence is to be detected by the analysis. The measured objects
have characteristics which provoke changes in the measurement system.
Extractive sampling: removal of part of the volume from the main volume flow from a plant. The
partial volumes extracted can be:
- introduced into continuous measuring devices,
- collected in gas collection containers or
- fed through sorption devices.
In the latter case, the measured objects are accumulated on or in sorption agents.
The term absorption is used for accumulation in liquid phases (e.g. using wash-
bottles) and adsorption for accumulation in solid phases.
In situ measurement: parts of the measuring device are in the main volume flow (e.g. the sensor) or
directly next to the main volume flow (e.g. for optical measurement methods).
Measurement section: section of the flow channel in which the presence of measured objects is to be
detected. The measurement section incorporates an inlet and an outlet path.
Measurement cross section: position in the measurement section at which the measurement cross-section for
obtaining the measurement data can be found:
- the sampling position for extractive sampling
- the place where the measurement device / sensor is installed for in situ
measurements.
Complete measuring device/

overall measuring device: consists of measuring devices to detect the relevant pollutants for the installation
and of measuring devices to determine the necessary reference parameters. The
complete measuring device includes devices for sampling (e.g. extraction probe,
filter, heated sample gas pipe) and devices for conditioning the sample gas (e.g.
sample gas cooler / dryer).
Measured variable: physical change in the measuring system brought about by the presence of the
measured object, e.g. change in:
- mass,
- light absorption,
- electrical conductivity.
The measured variable is recorded by means of appropriate detectors.
Functional test: analysis of a sample gas with known concentrations of measured objects
(setpoint) using the measuring system. Determination of the relationship
between the measured variable and the setpoint (instrument characteristic
[I=f(c)]), testing the functionality of the most important device components (e.g.
seals, heating, etc.) and checking for dirt.
- 70 -
Calibration: determination of the relationship between the setpoint and the measured
variable by means of comparative measurements using a comparative
measurement method and a real sample gas (analytical function for the
complete measuring procedure [c=f(i)].
Measured value: formed from the measured variable and the analytical function and analysed to
produce the measurement result.
Measurement result: measured value aligned to given framework conditions, e.g.

- standardised pressure,
- standardised temperature,
- standardised humidity,
- related to reference oxygen content.
Accreditation: formal recognition of the competence of a body (e.g. a testing laboratory) to

1)
carry out certain functions (e.g. tests) [DIN EN 45001 ]. Accreditation is
awarded by a recognised accreditation body once certain requirements have
been fulfilled.
Certification: test of conformity with a norm (conformity test) carried out by a third party.
Notification: formal act of announcement by a government body (cf. paragraph 26 of

BImSchG [1]).
by the year 2002
- 71 -
6 References
Statutory regulations / EU directives / LAI publications
[1] Gesetz zum Schutz vor schädlichen Umwelteinwirkungen durch Luftverunreinigungen, Geräusche,
Erschütterungen und ähnliche Vorgänge [Law on the Prevention of Harmful Effects on the Environment
Caused by Air Pollution, Noise, Vibration and Similar Phenomena] (Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetz
[Federal Immissions Control Act] - BImSchG) of 14 May 1990, last amended on 3 May 2000 (BGBl. I, p. 632)
[2] Erste allgemeine Verwaltungsvorschrift zum Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetz (Technische Anleitung zur

Reinhaltung der Luft - TA Luft) [First general administrative regulation pertaining to the federal immission
control act – TA Luft] of 27 February 1986 (GMBl. p. 95, rep. p 202)
[3] Erste Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung über Kleinfeuer-
ungsanlagen - 1. BImSchV) [First ordinance for the enforcement of the federal immission control act
st
(ordinance on small furnaces – 1 BImSchV)] of 14 March 1997 (BGBl. I p. 490)
[4] Zweite Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung zur

Emissionsbegrenzung von leichtflüchtigen Halogenkohlenwasserstoffen - 2. BImSchV [Second ordinance
for the enforcement of the federal immission control act (ordinance on limiting emissions of highly volatile
nd
halogen hydrocarbons – 2 BImSchV)] of 10 December 1990 (BGBl. I p. 2694), amended on 3 May 2000
(BGBl. I, p. 632)
[5] Dritte Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung über Schwefel-
gehalt von leichtem Heizöl und Dieselkraftstoff - 3. BImSchV) [Third ordinance for the enforcement of the
federal immission control act (ordinance on the sulphur content of light fuel oil and diesel fuel –
rd
3 BImSchV)] of 15 January 1975 (BGBl. I p. 264), last amended on 26 September 1994 (BGBl. I, p. 2640)
[6] Vierte Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung über

genehmigungsbedürftige Anlagen - 4. BImSchV) [Fourth ordinance for the enforcement of the federal
immission control act (ordinance on installations subject to licensing – 4th BImSchV)] of 14 March 1997
(BGBl. I p. 504), last amended on 23 February 1999 (BGBl. I, p. 186)
[7] Dreizehnte Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung über Groß-
feuerungsanlagen - 13. BImSchV) [Thirteenth ordinance for the enforcement of the federal immission
th
control act (ordinance on large furnaces – 13 BImSchV)] of 22 June 1983 (BGBl. I p. 719), amended on
3 May 2000 (BGBl. I, p. 632)
[8] Siebzehnte Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung über

Verbrennungsanlagen für Abfälle und ähnliche brennbare Stoffe - 17. BImSchV) [Seventeenth ordinance for
the enforcement of the federal immission control act (ordinance on incineration plants for waste and other
th
combustible materials – 17 BImSchV)] of 23 November 1990 (BGBl. I p. 2545), amended on 3 May 2000
(BGBl. I, p. 632)
[9] Fünfundzwanzigste Verordnung zur Durchführung der Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung

zur Begrenzung der Emissionen aus der Titandioxid-Industrie - 25. BImSchV) [Twenty-fifth ordinance for
the enforcement of the federal immission control act (ordinance on limiting emissions from the titanium
th
dioxide industry – 25 BImSchV)] of 8 November 1996 (BGBl. I p. 1722)
[10] Siebenundzwanzigste Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes (Verordnung

über Anlagen zur Feuerbestattung - 27. BImSchV) [Twenty-seventh ordinance for the enforcement of the
th
federal immission control act (ordinance on crematoria – 27 BImSchV)] of 19 March 1990 (BGBl. I, p. 545),
amended on 3 May 2000 (BGBl. I, p. 632)
[11] Council of the European Community:

Council directive of 28 June 1984 on the combating of air pollution from industrial plants (84/360/EEC)
- 72 -

Council directive 96/61 EC of 24 September 1996 concerning integrated pollution prevention and control
(IPPC directive)

Council directive of 24 November 1988 on the limitation of emissions of certain pollutants into the air from
large combustion plants (88/609/EEC)

Council directive of 8 June 1989 on the prevention of air pollution from new municipal waste incineration
plants (89/369/EEC)

Council directive of 21 June 1989 on the reduction of air pollution from existing municipal waste
incineration plants (89/429/EEC)

Council directive of 16 December 1994 on the incineration of hazardous waste (94/67/EC)

Council directive of 11 March 1999 on the limitation of emissions of volatile organic compounds due to the
use of organic solvents in certain activities and installations (1999/13/EC)
[18] Circular of the Federal Environment Ministry of 08/06/1998 – IG I 3 – 51 134/3 – (GMBl. 1998, p. 543-556):
Bundeseinheitliche Praxis bei der Überwachung der Emissionen, [Uniform practice in monitoring
emissions in the Federal Republic of Germany], guidelines on:
- suitability testing, installation, calibration, maintenance of measuring equipment for continuous
emission measurement and the continuous collection of reference or operational values for the
continuous monitoring of emissions of special substances,
- evaluation of continuous emission measurements,
- assessment of smoke spot number measurement in furnaces operated by extra light fuel oil.
[19] Circular of the Federal Environment Ministry of 01/09/94 – IG I 3 – 51 134/3 – (GMBl. 1994, p. 1231):
Bundeseinheitliche Praxis bei der Überwachung der Verbrennungsbedingungen an Abfallverbrennungs-
anlagen nach der Siebzehnten Verordnung zur Durchführung des Bundes-Immissionsschutzgesetzes
[Uniform practice on the monitoring of combustion conditions in waste incineration installations in
accordance with the seventeenth ordinance for the enforcement of the federal immission control act in the
Federal Republic of Germany]
[20] Anlage zur VwV des UM zur Ermittlung der Emissionen und Immissionen von luftverunreinigenden
Stoffen, Geräuschen und Erschütterungen sowie Prüfung technischer Geräte und Einrichtungen [Annex to
the administrative regulation from the environment ministry on the determination of emissions and
immissions of air pollutants, noise and vibration and the inspection of technical equipment and devices] of
15/03/1993 – Az: 43-8820.50 gen./199- (GABl. 28 June 1993, p. 734 ff.) “Muster eines bundeseinheitlichen
Emissionsmessbericht” [standard German emissions measurement report] à see also VDI 4220 [29],
Annex B
[21] Specialist notes on: Bundeseinheitlichen Praxis bei der Überwachung der Verbrennungsbedingungen an
Abfallverbrennungsanlagen nach 17. BImSchV [Uniform practice in monitoring combustion conditions for
th
waste incineration plants in accordance with the 17 BimSchV in the Federal Republic of Germany], part of
a series published by the LAI, Volume 7, Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin 1994
- 73 -
[22] LAI and Landesamt für Umweltschutz [Regional environment protection office] in Sachsen-Anhalt,
Az.: 5.4.2.2. – 02422 of 20/03/1997
Bundeseinheitlicher Musterbericht über die Durchführung von Funktionsprüfungen/Kalibrierungen

kontinuierlich arbeitender Messeinrichtungen [Standard German report form for the execution of
functional tests / calibrations of continuous measuring devices] à see also VDI 3950, part 2 (PD) [33],
Annex A
[23] Richtlinien für die Bekanntgabe und die Zulassung von sachverständigen Stellen im Bereich des
Immissionsschutzes [Guidelines on the announcement and accreditation of specialist laboratories in the
field of immission control], arising from the LAI decision of 12 May 1998, part of a series published by the
LAI, Volume 18 “Empfehlungen für die Bekanntgabe von sachverständigen Stellen im Bereich des
Immissionsschutzes” [recommendations for the announcement of specialist laboratories in the field of
immission control], Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin 1999
th
[24] Minutes of the 87 meeting of the LAI:
Prüfkatalog für die Eignungsprüfung von Messeinrichtungen für kontinuierliche Emissionsmessungen
[Test catalogue for suitability testing of measurement systems for continuous emission measurements]
(September 1994 edition) à see also VDI 4203, Part 1 (D) and [28] below
nd
[25] Minutes of the 72 meeting of the LAI:
Prüfkatalog für die Eignungsprüfung von Messeinrichtungen für kontinuierliche Emissionsmessungen -
Systeme mit Langzeitprobenahme für Dioxine und Furane [Test catalogue for suitability testing of
measurement systems for continuous emission measurements – systems with long-term sampling
mechanisms for dioxins and furans] (preliminary version, 18 September 1997)
[26] Series published by the LAI, Volume 15:

Emissionsfernüberwachung/Schnittstellendefinition [Remote emission monitoring / definition of
interfaces], Erich-Schmitt-Verlag, Berlin, 1997
th
[27] Geruchs-Immissions-Richtlinie (GIRL) [Odour immissions directive], approved at the 94 meeting of the
LAI on 11 to 13 May 1998
Standards and guidelines
[28] Guideline VDI 4203: Prüfpläne für kontinuierlich registrierende Messeinrichtungen – Grundlagen
Part 1 (Draft) [April 2000] [Testing of automated measuring systems – general concepts] and following
parts (currently in preliminary draft stage)
[29] Guideline VDI 4220: Qualitätssicherung - Anforderungen an Emissions- und Immissionsprüfstellen

[September 1999] für die Ermittlung luftverunreinigender Stoffe [Quality assurance –
requirements for emission and immission testing laboratories for the
determination of air pollutants]
[30] Guideline VDI 2448: Planung von stichprobenartigen Emissionsmessungen an geführten Quellen
Part 1 [April 1992] [Planning of spot sampling measurements of stationary source emissions]
[31] Guideline VDI 4200: Durchführung von Emissionsmessungen an geführten Quellen [Realization of
(draft) [March 1999] stationary source emission measurements]
[32] Guideline VDI 3950: Kalibrierung automatischer Emissionsmesseinrichtungen [Calibration of

Part 1 [July 1994] automatic emission measuring instruments]
[33] Guideline VDI 3950: Kalibrierung automatischer Emissionsmesseinrichtungen - Berichterstattung

Part 2 (draft) [Sept. 2000] [Calibration of automatic emission measuring instruments - reports]
- 74 -
[34] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessungen in strömenden Gasen –
Part 1 [October 1975] Gravimetrische Bestimmung der Staubbeladung - Übersicht [Measurement of
particulate matter – manual dust measurements in flowing gases; gravimetric
determination of dust load – Fundamentals]
[35] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln – Manuelle Staubmessung in strömenden Gasen–
Part 2 [August 1993] Gravimetrische Bestimmung der Staubbeladung - Filterkopfgeräte (4 m³/h,
12 m³/h) [Measurement of particulate matter – manual dust measurement in
flowing gases - gravimetric determination of dust load – filter devices
(4 m³/h, 12 m³/h)]
[36] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessung in strömenden Gasen - Bestimmung der
Part 4 [January 1989] Staubbeladung durch kontinuierliches Messen der optischen Transmission
[Measurement of particulate matter –dust measurement in flowing gases –
determination of dust load by continuous measurement of optical
transmission]
[37] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessung in strömenden Gasen - Fraktionierende
Part 5 [November 1994] Staubmessung nach dem Impaktionsverfahren - Kaskadenimpaktor
[Measurement of particulate matter –dust measurement in flowing gases;
particle size selective measurement by impaction method – cascade impactor]
[38] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessung in strömenden Gasen - Bestimmung der
Part 6 [January 1989] Staubbeladung durch kontinuierliches Messen des Streulichtes mit dem
Photometer KTN [Measurement of particulate matter – dust measurement in
flowing gases – determination of dust load by continuous measurement of
scattered light with the photometer KTN]
[39] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessungen in strömenden Gasen – geringer
Part 7 [August 1993] Staubgehalte - Planfilterkopfgeräte - [Measurement of particulate matter –
manual dust measurement in flowing gases – gravimetric determination of
low dust contents – plane filter devices]
[40] Guideline VDI 2066: Messen von Partikeln - Staubmessung in strömenden Gasen - Messung der
Part 8 [September 1995] Rußzahl an Feuerungsanlagen für Heizöl EL [Measurement of particulate
matter – dust measurement in flowing gases – measurement of smoke number
in furnaces designed for EL type fuel oil]
[41] DIN EN 13284-1: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Ermittlung der

(draft) [October 1998] Staubmassenkonzentration bei geringen Staubgehalten - Teil 1: Manuelles
gravimetrisches Verfahren [Stationary source emissions – determination
of low range mass concentration of dust – Part 1: manual gravimetric
method]
[42] DIN 51402 part 1: Prüfung der Abgase von Ölfeuerungen - Visuelle und photometrische
(draft) [October 1986] Bestimmung der Rußzahl [Analysis of waste gas from oil furnaces - visual and
photometric inspection of waste gases from oil furnaces - determination of
smoke number]
[43] DIN EN 1948-1: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Bestimmung der Massenkonzentration
[May 1997] von PCDD/PCDF - Teil 1: Probenahme [Stationary source emissions –
determination of the mass concentration of PCDDs / PCDFs – Part 1:
sampling]
- 75 -
[44] Guideline VDI 3868: Messen der Gesamtemission von Metallen, Halbmetallen und ihren
Part 1 [December 1994] Verbindungen - Manuelle Messung in strömenden Gasen - Probenahme-
system für partikelgebundene und filtergängige Stoffe [Determination of total
emission of metals, semimetals and their compounds – manual measurement
in flowing gases – sampling system for particulate and filter-passing matter]
[45] Guideline VDI 3868: Bestimmung der Gesamtemission von Metallen, Halbmetallen und ihren
Part 2 (draft) [August 1995] Verbindungen - Messen von Quecksilber - Atomabsorptionsspektrometrie mit
Kaltdampftechnik [Determination of total emission of metals, semimetals and
their compounds – measurement of mercury – atomic absorption
spectrometry with cold vapour technique]
[46] Guideline VDI 2460: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Infrarotspektrometrische Bestimmung

Part 1 [July 1996] organischer Verbindungen – Grundlagen [Measurement of gaseous emissions
– infrared spectrometric determination of organic compounds – general
principles]
[47] Guideline VDI 2462: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Schwefeldioxidkonzentration
Part 8 [March 1985] - H2O2-Thorin-Methode [Gaseous emission measurement – determination of
sulphur dioxide concentration – H2O2-thorin method]
[48] Guideline VDI 2462: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Schwefeldioxidkonzentration -
Part 1 [February 1974] Jod-Thiosulfat-Verfahren [Gaseous emission measurement – determination of
sulphur dioxide concentration – iodometric thiosulphate method]
[49] Guideline VDI 2462: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Überprüfen der Kalibrierung automatischer
Part 6 [January 1974] Schwefeldioxid-Konzentrations-Messgeräte an Feuerungsanlagen [Gaseous
emission measurement – check of calibrated recording instruments for
sulphur dioxide concentration measurement in the waste gases of combustion
plants]
[50] DIN ISO 7934: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Bestimmung der Massenkonzentration
[July 2000] an Schwefeldioxid - H2O2-Bariumperchlorat-Thorin-Verfahren [Stationary
source emissions – determination of the mass concentration of sulphur
dioxide – H2O2 / barium perchlorate / thorin method]
[51] Guideline VDI 2456: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Summe von Stickstoffmonoxid
Part 6 [May 1978] und Stickstoffdioxid als Stickstoffmonoxid unter Einsatz eines Konverters
[Gaseous emission measurement – determination of the sum of nitrogen
monoxide and nitrogen dioxide as nitrogen monoxide by use of a converter]
[52] Guideline VDI 2456: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen von Stickstoffmonoxid-Gehalten -
Part 7 [April 1981] Chemolumineszens-Analysatoren (Athmosphärendruckgeräte) [Gaseous
emission measurement; measurement of nitrogen monoxide –
chemiluminescence analysers (atmospheric pressure devices)]
[53] Guideline VDI 2456: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Analytische Bestimmung der Summe von
Part 8 [January 1986] Stickstoffmonoxid und Stickstoffdioxid - Natriumsalicylatverfahren [Gaseous
emission measurement – analytical determination of the sum of nitrogen
monoxide and nitrogen dioxide – sodium salicylate method]
[54] Guideline VDI 2456: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Analytische Bestimmung der Summe von
Part 10 [November 1990] Stickstoffmonoxid und Stickstoffdioxid - Dimethylphenolverfahren [Gaseous
emission measurement – analytical determination of the sum of nitrogen
monoxide and nitrogen dioxide – dimethylphenol method]
- 76 -
[55] DIN 33962: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Kontinuierlich arbeitende Messein-

[March 1997] richtungen für Einzelmessungen von Stickstoffmonoxid und Stickstoffdioxid
[Measurement of gaseous emissions – automatic measurement systems for
single measurements of nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide]
[56] Guideline VDI 2459: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Kohlenmonoxidkonzentration -
Part 7 [February 1994] Jodpentoxidverfahren [Gaseous emission measurement – determination of
carbon monoxide concentration – iodine pentoxide method]
[57] Guideline VDI 2459: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Kohlenmonoxidkonzentration
Part 1 [Dezember 2000] mittels Flammenionisationsdetektor nach Reduktion zu Methan [Gaseous
emission measurement – determination of carbon monoxide concentration
using flame ionisation detection after reduction to methane]
[58] Guideline VDI 3481: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Bestimmung des durch Absorption an
Part 2 [September 1998] Kieselgel erfassbaren organisch gebundenen Kohlenstoffs in Abgasen
[Gaseous emission measurement – determination of gaseous organic carbon in
waste gases – adsorption on silica gel]
[59] Guideline VDI 2470: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen gasförmiger Fluor-Verbindungen -
Part 1 [October 1975] Adsorptions-Verfahren [Gaseous emission measurement - measurement of
gaseous fluorine compounds; absorption method]
[60] DIN EN 1911-1: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Manuelle Methode zur Bestimmung
[July 1998] von HCl - Teil 1: Ansaugen des Probengases [Stationary source emissions –
manual method of determination of HCI – Part 1: sampling of gases]
[61] Guideline VDI 3486: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Schwefelwasserstoff-
Part 1 [April 1979] Konzentration - Potentiometrisches Titrationsverfahren [Gaseous emission
measurement – measurement of hydrogen sulphide concentration –
potentiometric titration method]
[62] Guideline VDI 3486: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Schwefelwasserstoff-
Part 2 [April 1979] Konzentration - Jodometrisches Titrationsverfahren [Gaseous emission
measurement – measurement of hydrogen sulphide concentration –
iodometric titration method]
[63] Guideline VDI 3496: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Bestimmung der durch Absorption in
Part 1 [April 1982] Schwefelsäure erfassbaren basischen Stickstoffverbindungen [Gaseous
emission measurement – determination of basic nitrogen compounds sizeable
by absorption in sulphuric acid]
[64] DIN EN 13211: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen – Manuelles verfahren zur Bestimmung
(draft) [September 2000] der Gesamtquecksilber-Konzentration [Stationary source emissions – Manual
method of determination of the concentration of total mercury]
[65] Guideline VDI 2457: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Chromatographische Bestimmung

Part 1 [November 1997] organischer Verbindungen - Grundlagen [Gaseous emission measurement –
chromatographic determination of organic compounds – fundamentals]
[66] Guideline VDI 2457: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Chromatographische Bestimmung

Part 5 (draft) [Dec 1997] organischer Verbindungen – Probenahme mit Gassammelgefäßen –
gaschromatographische Analyse [Gaseous emission measurement – gas
chromatographic determination of organic compounds – sampling using gas
collection containers – gas chromatographic analysis]
- 77 -
[67] Guideline VDI 3862: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen – Messen aliphatischer Aldehyde (C1 bis C3)
Part 1 [December 1990] nach dem MBTH-Verfahren [Gaseous emission measurement - measurement
of aliphatic aldehydes (C1 to C3) – MBTH method]
[68] Guideline VDI 3862: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen – Messen aliphatischer und aromatischer
Part 2 [Dezember 2000] Aldehyde und Ketone nach dem DNPH-Verfahren – Gaswaschflaschen-
Methode [Gaseous emission measurement – measurement of aliphatic and
aromatic aldehydes and ketones – DNPH method – impinger method]
[69] Guideline VDI 3481: Messen gasförmiger Emissionen - Messen der Kohlenwasserstoff-
Part 1 [August 1975] Konzentration - Flammenionisations-Detektor (FID) [Gaseous emission
measurement – determination of hydrocarbon concentration – flame
ionisation detector (FID)]
[70] DIN EN 12619: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Bestimmung der Massenkonzentration
[September 1999] des gesamten gasförmigen organisch gebundenen Kohlenstoffs in geringen
Konzentrationen in Abgasen – Kontinuierliches Verfahren unter Verwendung
eines Flammenionisationsdetektors [Stationary source emissions –
determination of the mass concentration of total gaseous organic carbon at
low concentrations in flue gases – continuous flame ionisation detector
method]
[71] DIN EN 13526: Emissionen aus stationären Quellen - Bestimmung der Massenkonzentration
(draft) [September 1999] des gesamten gasförmigen organisch gebundenen Kohlenstoffs in hohen
Konzentrationen in Abgasen – Kontinuierliches Verfahren unter Verwendung
eines Flammenionisationsdetektors [Stationary source emissions –
determination of the mass concentration of total gaseous organic carbon at
high concentrations in flue gases – continuous flame ionisation detector
method]
[72] Guideline VDI 3881: Olfaktometrie – Geruchsschwellenbestimmung – Grundlagen [Olfactometry -

Part 1 [May 1986] odour threshold determination – fundamentals]
[73] Guideline VDI 3881: Olfaktometrie – Geruchsschwellenbestimmung – Probenahme [Olfactometry -

Part 2 [January 1986] odour threshold determination – sampling]
[74] Guideline VDI 3881: Olfaktometrie – Geruchsschwellenbestimmung – Grundlagen [Olfactometry -

Part 3 [November 1986] odour threshold determination – olfactometers with gas jet dilution]
[75] Guideline VDI 3881: Olfaktometrie – Geruchsschwellenbestimmung – Anwendungsvorschriften

Part 4 (draft) [Dec 1989] und Verfahrenskenngrößen [Olfactometry - odour threshold determination –
instructions for application and performance characteristics]
[76] Guideline VDI 3882: Olfaktometrie – Bestimmung der Geruchsintensität [Olfactometry -

Part 1 [October 1992] determination of odour intensity]
[77] Guideline VDI 3882: Olfaktometrie – Bestimmung der Geruchsintensität [Determination of hedonic
Part 2 [September 1994] odour tone intensity]
[78] DIN EN 13725: Luftbeschaffenheit – Bestimmung der Geruchsstoffkonzentration mit

(draft) [January 2000] dynamischer Olfaktometrie [Air composition – determination of odour
material concentration using dynamic olfactometry]
- 78 -
Texts
[79] Umweltbundesamt Berlin [Federal Environmental Agency in Berlin]: Leitfaden zur bundeseinheitlichen
Praxis der Emissionsüberwachung nicht genehmigungsbedürftiger Anlagen im Sinne der 1. und 2.
BImSchV [Guidelines on standard German practice for the emission monitoring of installations not subject
st nd
to licensing in accordance with the 1 and 2 BImSchV], UBA Texts 1/98 ISSN 0722-186X
[80] Hans-Joachim Hummel, Neue Entwicklungen im Bereich des Bekanntgabewesens von Messstellen i.S.d.
§ 26 BImSchG [New developments in the accreditation process for measurement laboratories in accordance
th
with § 26 BImschG], 34. Messtechnisches Kolloquium [34 conference on measurement and technology],
10 May 1999
[81] Bracht. G., Betrachtungen über Fortschritte auf dem Gebiet der Orsatanalyse unter besonderer
Berücksichtigung von Koksofengas [Considerations on advance in the field of gas analysis, with special
emphasis on coke oven gas], Brennstoff Chemie 42 [chemistry and fuels 42] (1961), p. 37
[82] V. Karfik: Fourier-Transform-Infrared-Spektrometrie für die Emissionsmessung [Fourier transform

infrared spectrometry for emission measurement], VDI reports, no. 1059, 1993
[83] Ströhlein & Co.: Feuchtigkeitsmesser für Gase [Humidity meters for gases], test no. 3400-N-E-F
[84] Willi Bohl, Technische Strömungslehre [Technical flow engineering], Vogel Buchverlag. Würzburg 1989,
ISBN 3-8023-0036-X
[85] Borho K., Staubmessverfahren, Messen, Steuern und Regeln in der chemischen Technik [Dust
measurement methods, measurements, controls and rules in chemical engineering] Volume II. p. 216/223.
Pub.: J. Hengstenberg, B. Sturm, O. Winkler. Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, New York 1980
[86] Ermittlung von Verfahrenskenngrößen eines Messverfahrens zur Messung partikelförmiger Schadstoffe in
Abgasen mit Hilfe modifizierter Nulldrucksonden [Determination of process variables for a measurement
method for the measurement of particulate pollutants in waste gases using modified zero pressure probes].
Umweltplanung, Arbeits- und Umweltschutz [Environmental planning, industrial safety and
environmental protection] Issue 197/1995. Schriftenreihe der hessischen Landesanstalt für Umwelt [series
of papers published by the Hessen regional environment office], HLfU 1995, ISSN 0933-2391, ISBN 3-
89026-208-2
- 79 -
7 Annex 1:
Legislative and administrative regulations / excerpts from quoted
sources
7.1 Excerpt of the Federal Immission Control Act

Act
on the Prevention of Harmful Effects on the Environment
Caused by Air Pollution, Noise, Vibration and Similar Phenomena
(Federal Immission Control Act – BImSchG)
as amended and promulgated on 14 May 1990 (BGBl. I, p. 880), last amended on 3 May 2000 (BGBl. I, p. 632)
Section Three
Determination of Emissions and Immissions,
safety checks,
Installations safety commission
§ 26
Measurements for Special Reasons
The competent authority may order that the operator of an installation subject to licensing or, insofar as Article 22
hereof is applicable, of an installation not subject to licensing shall have the nature and type of the emissions
released from such installation and the immissions occurring within the sphere of influence of such installation
determined by one of the agencies designated by the competent authority under regional law if it is to be feared
that harmful effects on the environment may be caused by such installation. The competent authority is
authorised to specify details regarding the type and extent of the measurements to be made and regarding the
presentation of the results thereof.
§ 27
Emission Declaration
(1) The operator of an installation subject to licensing shall be liable to provide the competent authority within a
period to be fixed by such authority or on the date which has been fixed in the ordinance issued pursuant to
paragraph 4 below with information on the type, volume and the spatial and temporal distribution of air
pollution emitted from such installation within a specified period, including the conditions governing such
emission (emission declaration); he shall update the emission declaration regularly every four years. Article 52,
paragraph 5 hereof shall apply accordingly. The first sentence above shall not be applicable to operators of
installations which can emit only insignificant quantities of air pollutants.
(2) Articles 93, 97, 105, paragraph 1, Article 111, paragraph 5, in conjunction with Article 105, paragraph 1 and
Article 116, paragraph 1 of the Fiscal Code (Abgabenordnung) shall not be applicable to the information and
documents obtained pursuant to paragraph 1 above. This shall not apply where the tax authorities need such
information for the institution of proceedings on the grounds of a fiscal offence the prosecution of which is
compellingly in the public interest, or where wilfully false information has been provided by the person liable to
supply such information or by any other person acting on his behalf.
(3) It shall not be allowed to publish details of the emission declaration if these could be used to draw conclusions
concerning industrial or business secrets. When submitting the emission declaration, the operator shall contact the
competent authority and specify which of the detailed information contained in the declaration could enable
conclusions to be drawn about industrial or business secrets.
- 80 -
(4) The Federal Government is authorised to govern by ordinance, with the consent of the Bundesrat, the content,
scope, form and precise date of the emission declaration as well as the procedure to be observed when
determining emission levels. Provision shall also be made in such ordinance as to which of the operators of
installations subject to licensing are to be exempt from the obligation to submit an emission declaration pursuant
to paragraph 1, sentence 3 above.
§ 28
Initial and Recurrent Measurements for Installations Subject to Licensing
In the case of installations subject to licensing, the competent authority may:

1. after the commencement of operation or any change as defined in Article 15 or 16 hereof, and then
2. at the end of a period of three years each
give orders pursuant to Article 26 hereof, even in the absence of the requirements specified therein. If the
authority deems it necessary in view of the type, volume and hazardousness of the emissions released by such
installation to carry out investigations within the period specified in number 2 above, it shall authorise, upon
application from the operator, that such measurements be carried out by the immission control officer, provided
he has the requisite professional qualifications, reliability and technical equipment for the purpose.
§ 29
Continuous Measurements
(1) In the case of installations subject to licensing, the competent authority may order specific emissions or
immissions to be continuously logged using recording measuring devices in lieu of the individual measurements
pursuant to Article 26 or 28 hereof or in addition to any such measurements. In the case of installations with
substantial mass flow of air pollutants or considerable waste gas flow, especially installations whose waste gas
flow exceeds 50 000 m³/h, orders shall be given pursuant to sentence 1 above if the presence of emission levels
exceeding those specified in any legal provisions, conditions or orders cannot be ruled out by virtue of the specific
nature of the installation.
(2) In the case of installations not subject to licensing, the competent authority may, insofar as Article 22 hereof is
applicable, order specific emissions or immissions to be continuously logged using recording measuring devices
in lieu of the individual measurements pursuant to Article 26 hereof or in addition to any such measurements if
this is deemed necessary in order to find out whether or not such installation causes any harmful effect on the
environment.
§ 29 a
Orders Regarding Safety Checks
(1) The competent authority may order the operator of an installation subject to licensing to charge one of the
experts designated by the competent authority under regional law with the execution of specific safety checks and
audits of safety-related documents. The order may authorise such checks and audits to be carried out either by
the hazardous incident officer (Article 58 a) or an expert appointed in accordance with Article 14 of the
Equipment Safety Act pursuant to a statutory instrument issued for installations in accordance with Article 2,
paragraph 2 a of the Equipment Safety Act, providing they have the requisite professional qualifications,
reliability and technical equipment for such a purpose; the same shall apply to an expert appointed pursuant to
Article 36, paragraph 1 of the Industrial Code who can evidence specific technical qualifications in the field of
safety checks. The competent authority is authorised to specify details regarding the type and extent of the safety
checks to be made and regarding the presentation of the results of the checks.
- 81 -
(2) Orders for the execution of such checks may be given:

1. for a specific date during the building of the installation or at another time before it is commissioned,
2. for a specific date after commencement of operation,
3. at regular intervals,
4. in the case of a cessation of operation or
5. if there is reason to suspect that specific safety-related requirements are not being met.
The first sentence above shall apply accordingly in the event of any material alteration as defined in Article 15 or
16 hereof.
(3) The operator shall submit the results of the safety checks to the competent authority no later than one month
after completion of such checks; he shall present any such results without delay if this is deemed necessary to
avert imminent dangers.
§ 30
Costs of Measurements and Safety Checks
The costs for the determination of emissions and immissions and for the safety checks shall be borne by the
operator of the installation. In the case of installations not subject to licensing, the operator shall only bear the
costs for investigations carried out pursuant to Articles 26 or 29, paragraph 2 hereof if the investigations reveal
that:
1. Specific conditions or orders imposed by this Act or by any ordinance issued in accordance with this Act have
not been complied with, or
2. Specific conditions or orders imposed by this Act or by any ordinance issued in accordance with this Act are
deemed necessary.
§ 31
Information regarding Emissions and Immissions Detected
The operator of an installation shall, if so requested, inform the competent authority of the result of the
measurements made by virtue of an order given pursuant to Articles 26, 28 or 29 hereof and shall keep the
recordings of the measuring equipment for five years in accordance with Article 29 hereof. The competent
authority may dictate the means of transmission of the measurement results.
- 82 -
- 83 -
7.2 Excerpt of the TA Luft
The TA Luft includes requirements for the continuous measurement of specific emissions (see Section 3.2.3).
Table 7.1: Measured objects for which continuous measurement is required in accordance with TA Luft.
Measured object Criterion for requirement for continuous measurement

à mass flow
waste gas opacity particulate materials 2 kg/h to 5 kg/h
dust concentration particulate materials in excess of 5 kg/h or if emissions
exceed five times the mass flows specified in Section 2.3,
3.1.4 or 3.1.7
sulphur dioxide over 50 kg/h
nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide over 30 kg/h
nitrogen dioxide if the individual measurements reveal that the proportion
of NO2 in the nitrogen emissions is not less than 10 %.
1)
carbon monoxide over 5 kg/h
2)
carbon monoxide over 100 kg/h
fluorine and gaseous inorganic fluorine over 0.5 kg/h
compounds, given as hydrogen fluoride
gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds, given over 3 kg/h
as hydrogen chloride
chlorine over 1 kg/h
hydrogen sulphide over 1 kg/h
total carbon content over 1 kg/h for substances in Section 3.1.7, Class I
over 10 kg/h for substances in Section 3.1.7, Class I to III
reference parameters such as: Continuous measurements are not required if experience
- waste gas temperature shows that the parameters only fluctuate within a small
- waste gas volume flow range, are not significant to the analysis of emissions or
- humidity can be determined with sufficient accuracy using another
- pressure method.
- oxygen content
1) as the main substance for assessing the burnout of combustion processes
2) in all other cases
- 84 -
First General Administrative Regulation

Pertaining to the Federal Immission Control Act
(Technical Instructions on Air Quality Control – TA Luft)
of 27 February 1986 (GMBl., p. 95, 202)
In accordance with Article 48 of the Federal Immission Control Act (BImSchG) of 15 March 1974 (BGBl. I, p. 721),
amended by Article 1 of the Act of 4 October 1985 (BGBl. I, p. 1950), the Federal Government hereby enacts the
following general administrative regulation after consultation with the parties involved and with the agreement
of the Bundesrat:
2 General Provisions on Air Quality Control
2.1 Definition of Terms and Units of Measurement
2.1.1 Air Pollutants
Air pollutants as defined in these instructions are changes in the natural composition of the air, particularly those
due to smoke, soot, dust, gases, aerosols, vapours or odorous substances; the vapours can include water vapour.
2.1.2 Immissions
Immissions as defined in these instructions are air pollutants affected humans, animals, plants or other things.
Immission levels are quoted as follows:
Mass concentration
as the mass of the pollutant material relative to the volume of the polluted air, in the units g/m³, mg/m³ or
µg/m³,
Dust fall
as a mass deposition related to time, in the units g/(m²d) or mg/(m²d).
2.1.3 Emissions
Emissions as defined in these instructions are pollutants originating from an installation.
Emission levels are quoted as follows:
a) mass of emitted materials relative to the volume

aa) of waste gas under standard conditions (0°C, 1013 mbar) after subtraction of the water vapour content
bb) of waste gas (f) under standard conditions (0°C, 1013 mbar) prior to subtraction of the water vapour
content
as a mass concentration, in the units g/m³ or mg/m³,
b) mass of emitted materials relative to time, as mass flow in the units kg/h, g/h or mg/h; the mass flow is the
total emission occurring for one hour of normal operation of an installation under the operating conditions
most unfavourable to the maintenance of air quality;
c) ratio of the mass of emitted materials to the mass of the products generated or processed (emission factors)
as a mass ratio in the units kg/t or g/t.
Waste gases as defined in these instructions are carrier gases containing solid, liquid or gaseous emissions.
The quantities of air which are fed into a system in order to dilute or cool the waste gases shall not be considered
when determining mass concentration.
- 85 -
2.1.4 Emission ratio
The emission ratio as defined in these instructions is the ratio of the mass of an air-polluting substance emitted in
the waste gas to the mass supplied in fuels and charge materials; it is given as a percentage.
2.1.5 Emission Standards and Emission Limits
Emission standards as defined in these instructions constitute the bases for emission limits.
The emission limits shall be established in the letter of approval or in the supplementary directives and consist of:
a) the approved mass concentrations of air pollutants in the waste gas, under the provision that:
aa) all daily means shall not exceed the specified mass concentration,
bb) 97 percent of all half-hourly means shall not exceed six fifths of the specified mass concentration, and
cc) all half-hourly means shall not exceed the specified mass concentration by more than double,
b) approved mass ratios,
c) approved emission ratios,
d) approved mass flows,
e) odour reduction values to be met, or
f) other precautionary requirements with respect to effects on the environment by air pollutants.
2.1.6 Unit for Odour
The unit for odour as defined in these instructions is the olfactometrically measured ratio of the volume flows
when diluting a waste gas sample down to the odour threshold; it is given as a multiple of the odour threshold.
2.1.7 Symbols for units and abbreviations
µm micrometer; 1 µm = 0.001 mm
ng nanogram; 1 ng = 0.001 µg
µg microgram; 1 µg = 0.001 mg
mg milligram; 1 mg = 0.001 g
mbar millibar; 1 mbar = 0.001 bar = 100 Pa
kJ/kg kilojoules per kilogram
MW megawatt
m³/h cubic metres per hour (volume flow)
kn knot; 1 kn = 0.514 m/s
t ton
h hour
d day
2.3 Carcinogenic substances
The carcinogenic substances contained in the waste gas must be limited as much as possible in accordance with
the principle of relationship.
Please refer to Section II A1 and A2 of the MAK values list (list of maximum workplace concentrations published
by the senate commission for the inspection of substances detrimental to health by the German Research
Commission).
- 86 -
The following carcinogenic substances must not exceed the following mass concentrations in the waste gas, even
in the presence of more than one substance from the same class:
Class I:
Asbestos (chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, anthophyllite, actinolith and tremolite) in fine particulate form
Benzo(a)pyres
Beryllium and its compounds in respirable form, given as beryllium
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
2-naphthylamine
for a mass flow of 0.5 g/h or more 0.1 mg/m³
Class II
Arsenic trioxide and arsenic pentoxide, arsenious acid and its salts, arsenic acid and its salts (in respirable form)
given as As
Chromate(VI) compounds (in respirable form), calcium chromate, chromic (III) chromate, strontium chromate and
zinc chromate, given as Cr
Cobalt (in the form of respirable dusts/aerosols of cobalt metal and slightly soluble cobalt salts) given as Co
3,3’-dichlorobenzidine
Dimethyl sulphate
Ethylenimin
Nickel (in the form of respirable dusts/aerosols of nickel metal, nickel sulphide and sulphide ores, nickel oxide
and nickel carbonate, nickel tetracarbonyl) given as Ni
for a mass flow of 5 g/h or more 1 mg/m³
Class III:
Acryl nitrile
Benzene
1,3 butadiene
1-chlorine-2,3-epoxypropane (epichlorhydrine)
1,2-dibromethane
1,2-epoxypropane
Ethylene oxide
Hydrazine
Vinyl chloride
for a mass flow of 25 g/h or more 5 mg/m³
Notwithstanding paragraph 3, in the presence of substances from different classes, if the substances are from
classes I and II, the mass concentration in the waste gas must not exceed a total of 1 mg/m³ and if the substances
are from classes I and III or classes II and III, the mass concentration in the waste gas must not exceed a total of
5 mg/m³.
3 Control and Determination of Emissions
3.1 General Emissions Control Provisions
The provisions of the following paragraphs 3.1.1 through 3.3 contain:

- emission values which can be obtained by application of the state of technology,
- emission control requirements in accordance with the state of technology,
- other precautionary requirements with respect to effects on the environment by air pollutants
and
- methods for determining emissions.
Requirements under these provisions shall be established in the letter of licence for each individual source and for
each air pollutant substance or group of substances, providing relevant amounts of these substances or substances
are contained in the raw gas.
- 87 -
Where special operational or measurement procedures (e.g. batch processing, extended calibration times) call for
emission control times other than those defined under 2.15, these shall be established accordingly.
Special arrangements must be made for start-up or shut-off operations during which it cannot be avoided that
established emission standards will be exceeded by more than double. This particularly includes operations,
during which:
- the waste gas purification installation must be bypassed for safety reasons (to avoid deflection, blockage or
corrosion),
- the waste gas purification installation is not fully operational because the waste gas flow rate is too low, or
- waste gas collection and purification cannot or can only be carried out insufficiently when filling or emptying
containers and during discontinuous production processes.
3.1.1 General introduction
The provisions of 3.1 in conjunction with 3.2 apply to all installations; supplementary or different provisions listed
under 3.3 supersede those requirements resulting from 2.3, 3.1, 3.2 or 4.2. 2.3, paragraph 1 and 3.1.7, paragraph 7
shall remain unaffected.
Where 2.3, 3.1 or 3.3. contain no provisions or incomplete provisions on emissions control, the guidelines on
process and gas purification techniques contained in the VDI air pollution prevention manual and DIN standards
should be applied.
3.1.2 Basic requirements
All installations must be fitted and operated with emission control mechanisms which meet modern technical
standards. The emission control measures must aim to reduce both the mass concentration and the mass flow or
mass relationships of the air pollutant emitted from an installation in order to reduce or minimise the generation
of pollutant emissions from the outset.
The following must particularly be taken into account:
- reduction of waste gas volume, e.g. by encapsulating system components, specific logging of waste gas flows,
application of air circulation measures in accordance with industrial safety regulations
- process optimisation, e.g. extensive utilisation of raw materials and energy
- optimisation of start-up and shutdown processes and other special operating conditions.
If substances as defined in 2.3, 3.1.4 Class I or II or lead and its compounds, 3.1.6 Class I or II, 3.1.7 Class I or 3.1.7,
paragraph 7 could be emitted, the materials used (raw and auxiliary materials) should, where possible, be
selected such as to minimise emissions.
Process cycles which could result in increased emissions of substances as defined in 2.3, 3.1.4 Class I or II, 3.1.7,
paragraph 7 or in substances containing lead as a result of accumulation should be avoided where possible by
means of technical or operational measures. Where these process cycles are crucial to the operation, i.e. for the
processing of production residues to recover metals, measures must be taken to avoid increased emissions, e.g. by
means of specific materials transfer or particularly effective gas purification mechanisms.
- 88 -
Operating processes which involve the gas purification mechanisms being bypassed or switched off must be
designed such as to minimise emissions and operation must be carefully monitored by recording relevant process
variables. Measures must be put in place to avoid excessive emissions in the event of the breakdown of the
emission control installations immediately.
Where emissions standards relate to oxygen contents in the waste gas, the emissions measured in the waste gas
must be converted using the following equation:
21 - OB
EB = × EM
21 - OM
The following abbreviations are used:

EM emission measured
EB emission relative to reference oxygen content
OM oxygen content measured
OB reference oxygen content.
Where waste gas purification devices to reduce emissions are installed, the figures can only be converted for the
times when the oxygen content measured is greater than the reference oxygen content. Special arrangements must
be made for combustion processes which use pure oxygen or oxygen-enriched air.
3.1.3 Total dust
The particulate emissions contained in the waste gas must not exceed:
- for a mass flow of more than 0.5 kg/h, the mass concentration of 50 mg/m³
- for a mass flow of up to and including 0.5 kg/h, the mass concentration of 0.15 g/m³
3.1.4 Particulate inorganic materials
The following particulate inorganic substances must not exceed the following total mass concentrations in the
waste gas, even in the presence of more than one substance from the same class:
Class I:
Cadmium and its compounds, given as Cd

Mercury and its compounds, given as Hg
Thallium and its compounds, given as Tl
for a mass flow of 1 g/h or more
Class II:
Arsenic and its compounds, given as As

Cobalt and its compounds, given as Co
Nickel and its compounds, given as Ni
Selenium and its compounds, given as Se
Tellurium and its compounds, given as Te
- 89 -
Class III:
Antimony and its compounds, given as Sb

Lead and its compounds, given as Pb
Chromium and its compounds, given as Cr
Cyanides easily soluble (e.g. NaCN), given as CN
Fluorides easily soluble (e.g. NaF), given as F
Copper and its compounds, given as Cu
Manganese and its compounds, given as Mn
Platinum and its compounds, given as Pt
Palladium and its compounds, given as Pd
Rhodium and its compounds, given as Rh
Vanadium and its compounds, given as V
Tin and its compounds, given as Sn
2.3 remains unchanged.
Particulate inorganic materials which can reasonably be assumed to have carcinogenic potential should be
assigned to Class III; please refer to Part II B of the list of MAK values.
Notwithstanding paragraph 1, in the presence of substances from different classes, if the substances are from
classes I and II, the mass concentration in the waste gas must not exceed a total of 1 mg/m³ and if the substances
are from classes I and III or classes II and III, the mass concentration in the waste gas must not exceed a total of 5
mg/m³.
If the physical conditions (pressure, temperature) prevalent when waste gases are emitted are such that a
significant proportion of the materials could be present in vaporous or gaseous form, checks should be made to
ascertain whether, bearing in mind the specific conditions for the particular case, the mass concentrations
specified in Paragraph 1 can also be adhered to for the total of the vaporous, gaseous and particulate emissions.
3.1.7 Organic substances
The organic materials assigned to Classes I to III in Annex E must not exceed the following mass concentrations,
even in the presence of multiple substances in the same class:
Class I substances
for a mass flow of 0.1 kg/h or more 20 mg/m³
Class II substances
for a mass flow of 2 kg/h or more 0.10 g/m³
Class III substances

for a mass flow of 3 kg/h or more 0.15 g/m³
In the presence of organic materials from different classes and assuming the mass flow totals 3 kg/h or more, the
mass concentration in the waste gas must not exceed a total of 0.15 g/m³ as well as fulfilling the requirements laid
out in Sentence 1.
The organic materials not detailed in Annex E must be assigned to the classes containing the materials most
similar to them with respect to their effect on the environment. The most important factors in this instance are
degradability and accumulability, toxicity, effects of decomposition processes, by-products and odorous intensity.
2.3 remains unchanged.
Organic materials which can reasonably be assumed to have carcinogenic potential should be assigned to Class I;
please refer to Part III B of the list of MAK values.
For organic particulate materials assigned to Classes II or III, the requirements in 3.1.3 are applicable,
notwithstanding Sentences 1 and 2.
- 90 -
For materials which are very difficult to degrade and highly accumulable and of high levels of toxicity, or which
cannot be allocated to any of the above classes because of other detrimental effects on the environment (e.g.
polyhalogenated dibenzodioxins or polyhalogenated biphenyls), the emission mass flow must be limited as much
as possible, taking into consideration the principle of relationship. This could involve special waste gas
purification devices, process measures or measures which have effects on the composition of raw materials and
products.
3.2 Measurement and Monitoring of Emissions
3.2.1 Measurement Sites
When approving installations, the establishment of measurement sites or sampling sites shall be requested and
clearly defined. The recommendations of the guideline VDI 2066, part 1 of October 1975 must be adhered to.
Measurement sites shall be sufficiently large and easily accessible, as well as designed and selected in such a way
that they ensure emission measurements which are technically satisfactory and representative of the emissions of
the installation in question.
3.2.2 Individual Measurements
3.2.2.1 Initial and Repeated Measurements
A requirement shall be that upon erection, after substantial alterations, and thereafter, repeatedly every three
years, emissions measurements of all air polluting substances for which emission limits are to be defined in the
letter of licence with respect to paragraph 3.1, clause 2 shall be carried out by an agency designated in accordance
with Article 26 of BImSchG.
Initial measurements after erection or substantial alterations shall be made upon reaching undisturbed operation,
however, not before three months of operation and not later than twelve months after the start of operation.
Initial or repeated measurements are not required if emissions are measured in accordance with 3.2.3 or 3.2.4.
Individual measurements in accordance with paragraph 1 may be waived if the adherence to emission limits can
be sufficiently proved by applying other tests, e.g. efficiency demonstration of emission control facilities,
composition of fuels or raw materials or processing conditions.
3.2.2.2 Measurement planning
Measurements for determining emissions shall be carried out in such a manner that the results are typical for the
installation’s emissions and may be compared to similar facilities and operating conditions. Measurement
planning shall comply with the guideline VDI 2066, part 1 of October 1975.
In the case of facilities with operating conditions which primarily remain constant with time, at least three
individual measurements shall be made during undisturbed continuous operation with maximum emission and
at least one additional measurement for each regular operating condition with changing emissions, e.g. cleaning
or regeneration operations or during relatively long start-up or shut-down periods. In installations with operating
conditions which primarily vary with time, measurements shall be made in sufficient number, although there
should be no fewer than six, which should be carried out under the operating conditions which are known to
cause maximum emissions.
The duration of the individual measurement shall not exceed half an hour; the results of individual measurements
shall be assessed and given as half-hourly means. For special cases, e.g. for batch operation or if different mean
times are defined under 2, 3.1 or 3.3, they shall be adjusted accordingly.
For measurements of particulate emissions, such as those mentioned under 2.3 or 3.1.4, it is to be ensured by a
sufficient length of the sampling time, that the amount of samples taken amounts to 1/1000 of the weight of the
filter, in general at least 20 mg. The result of the measurements shall be adjusted as a function of the sample time
used.
- 91 -
In the case of substances which are largely present in vaporous or gaseous form, special measurements have to be
taken in the measurement process to measure these proportions (e.g. using an impinger in accordance with VDI
2452, page 1).
3.2.2.3 Selection of measurement procedures
Measurements to determine emissions shall be carried out using measuring methods and instruments which
comply with the latest measurement technologies. Emission measurements shall be made according to the
methods described in the guidelines of the VDI manual on air quality control, as detailed in Annex G.
Sampling shall comply with the guideline VDI 2066, Part 1 of October 1975. Furthermore, measurement methods
and measuring instruments must comply with the requirements of the VDI guidelines listed in Annex F.
In particular, other or supplementary measurement methods are admissible, provided that they were published
as suitable by the Federal Minister for the Interior in the Joint Ministerial Gazette after consultation with the
competent supreme Federal State authority.
3.2.2.4 Evaluation and assessment of measurement results
A report on the outcome of the measurements shall be prepared and submitted immediately. The measurement
report shall contain information on the measurement planning, the result of each individual measurement, the
measurement methods used and the operating conditions which are important for the assessment of individual
data and measurement results. It must also include information on the fuel and raw materials as well as on the
operating state of the installation and the emission control facilities; the recommendations in the guideline VDI
2066, Part 1 of October 1975 must be adhered to.
No objection to the installation shall be made with respect to emissions if no individual value exceeds the
emissions standards established in the letter of licence.
3.2.2.5 Measurement of highly odorous substances
If the licence of an installation involves emission control for highly odorous substances by defining the odour
reduction value of a waste gas purification system, this value shall be checked by making olfactometric
measurements.
3.2.3 Continuous Measurements
3.2.3.1 Measurement Programme
Emissions shall be monitored by means of continuous measurements if mass flows defined in 3.2.3.2 or 3.2.3.3 are
exceeded and emissions limits are set accordingly.
If it can be expected that an installation will repeatedly exceed the mass concentrations defined in the letter of
licence, e.g. when changing its mode of operation or due to the malfunctioning of an emission control facility,
continuous emission measurement may also be demanded for lower mass flows than those outlined in 3.2.3.2 or
3.2.3.3. For installations whose emission control facilities will have to be repeatedly shut down during
undisturbed operations for safety reasons, or the efficiency of which has to be reduced considerably, mass flows
resulting from the remaining precipitation capacities shall be assumed.
Where there is a constant relationship between the pollutants in the waste gas, continuous measurements may be
restricted to the main component. Continuous emission measurements may again be waived if the fulfilment of
emission standards can be sufficiently proved by applying other tests, e.g. continuous efficiency demonstration of
emission control facilities, composition of fuels or raw materials or processing conditions. This also applies if the
mass flows defined in 3.2.3.2 or 3.2.3.3 will be exceeded for less than 10 % of the operating time and the conditions
detailed in paragraph 2, sentence 2, do not apply.
- 92 -
3.2.3.2 Dust emissions
Installations with particulate emission mass flows of 2 to 5 kg/h shall be equipped with measurement instruments
at the relevant sources which enable continuous recording of waste gas opacity, e.g. by means of optical
transmission.
Installations with particulate emission mass flows of more than 5 kg/h shall be equipped with measurement
instruments at the relevant sources which enable continuous recording of the mass concentration of the
particulate emissions.
Installations with particulate emissions of the materials detailed in 2.3, 3.1.4 or 3.1.7, Class 1 shall be equipped
with measuring instruments for the relevant sources which continuously determine the total particulate
concentration if the emission mass flow exceeds on of the mass flows detailed therein by more than five times.
3.2.3.3 Vaporous and gaseous emissions
Installations emitting vaporous or gaseous substances in excess of the following emission mass flows shall have
the relevant sources fitted with measuring instruments which continuously determine the mass concentrations of
the respective substances:
Sulphur dioxide 50 kg/h

Nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide,
given as nitrogen dioxide 30 kg/h
Carbon monoxide as the main substance for assessing
the burnout for combustion processes 5 kg/h
Carbon monoxide in all other cases 100 kg/h
Fluorine and gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds
given as hydrogen fluoride 0.5 kg/h
Gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds,
given as hydrogen chloride 3 kg/h
Chlorine 1 kg/h
Hydrogen sulphide 1 kg/h.
If sulphur dioxide mass concentration is to be measured on a continuous basis, the mass concentration of sulphur
trioxide shall be determined during calculation and included in the calculation.
If individual measurements show that the proportion of nitrogen dioxide in the nitrogen oxide emissions is less
than 10 per cent, continuous measurement of nitrogen dioxide shall be waived and its proportion can be
determined by calculation.
Installations whose emission mass flows of organic substances, given as total carbon, exceed the following:
substances in 3.1.7, Class 1 1 kg/h
substances in 3.1.7, Classes I to III total 10 kg/h,
shall be equipped with measuring equipment for the relevant sources which continuously monitor the total
carbon content.
3.2.3.4 Reference values
Installations whose emission mass concentrations require permanent monitoring shall be equipped with
measuring instruments for the continuous determination of operational parameters, e.g. waste gas temperature,
waste gas volume flow, moisture content, pressure or oxygen content.
The continuous measurement of operational parameters may be waived if experience shows that the parameters
only fluctuate within a small range, are not significant to the analysis of emissions or can be determined with
sufficient accuracy using another method.
- 93 -
3.2.3.5 Selection of measurement equipment
Continuous measurements shall be carried out using suitable measuring instruments which allow permanent
determination and recording of the values of the parameters to be monitored in accordance with 3.2.3.2, 3.2.3.3 or
3.3 and their assessment in accordance with 3.2.3.6.
There must be a requirement that a agency accredited by the supreme competent Federal State authority for
calibration draws up a certificate that the continuous measuring device has been properly installed.
The Federal Minister of the Interior publishes in the Joint Ministerial Gazette, after consultation with the
competent supreme Federal State authorities, a list of suitable measuring instruments and guidelines for the
suitability test and the installation, calibration and maintenance of measuring instruments.
3.2.3.6 Evaluation and assessment of measurement results
Measured values shall generally be used to form half-hourly means for each successive half-hour period. If
necessary, the half-hourly means can be adjusted to the respective reference units, classified into at least 20 classes
and saved as a frequency distribution. The calculation of frequency distributions shall begin again at the
beginning of each calendar year. Frequency distributions must always be readable and must be recorded once a
day.
The half-hourly means shall be amalgamated to form a daily mean for each calendar day relative to the time the
installation was running on the given day. Daily means shall be saved as in the form of a frequency distribution.
No objection to the installation shall be made with respect to emissions if analysis of the frequency distribution for
the operating hours of a calendar year shows that emission standards established in accordance with 3.1,
paragraph 2, of the letter of licence are not exceeded.
There must be a requirement that the operator draws up a measurement report about the results of the
continuous measurements and submits it to the competent authority within three months of the end of every
calendar year. Measurement results shall be kept on file by the operator for at least 5 years.
The Federal Minister of the Interior publishes in the Joint Ministerial Gazette, after consultation with the
competent supreme Federal State authorities, guidelines for the evaluation and assessment of continuous
emission measurements.
3.2.3.7 Calibration and functional testing of measuring systems
There must be a requirement that measuring instruments which continuously determine and record the mass
concentration of emissions shall be calibrated and tested with regard to their functionality once a year by an
agency designated by the supreme competent Federal State authority for calibrations. The calibration of the
measuring instruments should relate to a half-hour period. For special cases, e.g. during batch operation, where
the calibration period exceeds half an hour or other recording times are used in accordance with 2, 3.1 or 3.3, the
recording time shall be adjusted accordingly.
Calibration of measuring instruments shall be repeated upon substantial alterations or otherwise every 5 years.
Reports on the outcome of the calibration and the functional tests shall be submitted to the competent authority
within a period of 8 weeks.
There shall be a requirement that the operator is responsible for ensuring regular maintenance and functional
testing of the measuring instruments.
3.2.4 Continuous monitoring of emissions of special substances
For installations with emissions of substances in accordance with 2.3, 3.1.4 or 3.1.7, Class 1, there shall be a
requirement that the daily mass concentration of these substance in the waste gas is calculated as a daily mean
relative to the hours of operation if the mass flows established therein are exceeded by more than ten times.
If the daily mean values fluctuate only slightly, the mass concentration of these substances can be determined as a
daily mean or over long periods, such as weekly, monthly or annually. The determination of special substance
emissions may be omitted if other tests, e.g. a continuous functional control of the waste gas purification system,
- 94 -
can show with sufficient certainty that emissions standards are not exceeded.
Compliance with the requirements in accordance with 3.1.7, paragraph 7 shall be evidenced by permanently
recording suitable operating parameters if the measurement conditions do not allow continuous emission
monitoring.
There must be a requirement that the operator draws up a measurement report about the results of the
continuous emissions monitoring for special substances and submits it to the competent authority within three
months of the end of every calendar year. Measurement results shall be kept on file by the operator for at least 5
years.
- 95 -
7.3 Excerpt of the Large Furnaces Order (13th BImSchV)

th
The 13 Federal Immissions Control Ordinance (BImSchV) contains requirements for the continuous
measurement of certain emissions (see § 25).
th
Table 7.2: Measured objects for which continuous measurement is required in accordance with the 13
Federal Immissions Control Ordinance.

dust concentration furnaces for solid or liquid fuels
carbon monoxide all installations
Nitrogen monoxide furnaces for solid or liquid fuels and furnaces for gaseous
fuels with a combustion thermal output of more than
400 MW.
Nitrogen dioxide if the individual measurements reveal that the proportion of
NO2 in the nitrogen emissions is not less than 5 %.
sulphur dioxide Sulphur dioxide from furnaces for solid and liquid fuels, with
the exception of furnaces for liquid fuels which fulfil the
requirements in accordance with §§ 3 and 4 (restriction of
rd
sulphur content in light fuel oil and diesel fuels) of the 3
Federal Immissions Control Ordinance (BImSchV).
suitable operating variables to prove that the detection method specified by the competent authority
set sulphur emission levels are not exceeded
oxygen content by volume all installations
output of large furnace all installations
Thirteenth Order
Implementing the Federal Immission Control Act
(Large Furnaces Order – 13th BImSchV)
of June 22, 1983 (BGBl. I p. 719),
amended on 3 May, 2000 (BGBl. I p. 632).
Part IV
Measuring and Monitoring Emissions
§ 21
Measurement Sections
To determine emissions in respect of which limit values have been laid down in this order, the furnace operator
shall install measuring sections in accordance with the specific provisions of the competent authority. Once
installed, such measuring sections must ensure that emission measurements are technically flawless and
completely hazard-free.
- 96 -
§ 22
Initial and Recurrent Measurements
(1) Once furnaces have been constructed or have undergone major modification, the operator must allow their
compliance with parts II and III of this order to be checked by having an agency designated in accordance with
Article 26 of the Federal Immission Control Act, carry out measurements, in particular:
1. no earlier than after three months of operation and no later than twelve months after commencement of
operation, and
2. every three years thereafter.
(2) Paragraph 1 shall not apply if compliance with requirements has to be demonstrated by using recording
apparatus for continuous measurement in accordance with Article 25.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph 1, liquid fuel furnaces shall not require measurements to determine emissions in
accordance with § 11, paragraphs 4 to 6 and § 20, paragraph 1, if the emission limit values can be complied with
merely by using an appropriate fuel. In this case, proof of the sulphur content and the net calorific value of the
fuel shall also be provided and submitted to the competent authority on request. Such proof shall be kept for a
period of three years.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph 1, measurement for determining emissions shall be carried out in accordance with
§ 3, paragraph 2, § 8, paragraph 2 and § 17, paragraphs 3 and 4 within the framework of the calibration of
measuring apparatus for the continuous measurement of dust emissions pursuant to § 28, paragraph 2.
§ 23
Programme for individual measurements
(1) Measurements to determine emissions in accordance with § 22 shall be carried out using state-of-the-art
measuring apparatus and methods. At least three individual measurements shall be carried out with the plant
operating at its thermal rating.
(2) An individual measurement shall not last longer than half an hour; the result of an individual measurement
shall be expressed as a half-hourly mean.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph 2, an individual measurement shall not last more than 2 hours if it is not possible
to keep the duration down to half an hour in very difficult cases.
§ 24
Reporting and evaluating individual measurements
(1) Reports shall be compiled on the results of the measurements carried out under § 22 in conjunction with § 23
and immediately sent to the competent authority.
(2) The reports must contain data on the result of each individual measurement, on the measurement method
used and on any operating conditions which may affect the evaluation of the results. They shall also include
information on the fuel used and the operating status of the emission reduction equipment.
(3) The emission limit values shall be regarded as having been met if the result of each individual measurement
does not exceed the prescribed value.
- 97 -
§ 25
(1) Solid and liquid fuel furnaces shall be fitted with measuring apparatus for the continuous determination of the
mass concentration of dust emissions in the waste gas.
(2) Furnaces shall be fitted with measuring apparatus for the continuous determination of the mass concentration
of carbon monoxide in the waste gas.
(3) Solid and liquid fuel furnaces and gaseous fuel furnaces with a thermal rating of more than 400 MW shall be
fitted with measuring apparatus for the continuous determination of the mass concentrations of nitrogen
monoxide and nitrogen dioxide in the waste gas. If measurements show that the proportion of nitrogen dioxide in
the emissions of nitrogen oxide is less than 5 per cent, continuous measurement of nitrogen dioxide may cease
and the proportion can be determined by calculation. If continuous measurement of nitrogen dioxide is required,
the furnace must be fitted with the appropriate measuring apparatus at the latest six months after it comes into
operation.
(4) Solid and liquid fuel furnaces shall be fitted with measuring apparatus for the continuous determination of the
mass concentration of sulphur dioxide in the waste gas. The proportion of sulphur trioxide ascertained during
calibration must be incorporated into the calculations. Sentence 1 shall not apply to liquid fuel furnaces which
rd
satisfy the requirements under §§ 3 and 4 of the 3 Order Implementing the Federal Immission Control Act.
(5) Continuous recording of suitable operational quantities or the removal efficiency of the final waste gas
purification system shall show whether or not the sulphur emission levels laid down in § 6, paragraphs 1 and 2
and § 11, paragraphs 1 and 2 are being exceeded. The type of proof required shall be specified by the competent
authority.
(6) Furnaces shall be fitted with measuring equipment for the continuous determination of the volume of oxygen
in the waste gas.
(7) Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 to 6, it shall not be necessary to fit old plants with such equipment if it as
established by a declaration in accordance with § 20, paragraph 6 that the plant has a residual useful life of no
more than 10 000 hours.
§ 26
Recording and Plotting Continuous Measurements
(1) In the case of continuous measurements, instantaneous values for the quantities to be measured under § 25
and for the efficiency of the furnace shall be recorded automatically and continuously by suitable measuring
apparatus while the furnace is in operation. The half-hourly mean shall be calculated for each consecutive half
hour, and the daily mean shall be calculated for each calendar day – relative to the hours of operation in the day.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the averaging time for the half-hourly mean shall be adjusted to the minimum
calibration time, if it is not possible to keep the duration of the calibration time down to half an hour, as in § 28,
paragraph 1. The averaging time may not be more than 2 hours.
(3) The means obtained by virtue of paragraph 1 shall be converted to the appropriate reference oxygen content,
classified and stored as frequency distributions. For the half-hourly mean, there shall be at least 20 classes; the
tenth class shall correspond to the level of the emission limit value. The frequency distributions shall be
determined from new at the beginning of each calendar year. The frequency distributions must be readable at any
time and must be recorded once a day.
(4) The measuring apparatus records obtained in accordance with § 1 and 3 shall be kept for three years.
- 98 -
(5) A certificate issued by an agency appointed by the supreme competent Federal State authority or the authority
under Federal State law showing that automatic measuring apparatus has been correctly installed must be
submitted without delay to the competent authority.
§ 27
Reporting and evaluating continuous measurements
(1) Reports shall be compiled on the results of the measurements carried out under § 25 in conjunction with § 26
and submitted to the competent authority within 3 months after the end of each calendar year.
(2) The emission limit values shall be regarded as having been met if the evaluation of the results obtained in
accordance with paragraph 1 for the operating period within any one calendar year shows that:
1. no daily means exceed the emission standard,
2. 97 percent of all half-hourly means do not exceed six fifths of the emission limit, and
3. no half-hourly means exceeds double the emission standard
The periods of time referred to in § 6, paragraph 6, § 11 paragraph 6, and § 20 paragraph 5 shall not be taken into
consideration.
(3) The prescribed sulphur emissions standards shall be regarded as met if the results of the measurements under
§ 25, paragraph 5 fulfil the evaluation criteria of paragraph 2 accordingly.
§ 28
Calibration and Operational Testing of Measuring Apparatus
(1) Measuring apparatus which continuously determines and records the mass concentration of dust and gaseous
emissions shall be calibrated and tested as to its operating conditions once a year by an agency designated by the
supreme competent Federal State authority or an agency under Federal State law.
(2) In the case of furnaces with a thermal rating of more than 300 MW, calibration shall be repeated every three
years, and in other cases every five years.
(3) The calibration and operational testing reports shall be submitted to the competent authority within a period
of four weeks.
- 99 -
7.4 Excerpt of the Order on Waste Incineration Plants (17 th BImSchV)
th
th

carbon monoxide all installations
dust concentration furnaces for solid or liquid fuels
total carbon except when emissions of individual substances
nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide can be ruled out or are only expected in
sulphur dioxide and sulphur trioxide small concentrations
gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds, given
as hydrogen fluoride
gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds, given
gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds, given except where purification stages are used for gaseous
as hydrogen fluoride inorganic chlorine compounds which guarantee that the
emissions limits for HCl are not exceeded.
mercury and its compounds, given as mercury except if it can be reliably proven that the emission limits
for mercury are used to less than 20 %.
nitrogen dioxide if the nature of the materials used, the design, the method
of operation or individual measurements reveal that the
proportion of NO2 in the nitrogen oxide emissions is not
less than 10 %.
temperatures in the reheating zone all installations
the operating variables required to assess
normal operation, especially:
- waste gas temperature
- waste gas volume flow measurement devices for humidity are not required if the
- humidity waste gas is dried prior to the measurement of mass
- pressure concentrations of the emissions
- 100 -
Seventeenth Order
(Ordinance on Incineration Installations for Waste
and other Combustible Materials – 17th BImSchV)1)
of 23 November 1990 (BGBl. I, p. 2545, 2832), last amended on 3 May 2000 (BGBl. I, p. 632)
Section Three
Measurement and monitoring
§9
Measurement Sites
For measurements, measuring sites shall be set up according to detailed regulations from the competent
authority. These sites shall be sufficiently large, easily accessible, and designed and selected in such a way that
representative, flawless measurements can be guaranteed.
§ 10
Measuring procedures and equipment
(1) State of the art measuring procedures and equipment shall be used according to detailed regulations from the
competent authority for measurements to determine emissions or combustion conditions and to measure
reference and operational variables.
(2) A certificate issued by an agency for calibrations appointed by the supreme competent Federal State authority
or the authority under Federal State law must be submitted without delay to show that measuring equipment for
continuous monitoring has been correctly installed.
(3) The operator must allow measuring equipment used for continuous emission measurement to be calibrated
and their functioning tested each year by an agency appointed by the supreme competent Federal State authority
or the authority under Federal State law; calibration must be repeated after any major modifications to the plant
or at least every three years. The report containing the results of calibration and functional tests must be
submitted to the competent authority within eight weeks.
§ 11
(1) The operator shall continuously determine, register and evaluate the following:
1. the mass concentrations of the emissions in accordance with § 4, paragraph 6, § 5, paragraph 1 no.1 and 2 and
§ 17, paragraph 4,
2. the content of oxygen by volume in the waste gas,
3. the temperatures in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2 or 3 and
4. the operating quantities required for the evaluation of correct operation, especially exhaust gas temperature,
exhaust gas volume, moisture content and pressure.
1) The amended ordinance of 23/02/1999 contains the following official footnote:

The ordinance serves to implement the Council Directive 94/67/EC on 16 December 1994 relative to the incineration of hazardous waste
(ABl. EU no. L 365, p. 34).
- 101 -
The plants shall be equipped with suitable measuring equipment and evaluation systems for this purpose.
Sentence 1, no. 1 in conjunction with sentence 2 is not applicable where emissions of individual substances as
defined in § 5, paragraph 1, no. 1 can be ruled out or can only be expected in small concentrations. Measuring
equipment is not necessary for the moisture content if the exhaust gas is dried prior to the measurement of mass
concentrations in the emissions
(2) If the fuel, the design, the mode of operation or the individual measurements show that the proportion of
nitrogen dioxide in the nitrogen oxide emissions is less than 10 per cent, the competent authority shall dispense
with continuous measurements and allow the ratio to be determined by calculation. For mercury and its
compounds, given as mercury, the competent authority shall dispense with continuous measurements if it is
reliably proven that emissions levels are less than 20 per cent of the emission limit defined in § 5, paragraph 1, no.
1, letter g) and no. 2, letter g).
(3) Paragraph 1, sentence 1, no.1 shall not apply for gaseous inorganic fluorine compounds if purification stages
for gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds are in operation which ensure that the emission limits are not exceeded
in accordance with § 5, paragraph 1, no. 1, letter c) and no. 2 letter c).
(4) The plants shall be equipped with registration devices which record locks and shut-downs in accordance with
§ 4, paragraph 5.
(5) The operator shall continuously measure mass concentrations of emissions upon request from the competent
authority in accordance with § 5, paragraph 1, no. 3 and 4, if suitable measuring equipment is available.
§ 12
Evaluation and assessment of continuous measurements
(1) During operation of the installation, the half-hourly mean value shall be generated from the measuring values
for each consecutive half hour and converted to the reference oxygen content. The conversion can only be carried
out for materials whose emissions have been reduced and restricted by means of waste gas purification devices
during the periods in which the oxygen content measured is greater than the reference oxygen content. The half-
hourly means shall be amalgamated to form a daily mean for each calendar day relative to the time the
installation was running, including any start-up or shut-down times, on the given day. § 4, paragraph 6 remains
valid.
(2) The operator shall compile a report concerning the evaluation of the continuous measurements and submit it
to the competent authority within 3 months of the end of each calendar year. The operator shall keep the records
made by the recording device on file for 5 years. Sentence 1 is not applicable if the competent authority has
stipulated remote transmission of the measurement results.
(3) The emission limits are deemed to have been complied with if no daily mean as defined in § 4, paragraph 6
and § 5, paragraph 1, no. 1 and no half-hourly mean as defined in § 4, paragraph 6 and § 5, paragraph 1, no. 2 is
exceeded and the limits for peak concentrations are maintained in accordance with § 4, paragraph 6, sentence 2.
(4) The operator shall include details on the frequency and duration of any non-compliance with the requirements
in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2 in the measurement report, as defined in paragraph 2.
§ 13
Individual Measurements
(1) On start-up after construction of or any major change to the installation, the operator shall allow
measurements to be made by an agency designated in accordance with Article 26 of the Federal Immission
Control Act to ascertain whether the combustion conditions stipulated in § 4, paragraph 2 or 3 have been fulfilled.
- 102 -
(2) On start-up after construction of or any major change to the installation, the operator shall allow
measurements to be made by an agency accredited in accordance with § 26 of the Federal Immission Control Act
to ascertain whether the requirements set out in § 5, paragraph 1, no. 3 and 4 or – if § 11, paragraph 3 is applicable
– in § 5, paragraph 1, no. 1 and 2 have been fulfilled. For the twelve months following commencement of
operations, measurements shall be made on at least one day every two months and subsequently on at least three
days every twelve months. The measurements shall be made when the plant is running at the peak capacity for
which the raw materials used for the measurement have been approved for continuous operation.
(3) For the measurements to determine the substances in accordance with § 5, paragraph 1,
1. number 3, the sampling time shall be at least half an hour and shall not exceed two hours,
2. number 4, the sampling time shall be at six hours and shall not exceed eight hours.
For the substances listed in the Annex, the detection limit for the analysis procedure used shall not be greater than
0.005 nanograms per cubic metre of waste gas.
§ 14
Reporting and evaluation of individual measurements
(1) A report shall be compiled on the results of the measurements carried out under § 13 and immediately sent to
the competent authority. The measurement report shall contain information on the measurement planning, the
result of each individual measurement, the measurement methods used and the operating conditions which are
important for the assessment of the measurement results.
(2) The emission limit values shall be regarded as having been met if the result of each individual measurement
does not exceed the prescribed mean value set out in § 5, paragraph 1.
§ 15
Special monitoring of heavy metal emissions
(1) If the composition of the materials used or other findings, especially the evaluation of individual
measurements, suggests that the emission concentrations for substances in accordance with § 5, paragraph 1, no. 3
expected could exceed 60 per cent of the emission limit values, the operator must report and document the mass
concentrations of these substances once every week: § 13, paragraph 3, sentence 1 hereof shall apply accordingly.
(2) The determination of emissions may be omitted if other tests, e.g. functional test of the waste gas purification
system, can show with sufficient certainty that emissions standards are not exceeded.
§ 16
Operational problems
(1) If measurements show that the requirements for the operation of installations or for limiting emissions are not
being met, the operator must report this to the competent authority without delay. He must take the necessary
action to ensure the resumption of correct operation; § 4, paragraph 5, no. 2 and 3 remain valid. The competent
authority must implement appropriate monitoring methods to ensure that the operator complies with his legal
obligations to operate the installation correctly or shut it down.
- 103 -
(2) For installations which consist of one burner unit or of several burner units with shared exhaust gas
equipment, the authority shall define the time limit during which emission limits in accordance with § 5, with the
exception of § 5, paragraph 1, no. 1, letter b and no. 2, letter b, can be broken under specific circumstances where
it is technically impossible to avoid a failure of the waste gas purification system. For plants emitting substances
requiring special monitoring, continued operation may not exceed 4 hours in succession and 60 hours in any
calendar year, while for other plants, emissions can continue for up to 8 hours in succession and 96 hours in a
calendar year. The emission limit for total dust must not exceed a mass concentration of 150 milligrams per cubic
metre of waste gas, measured as a half-hourly mean. § 4 paragraph 5, § 5 paragraph 2 and § 11 paragraph 4 are
applicable accordingly.
- 104 -
7.5 Excerpt of the Order on Titanium Dioxide (25th BImSchV)
th
The 25 Federal Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV) includes requirements for the continuous
measurement of specific emissions in accordance with TA Luft (see Section 3.2.3).
th
(BImSchV).

à mass flow
waste gas opacity particulate materials 2 kg/h to 5 kg/h
dust concentration particulate materials in excess of 5 kg/h or if emissions
exceed five times the mass flows specified in Section 2.3,
3.1.4 or 3.1.7 of TA Luft
sulphur dioxide over 50 kg/h
gaseous inorganic chlorine compounds, given over 3 kg/h
chlorine over 1 kg/h
Twenty-Fifth Order
(Order to Restrict Emissions from the
Titanium Dioxide Industry – 25th BImSchV)1)
of 8 November, 1996 (BGBl. I p. 1722),
§5
Measurement and monitoring methods
The appropriate requirements in the First General Administrative Regulation to the Federal Immission Control
Act (Technical Instructions on Air Pollution Control) of 27 February 1986 (GMBl. p. 95, 202) are applicable to the
measurement and monitoring of emissions of dust, sulphur dioxide, sulphur trioxide and chlorine. At the same
time, the appendix to Council Directive 92/112/EEC of 15 December 1992 on procedures for harmonising the
programmes for the reduction and eventual elimination of pollution caused by waste from the titanium dioxide
industry (ABl. EU no. L 409, p.11) is also applicable.
1) This order serves to implement Article 9 of Council Directive 92/112/EEC of 15 December 1992 on procedures for harmonising the
programmes for the reduction and eventual elimination of pollution caused by waste from the titanium dioxide industry (ABl. EU no. L 409,
p.11)
- 105 -
7.6 Excerpt of the Order on Crematoria (27th BImSchV)
th
th

flue gas density all installations
carbon monoxide concentration all installations
temperature in the reheating zone all installations
Twenty-Seventh Order
(Crematoria Order – 27th BImSchV)
of 19 March, 1997 (BGBl. I, p. 545) amended on 3 May, 2000 (BGBl. I p. 632).*
§7
(1) The installations shall be fitted with measurement devices which continuously measure and register the
following:
1. the content of oxygen by volume in the waste gas,

2. the mass concentration of carbon monoxide in the waste gas and
3. the minimum temperature in accordance with § 3, paragraph 2.
The plants shall be equipped with fully functional measuring equipment which is suitable for the purpose.
(2) The systems shall be fitted with measuring devices which continuously measure the flue gas dust-density in
order to monitor the functionality of the dust separation mechanisms. The installations shall only be operated
with suitable, functional flue gas dust-density meters which enable conclusions to be drawn about the ongoing
compliance with the emission limits for total dust in accordance with § 4, no. 2, letter a.
(3) The operator shall allow a calibration agency authorised by the supreme competent Federal State authority or
under Federal State law to certify the proper installation of the measuring equipment for continuous monitoring
of carbon monoxide, oxygen, flue gas dust-density and temperature, to calibrate the measuring equipment before
it is first used and to test its functionality every year thereafter. The operator shall ensure that the equipment is
calibrated no later than five years after it was last calibrated. The operator shall submit the certification of proper
installation, the reports about the results of the calibration and the functional tests to the competent authority
within a period of three months after implementation in each case.
* Promulgated as Article 1 of the Crematoria Order and as in amendment of the Order on Installations Subject to Licensing.
Official footnote:
The obligation contained in Council Directive 83/189 EEC of March 28, 1983 relating to an information method in the field of standards
and procedural rules (EC gazette no. L 109 p. 8), amended last by European Parliament and Council Directive 94/10/EC of March 23, 1994
(EC gazette no. L 100 p. 30) was considered.
- 106 -
§8
Reporting and evaluating continuous measurements
(1) During operation of the installation, the mean carbon monoxide value shall be generated for each consecutive
hour.
(2) The operator shall compile a report concerning the evaluation of the continuous measurements, or charge a
third party with its compilation, and submit it to the competent authority within 3 months after the end of each
calendar year. The operator shall keep the records on file for 5 years.
(3) The limit for carbon monoxide shall be deemed to have been met if no hourly mean in accordance with § 7,
paragraph 1, no. 2 in conjunction with paragraph 1 exceeds the limit value defined in § 4, no. 1.
§9
Individual Measurements
The operator of an installation built subsequent to the enactment of this order must charge an agency designated
in accordance with Article 26, paragraph 1 of the Federal Immission Control Act to inspect it with respect to its
compliance with the requirements for total dust, total carbon and dioxins and furans in accordance with § 4, no
earlier than 3 months and no later than six months after it commences operation. The operator shall ensure that
inspection in accordance with sentence 1 is repeated at three-yearly intervals.
§ 10
Evaluation and reporting of individual measurements
(1) A report shall be compiled on the measurements carried out under § 9 and sent to the competent authority
within three months after the execution of the measurement. The measurement report shall contain information
on the measurement planning, the result, the measurement methods used and the operating conditions which are
important for the assessment of the measurement results. The operator shall keep the reports on file for 5 years.
(2) The emission limit values shall be regarded as having been met if no single result of an individual
measurement for the hourly mean exceeds the relevant emission limit in accordance with § 4, no. 2 or the mean
across the sampling time in accordance with § 4, no.3.
- 107 -
7.7 Uniform Practice in Monitoring Emissions in the Federal Republic of Germany –

Part 1
Date: 24 August 1998 /ME
Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation

and Nuclear Safety
Uniform Practice in monitoring emissions in the Federal Republic of Germany1
- Circular of the Federal Ministry for the Environment of June 8, 1998 – IG I3 – 51 134/3 -
Instructions relating to:
• suitability testing, installation, calibration, maintenance of measuring equipment for continuous emission
measurements and the continuous collection of reference or operational values for the continuous monitoring
of emissions of special substances,
• evaluation of continuous emission measurements,
• assessment of smoke spot number measurement in furnaces operated by extra light heating fuel.
The Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety and the supreme regional
authorities responsible for immission control have reached agreement on the instructions presented hereinafter in
the Regional Committee for Immission Control.
Distribution:
To the Supreme Immission Control Authorities of the Federal States
1) The obligation contained in Council Directive 83/189/EEC of March 28, 1983 relating to an information method in the
field of standards and procedural rules (EC gazette no. L 109 p. 8), amended last by the 94/10/EC guideline of the
European Parliament and the Council of March 23, 1994 (EC gazette no. L 100 p. 30) was considered (Notification of the
Government of the Federal Republic of Germany to the Commission of the European Community of December 15, 1997 –
Notification 97/26/D).
- 108 -
List of contents
A. Introduction
1 Statutory basis
2 Field of application
3 Lifting of instructions
B.1 Minimum demands on continuous emission measuring equipment during suitability tests
1.1 General aspects

1.2 Dust-like emissions
1.2.1 Determination of mass concentration
1.2.2 Qualitative measuring methods
1.2.3 Determination of the smoke spot number (waste gas opacity)
1.3 Gaseous emissions

1.3.1 General demands
1.3.2 Additional demands on measuring instruments for organic compounds
1.4 Measurement of reference values/operational values

1.4.1 Oxygen content
1.4.2 Waste gas volume flow
1.4.3 Humidity
th
1.4.4 Special demands on measuring equipment for accomplishing tasks according to the 17 Federal
Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV)
1.5 Electronic evaluation of continuous emission measurements

1.5.1 Calculation and standardization of half-hourly means
1.5.2 Classification and storing of half-hourly means
1.5.3 Calculation and classification of daily means
1.5.4 Data output
1.5.5 Demands on electronic evaluation systems
1.5.6 Execution of suitability tests of electronic evaluation systems
1.5.7 Use of electronic evaluation systems
1.5.8 Special individual cases for furnaces
th
1.5.9 Special demands on electronic evaluation systems for accomplishing tasks according to the 17
Federal Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV)
1.6 Remote emission control
1.7 Systems for long-term sampling

1.7.1 General aspects
1.7.2 Measurement of emissions
1.7.3 Checking of the measuring equipment
2. Testing institutes
3. Method of announcing suitability
4. Installation, testing, maintenance, use and reporting

4.1 Selection and installation of the equipment
4.2 Use and maintenance
Annex 1 Electronic evaluation systems: Special cases of use in furnaces

th
Annex 2 Electronic evaluation systems: Special demands according to the 17 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance (BImSchV)
- 109 -
A. Introduction
The instructions presented hereinafter refer to the continuous monitoring of emissions and parameters
important for emission control. They involve the evaluation of continuous emission measurements and
the remote transmission of emission-relevant data.
1. Statutory basis
The thirteenth ordinance relating to the implementation of the Federal Immission Control Act
th
(Ordinance relating to large furnaces – 13 Federal Immission Control Ordinance) of June 22, 1983
(Federal law gazette I p. 719/730) prescribes that furnaces shall be equipped with measuring equipment
for the continuous monitoring of dust, carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides and sulphur dioxide
emissions and the measuring results shall be continuously and automatically evaluated.
The seventeenth ordinance relating to the implementation of the Federal Immission Control Act
th
(Ordinance relating to incinerating plants for waste and similar combustible substances – 17 Federal
Immission Control Ordinance) of November 23, 1990 (Federal law gazette I p. 2545/2553) prescribes
that waste incinerating plants shall be equipped with facilities for:
• the continuous recording of dust, organic substances, inorganic halogenated compounds, sulphur
oxides and nitrogen oxides emissions,
• the evaluation and assessment of the reference values required for emission measurements and
• assessing the regular operation and the required operating values. The measuring results shall be
continuously recorded and automatically evaluated.
th
For plants subject to approval which are not subject to the regulations of the 13 Federal Immission
th
Control Ordinance or the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance there has been specified under
which conditions significant emissions of dust and gaseous air pollution shall be continuously
monitored and the measuring results shall be continuously evaluated to implement § 29 in connection
with § 48 no. 3 of the Act on the Control of harmful environmental impacts by air pollution, noise,
vibration and similar processes (Federal Immission Control Act as amended on May 14, 1990 (Federal
law gazette I p. 880/901) amended last on March 17, 1998 (Federal law gazette I p. 502/510) in the First
general administrative regulation for the Federal Immission Control Act (General Guideline on Air
Pollution Control – Technical Instructions on Air Quality Control “TA Luft”) of Feb. 27, 1986 (Joint
ministerial gazette of the federal ministries 1986, p. 95/143).
According to § 3.2.4 of the TA Luft there shall be a requirement that plants with substance emissions
according to 2.3, 3.1.4 or 3.1.7, class I determine the daily mean of the mass concentration of these
substances in the waste gas related to the daily operating time if it exceeds the tenfold of the fixed mass
th
flows. The 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance prescribes in § 15 (special monitoring of heavy
metal emissions) comparable requirements to the TA Luft as regards measuring methods for the
determination of substances according to § 5, § 1 no. 3 (emission limits), yet with other criteria for the
sampling time and frequency of individual measurements.
According to no. 3.3.1.2.2 of TA Luft a continuous monitoring of waste gas opacity is required for
individual furnaces operated with type EL fuel oil with a thermal output of the furnace of 5 MW and
more.
- 110 -
2. Field of application
The instructions given hereinafter deal with
• the minimum demands to be made on measuring equipment for measuring emissions and reference
values and electronic evaluation systems during the suitability test,
• the testing institutes which come into consideration for carrying out the suitability test,
• the practice of making known appropriate measuring equipment,
• information relating to the installation, calibration, use and maintenance of measuring equipment
for continuous emission measurement, electronic evaluation systems and remote emission data
transmission systems,
• details of the electronic evaluation practice,
• assessment of the results of smoke spot number measurements and
• special demands made on long-term sampling systems.
Appropriate measuring and evaluation equipment must be used for all the tasks detailed above. The
appropriate equipment is announced in the Joint Ministerial Gazette of the Federal Ministries.
3. Lifting of instructions
The instructions presented hereinafter replace the instructions relating to:
• suitability testing, installation, calibration, maintenance of measuring equipment for continuous

emission measurement and the continuous collection of reference or operational values for the
continuous monitoring of emissions of special substances,
• evaluation of continuous emission measurements,
• assessment of smoke spot number measurement in furnaces operated by type EL fuel oil.
- Circular of the Federal Ministry for the Environment of 09/01/1997 - IG I3 - 51 134/3 -
(Joint ministerial gazette of the federal ministries 1997, p. 528)
B 1. Minimum demands on continuous emission measuring equipment during suitability tests
1.1 General aspects
1.1.1 The suitability test shall be carried out with regard to the definitions of VDI guideline 2449, part 1
(edition: Feb. 1995), DIN ISO standard 6879 (edition: Dec. 1996) and DIN IEC standard 359 (edition:
September 1993).
1.1.2 Compliance with the minimum requirements for the suitability test shall be proven in line with a
permanent test lasting at least 3 months. If possible, the long-term test shall be carried out at a single
test point over a continuous period. Only in exceptional cases may shorter test periods from various test
points be included in the continuous test.
1.1.3 During the suitability test, the connection between the instrument reading and the value of the object
measured in the waste gas is to be determined according to a conventional method, e.g. as mass
concentration, volume concentration or volume flow by means of regression calculation (analytical
function). A characteristic instrument curve built up by the manufacturer shall be supplied with each
measuring instrument. The characteristic instrument curve shall be checked according to VDI guideline
3950 part 1 (edition: July 1994).
1.1.4 It shall be possible to secure the adjusting controls for the measuring and evaluation systems against
illicit or unintended adjustment during operation.
- 111 -
1.1.5 The zero (living zero) of the instrument reading shall be at about 10 or 20 %, the reference point position
at about 70 % of the end-scale deflection.
1.1.6 The measuring equipment shall be designed in a way as to allow the display range to be adjusted to the
th
respective measurement task. The display range of plants in accordance with TA Luft and the 13
Federal Immission Control Ordinance shall, as a rule, total 2.5 to 3 times the effective emission limit, for
th
plants covered by the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance 1.5 times the effective emission limit
th
according to § 5. paragraph 1, nos. 2 – 4 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance.
1.1.7 The measuring equipment shall have a data output to which an additional indicator or recorder may be
connected.
1.1.8 The measuring equipment shall be in a position to transmit its respective operating state (readiness for
working, maintenance, failure) through a status signal to a higher-level evaluation system.
1.1.9 The availability of the measuring equipment has to reach at least 90 % when being permanently used
and 95 % during the suitability test. (The availability describes the time share during which utilizable
measuring results for assessing the emission behaviour of a plant are obtained.)
1.1.10 The maintenance interval of the measuring equipment shall be determined and indicated. The
maintenance interval must be at least 8 days.
1.1.11 The reproducibility RD shall be determined on the basis of repeat determinations.
It shall be determined according to:
end − of − measurement − range

RD =
S D × t f ; 0.95
S D: standard deviation from repeat determinations,

tf; 0.95: Student factor; statistical reliability 95 %.
The repeat determinations shall be carried out simultaneously by means of two identical complete
measuring systems at the same measuring point. The reproducibility shall be determined in the smallest
measuring range with regard to no. 1.1.6.
1.1.12 The suitability test involves the complete measuring equipment including sampling, preparation of
samples and data output. The instructions from the manufacturer, which must be available in German,
shall be considered in the suitability test.
1.1.13 The minimum requirements have to be observed under the conditions of nominal use according to
DIN IEC 539, nominal range of use II, mentioned hereinafter:
a) supply voltage,
b) relative atmospheric humidity,
c) liquid water content of air,
d) vibration.
The tolerance limits for the plant position shall be fixed by the manufacturer.
1.1.14 These functions shall be included in the suitability test of measuring equipment with an automatic
performance test and adjustment function. The maximally permissible range of correction in which
subsequent adjustment is possible shall be determined. If it is exceeded, a status signal shall be given.
- 112 -
1.1.15 The use of measuring and evaluation equipment shall be possible in the areas mentioned hereinafter at
ambient temperature:
- for structural components installed in the open air (unprotected ambient conditions): –20°C to 50°C,
- for structural components installed in locations where the temperature is controlled: 5°C to 40°C.
1.1.16 For measuring equipment which extracts part of the waste gas flow, the effects of changes in the sample
gas flow rate on the measuring signal shall be indicated and shall not exceed ± 1 % relative to the
measuring range. A status signal must be emitted if it exceeds the maximum value or fails to reach the
minimum value.
1.1.17 Multi-component measuring equipment shall meet the requirements for each individual component,
even if all measurement channels are simultaneously operating.
1.2 Dust-like emissions
1.2.1 Determination of mass concentration
1.2.1.1 According to 1.1.11, the reproducibility RD shall not remain under the value 50 for the measuring range
≥ 20 mg/m and the value 30 for the measuring range ≤ 20 mg/m .
3 3
1.2.1.2 During the maintenance interval the temporal change of the zero reading shall not exceed
± 2 % (measuring range ≥ 20 mg/m ) or
3
± 3 % (measuring range ≤ 20 mg/m )

3
of the instrument range.
During the maintenance interval the temporal change of the reference point reading shall not exceed
± 2 % (measuring range ≥ 20 mg/m ) or
3
± 3 % (measuring range ≤ 20 mg/m )

3
of the desired value.
1.2.1.3 The deviation of the actual values from the desired values of the characteristic instrument curve
according to 1.1.3 may not exceed ± 2 % of the instrument range.
1.2.1.4 If the principle of measurement is based on optical methods, the measuring equipment shall be fitted
with a facility allowing the control of pollution during operation. If necessary, optical interfaces shall be
protected against pollution by dust-free cleaning air.
1.2.1.5 If the principle of measurement is based on optical methods, the disturbing influence shall be indicated
in the event of the measurement beam drifting. It shall not total more than 2 % of the instrument range
in an angle range of ± 0.3°.
1.2.1.6 The measuring equipment shall have a facility allowing an automatic recording of the zero and
reference points at regular intervals. In the case of measuring equipment with an automatic correction
of the zero point, the correction value shall be recorded as a measure of the dirt.
1.2.1.7 For extractive measuring equipment, the waste gas volume extracted shall have an accuracy of ± 5 % of
the desired value.
1.2.2 Qualitative measuring methods
1.2.2.1 If the measuring equipment monitors the functioning of a waste gas purification system, the
calibration-compatibility shall be detected using a conventional gravimetric method.
The measuring equipment shall allow control of the zero and the reference points. The zero and
reference point shall be checked and recorded at least once in the maintenance interval.
- 113 -
1.2.2.2 The measuring equipment shall have two selectable alarm thresholds which can be adjusted over the
whole instrument range.
1.2.2.3 The reproducibility, as defined in 1.1.11, must be at least 30. The deviation of the actual values from the
desired values of the characteristic instrument curve according to 1.1.3 may not exceed ± 2 % of the
instrument range.
1.2.2.4 During the maintenance interval, the temporal change of the zero reading shall not exceed ± 2 % of the
instrument range.
1.2.2.5 During the maintenance interval, the temporal change of the reference point reading shall not exceed
± 3 % of the desired value.
1.2.2.6 If the principle of measurement is based on optical methods, the dirt on the optical surfaces shall be
kept as low as possible by taking appropriate measures. The measuring equipment should be equipped
with facilities which allow the control of dirt during operation. In the case of measuring equipment with
an automatic zero point correction, a status signal must be given when the maximum permissible
correction range is reached.
For measuring equipment with an automatic zero point correction, this correction shall be recorded as
measure of the dirt.
1.2.2.7 The requirement 1.2.1.5 is applicable.
1.2.3 Determination of the smoke spot number (waste gas opacity)
1.2.3.1 A continuous measurement of the smoke spot number according to no. 3.3.1.2.2 of TA Luft requires that
measurements be taken for at least 50 % of the operating time of the plant and the results shall be
evaluated as minute means.
1.2.3.2 The measuring results shall be given as a smoke spot number.
1.2.3.3 The instrument range shall include a scale up to smoke spot number 3.
1.2.3.4 The reproducibility, as defined in 1.1.11, must exceed 15.
1.2.3.5 The temporal change of the zero point reading shall not exceed 3 % of the desired value during the
maintenance interval.
1.2.3.6 The temporal change of the reference point reading, caused by a change in sensitivity, shall not exceed
4 % of the desired value during the maintenance interval.
1.2.3.7 Measurements shall automatically be stopped when the burner is not running. A preset fixed value
shall be indicated to mark the standstill. The measurement shall be restarted 10 seconds after ignition of
the burner.
1.2.3.8 The requirements detailed in 1.2.1.4, 1.2.1.5 and 1.2.1.7 are applicable.
1.2.3.9 The calibration of the measuring equipment shall be effected according to VDI guideline 2066, part 8
(edition: August 1995).
1.2.3.10 Evaluation of measurement
Smoke spot number 1 is to be regarded as exceeded if the measured value rounded up to whole smoke
spot numbers reaches number 2; this refers to measured values greater than/equal to 1.5. In the same
way as for smoke spot number 1, smoke spot number 2 is regarded as exceeded if the rounded
measured value reaches number 3; this refers to measured values greater than/equal to 2.5.
This rounding instruction considers the uncertainties of the measuring method, calibration according to
VDI 2066, part 8 and return to the smoke spot number defined according to DIN 51402, part 1 (edition:
October 1996).
- 114 -
For continuous measurements in accordance with 3.3.1.2.2 of TA Luft, smoke spot number 1 is
regarded to be respected if smoke spot number 1 is not exceeded for 97 % of the operating time and
smoke spot number 2 is not exceeded for 99 % of the operating time.
The operating time of the burner and the time of exceeding the smoke spot number according to
paragraph 3 shall be recorded by an operating hour counter. The smoke spot number shall be
continuously recorded using a line recorder. On request from the competent authority, a control book
containing the data detailed in clause 1 shall be kept and submitted.
1.3 Gaseous emissions
1.3.1 General demands
1.3.1.1 The detection limit of the measuring equipment shall not exceed the following values in the most
sensitive measuring range:
th
1. tasks subject to the 13 Federal Immission Control Ordinance and TA Luft: 5 % of the instru-
ment range.
th
2. tasks subject to the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance and TA Luft: 5 % of the limit of
the daily mean.
1.3.1.2 The changes of the zero and reference point readings shall be determined over the temperature range
mentioned in 1.1.15; these changes shall not exceed ± 5 % of the instrument range over the whole
temperature range starting from 20°C.
Effects on the zero or reference points due to changes in the temperature of the sample gas shall be
compensated by taking appropriate measures.
1.3.1.3 The disruptive effects caused by a cross-sensitivity to attendant substances contained in the sample gas
in mass concentrations normally occurring in waste gases shall total no more than ± 4 % of the
instrument range. If it is not possible to meet this requirement, the effects of the respective disruptive
component on the measuring signal shall be considered by taking appropriate measures.
1.3.1.4 The time of adjustment (90 % of the time) of the measuring equipment including the sampling system
shall not exceed 200 seconds.
1.3.1.5 The requirements detailed in 1.2.1.2 and 1.2.1.3 are applicable.
1.3.1.6 Sampling and preparation of samples shall be organized as regards material and heating in a way as to
achieve a perfect filtration of solids and to avoid conversions and carryover effects by adsorption and
desorption phenomena as far as possible.
1.3.2 Additional demands on measuring instruments for organic compounds (total carbon content)
The relative standard deviation of the evaluation factors for the organic compounds butane,
cyclohexane, n-heptane, isopropanol, acetone, toluene, ethyl acetate and isobutyl acetate shall not
exceed 15 %.
The investigation shall be extended to the following substances for use in waste incineration plants:
benzene, ethyl benzene, xylene, methane, propane, acetylene, chlorobenzene. tetrachloroethylene.
If there are grounds to suggest that the range of substances from some plants will be clearly different
from the components specified here, further main components will have to be included.
The deviation of the actual values from the desired values of the characteristic instrument curve may
not exceed ± 2 % of the instrument range according to 1.1.3. The instrument characteristic generally
relates to propane as the test gas.
- 115 -
1.4 Measurement of reference values
1.4.1 Oxygen content
1.4.1.1 For continuous use, the availability of the measuring equipment has to be at least 95 % and at least 98 %
for the suitability test.
1.4.1.2 The detection limit of the measuring equipment shall not exceed 0.2 % by volume.
1.4.1.3 The changes in the zero point and reference point display must be determined across the temperature
range defined in 1.1.15. These changes shall not exceed ± 0.5 % by volume across the whole temperature
range, starting from 20°C.
Effects on the zero or reference point by changing the temperature of the test material shall be
compensated by taking appropriate measures.
1.4.1.4 The disturbing effects owing to a cross-sensitivity to attendant substances contained in the sample gas
in mass concentrations usually occurring in waste gases shall not altogether exceed ± 0.2 % by volume.
If it is not possible to meet this requirement, the effects of the respective disruptive component on the
measuring signal shall be considered by taking appropriate measures.
1.4.1.5 The requirements detailed in 1.3.1.4 and 1.3.1.6 are applicable.

1.4.1.6 The temporal change of the zero or reference reading shall not exceed ± 0.2 % by volume in the
maintenance interval.
according to 1.1.3 shall not exceed ± 0.3 % by volume.
1.4.2 Waste gas volume flow
1.4.2.1 The instrument range shall be chosen in a way as to reach 80 % of the end-scale deflection for the
highest volume flow to be expected at the respective place of installation.
1.4.2.2 The detection limit of the measuring equipment shall not exceed 20 % of the instrument range.
1.4.2.3 1.3.1.2 is by analogy applicable to ± 5 % of the instrument range.
1.4.2.4 The temporal change of the zero or reference reading shall not exceed 2 % of the instrument range.
1.4.2.5 The instrument shall be calibrated according to a conventional method (e.g. Prandtl’s tube).
1.4.2.6 The time of adjustment of the measuring equipment shall be determined and indicated.
according to 1.1.3 may not exceed ± 5 % of the instrument range.
1.4.3 Moisture content
1.4.3.1 The instrument range shall be chosen in a way as to ensure that the values measured during normal
operation will be in the upper third of the instrument range.
1.4.3.2 The detection limit of the measuring equipment shall not exceed 5 % of the most sensitive instrument
range.
1.4.3.3 1.3.1.2 is by analogy applicable to ± 5 % of the desired value.
1.4.3.4 1.4.1.4 is by analogy applicable to ± 3 % of the instrument range. Furthermore, 1.3.1.4, 1.3.1.6, 1.4.2.4 are
also applicable.
- 116 -
1.4.3.6 The competent authority shall demand that comparison measurements shall be made using a
gravimetric absorptive measuring method within the framework of the annual checking of the
functionality of the measuring equipment.
1.4.4 Special demands on measuring equipment for accomplishing tasks according to the 17th Federal
Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV)
1.4.4.1 It shall be proved that the minimum demands as to pollutants have been fulfilled in the limit range for
daily means.
The measurement range is to be covered up to 1.5 times the limit for half-hourly means, for CO up to 2
times the limit for short-term values. The calibration of CO measuring instruments is to be effected on
the basis of ten-minute means.
1.4.4.2 Measuring instruments for measuring the waste gas volume flow and moisture shall be designed in a
way that the measuring values will be at about 80 % of the measuring range given normal operating
conditions.
1.4.4.3 Continuous determination of the minimum temperature 1, no. 3 in connection with § 4, paragraph 2 and 3)
At least two measuring systems are to be installed in an appropriate place in the afterburning room
(e.g. boiler cover) according to VDI/VDE guideline series 3511; the mean shall be recorded and
evaluated according to § 11, paragraph 1.
The competent authority shall ensure that immediately after failing, measuring equipment will be
replaced by emergency measuring equipment of the same construction.
Checking of the incineration conditions and further parameters shall be carried through according to
the uniform federal practice adopted in monitoring the incineration conditions of waste incineration
th
plants according to the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance, circular of the Federal Ministry for
the Environment of 09/01/1994 – IG I3 – 51 134/3 (Joint ministerial gazette of the federal ministries
1994, p.1231).
1.4.4.4 Minimum volumetric content of oxygen (§ 11, paragraph 1, no. 3 in connection with § 4, paragraph 2 and 3)
An suitability-tested oxygen measuring device (recommended measuring range: 0-12 % by volume or

0-6 % by volume) shall be installed at an appropriate point in the waste gas path (e.g. after the boiler)
and fitted with additional mechanisms (e.g. for back-washing) where necessary.
1.5 Electronic evaluation of continuous emission measurements
1.5.1 Calculation and standardization of half-hourly means
1.5.1.1 All measured values obtained during the operating time shall be included in the evaluation. The start
and end of the operating time shall be transmitted to the evaluation unit through status signals.
1.5.1.2 The measured values of the continuous measuring equipment shall be integrated and converted to the
respective physical value (as a rule, mass concentration) taking the regression curves determined
during calibration as a basis.
1.5.1.3 For integration intervals which are not completely documented by measured values, means are
calculated with regard to the time where usable measured values were obtained.
1.5.1.4 The comparison with the applicable emission limits requires, in general, a standardization of the
emission values according to specific reference values. Half-hourly means are obtained accordingly
from continuous measurements which are required for evaluating the respective reference values.
- 117 -
1.5.1.5 The integration times for measuring pollutants and reference values have to be identical for
standardization according to the respective reference values. This requirement may be waived if doing
so has only a negligible effect on the results of the reference value calculation.
1.5.1.6 If the limitation of emissions is related to a specific oxygen content, the regulations of 3.1.2, paragraph 7
th
of TA Luft and § 12, paragraph 1 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance shall be taken into
account.
1.5.1.7 If a disturbance or maintenance of the measuring equipment for the determination of reference values is
indicated, the evaluation shall be continued by substituting values for the reference values defined in
line with the calibration process and in consultation with the competent authority. The number of half-
hourly means obtained with the aid of substitute values shall be recorded in a special class.
1.5.1.8 If the pollutant and oxygen concentrations are measured using moist waste gas, but the respective
limitation of emissions is related to dry waste gas and a continuous measurement of the moisture
contents of water vapour cannot be required, the moisture contents shall be deducted by means of a
correction value to be determined during calibration.
1.5.2 Classification and storing of half-hourly means
1.5.2.1 The classification shall be chosen in a way as to cover an area up to double the emission limit by 20
classes of a uniform width and to ensure that the emission limit and 1.2 times and double the emission
limit will fall onto class limits.
1.5.2.2 A class independent of the classification according to 1.5.2.1 shall be established with adjustable limits
starting with 1.2 times the emission limit and ending at the limit of the respective confidence range, the
width of which shall, however, total at least 5 % of the emission limit.
1.5.2.3 Above double the emission limit, two classes with adjustable limits shall be established, the first starting
at double the emission limit and ending at the limit of the respective tolerance range. However, the
width of the first class must total at least 10 % of the emission limit.
1.5.2.4 According to 1.5.2.1, 1.5.2.2 and 1.5.2.3, half-hourly means are classified if at least two thirds of the
reference period will be based on utilizable measuring results. The number of half-hourly means which
do not fulfil this prerequisite shall be logged in a separate class.
1.5.2.5 The respective time (date, time) shall be stored for half-hourly means assigned to classes according to
1.5.2.3. The storage capacity shall record at least the values of one calendar year.
1.5.2.6 If an error or maintenance is reported by the emission measuring instruments by means of a status
signal, the half-hourly means obtained during this time will not be considered. These half-hourly means
shall be recorded in a separate class with a time reference.
1.5.3 Calculation and classification of daily means
1.5.3.1 To calculate the daily means of the measurement components, the arithmetic means of the means used
for classification according to 1.5.2.1 shall be calculated. The half-hourly means in the first class
according to 1.5.2.3 shall be considered.
- 118 -
1.5.3.2 The daily mean involves the interval between the last half-hourly mean whose integration time started
before 0:00 hours and the last half-hourly mean whose integration time ended before 24:00 hours.
Alternatively, the daily mean can be calculated on the basis of half-hourly values which are recorded
and classified in a fixed time grid - starting at 0:00 hours.
1.5.3.3 The daily mean is only classified if, during the daily operating time of the plant, a minimum number of
classifiable half-hourly means was obtained. As a rule, at least 12 half-hourly means must be available
for calculating the daily mean. Daily means not fulfilling this prerequisite (i.e. as a rule, calculation on
the basis of one to eleven half-hourly means) shall be recorded in a special class with a time reference.
1.5.3.4 The frequency distribution incorporates a class for daily means below the limit and at least two classes
for daily means above the limit. The classification shall be chosen in a way that the second class will
start with the emission limit and end with the limit of the respective confidence range; however, the
width must total at least 5 % of the emission limit.
1.5.4 Data output
1.5.4.1 The daily recording shall include the following data:
- data relating to the daily operating time,
- number of the half-hourly means recorded for the calendar day passed according to 1.5.2.1 and
1.5.2.3,
- state of frequency distributions of half-hourly and daily means for the current calendar year (classes
according to 1.5.2.1 and 1.5.3.4).
- status of the special classes according to 1.5.1.7, 1.5.2.2, 1.5.2.3, 1.5.2.4, 1.5.2.6 and 1.5.3.3,
- times according to 1.5.2.5 for the calendar day passed.
The daily recording shall be automatically printed as a protocol at a programmed time every day.
1.5.4.2 The data output at the end of the year shall involve the following data for the whole calendar year:
- operating time,
- number of half-hourly means according to 1.5.2.1 and 1.5.2.3,
- frequency distributions of the half-hourly and daily means
(classes according to 1.5.2.1 and 1.5.3.4),
- results in the special classes according to 1.5.1.7, 1.5.2.2, 1.5.2.3 and 1.5.2.4, 1.5.2.6 and 1.5.3.3,
- times according to 1.5.2.5,
- times according to 1.5.5.5.
The data output at the end of the year and the commencement of determination of the frequency
distributions for the following calendar year shall take place within a week after the end of the year.
1.5.5 Demands on electronic evaluation systems
1.5.5.1 The evaluation system shall completely execute the evaluation process in accordance with 1.5.1 –1.5.4.
1.5.5.2 The availability of the evaluation unit shall total at least 99 %. The availability is given as a ratio of
measuring time to time of use. The time of use is the sum of all measuring, failure and maintenance
periods. The measuring time is the time when the evaluation unit supplies utilizable results for the
measuring tasks.
- 119 -
1.5.5.3 The saved data must be secured against unauthorised programming, parameterisation or deletion. It
must only be possible to delete the data after a complete data printout has been made.
1.5.5.4 Calling of the stored constants, conversion factors and variable inputs shall be possible by printout at
any time. The printout shall contain the date of the last parameter input. The input and output of the
parameters required for evaluation shall be well arranged, directly readable and thus comprehensible.
This also applies to the computer routines (software) used on the freely programmable computers. The
respective software version shall be output at the same time if the parameters are requested.
1.5.5.5 According to 1.5.4.2, the date for each change of the parameter input shall be recorded in memory and
contained in the data output at the end of the year.
1.5.5.6 The evaluation system shall be designed in such a way that the competent authority may access the
required data without engaging operating staff.
1.5.5.7 The measuring inputs of the evaluation system shall be within a current range between 0 and 20 mA.
The input resistance per measurement channel shall be about 50 Ω and not exceed 100 Ω. If a multiple
processing of a measured value is required, a serial connection of various channels or an inquiry via a
multiplexer must be possible.
1.5.5.8 The measuring inputs shall allow the connection of a transmitter. This connection option must be
secured against unauthorised use during continuous operation.
1.5.5.9 The evaluation unit shall indicate if the concentration values are within the defined limits.
1.5.5.10 Each measurement channel shall be equipped with at least two potential-free switches to indicate if
threshold values are exceeded.
1.5.5.11 The evaluation system shall have an interface for connecting an external printer.
1.5.5.12 The evaluation system shall be able to recognize status signals from emission measuring instruments for
the operational states of maintenance and error and exclude the respective measured values from
measured value processing. These status signals shall be transmitted via potential-free contacts.
1.5.5.13 The evaluation unit shall be equipped with a precision quartz internal clock. An adaptation to legal time
(conversion from summer to winter) must be possible.
1.5.5.14 The evaluation system shall allow definition of the operational time according to 1.5.1.1 through the
variable presetting of a specific oxygen content in the waste gas and the input of status signals.
1.5.5.15 It shall be possible to adjust the evaluation unit to various integration times in an interval between 3
and 120 minutes. The standard case shall be an integration time of 30 minutes. The integration time
error may total a maximum of ± 0.005 % of the adjusted time value.
1.5.5.16 The option for conversion to a reference oxygen content according to 1.5.1.6 shall be available for each
channel. It shall be possible to include a continuous measurement of moisture.
1.5.5.17 In computing operations for determining the emission mass concentration, the inaccuracy in the limit
range shall not exceed 2 % of the determined value once the reference values have been taken into
consideration. This requirement does not refer to the classified data.
1.5.5.18 It shall be possible to store at least five-digit numbers in the memories for the classification.
1.5.5.19 If the power supply fails, the evaluation unit can interrupt the calculation operation. All information
stored shall be saved for at least 72 hours. The power cut must be displayed.
1.5.5.20 Further minimum requirements may be derived from 1.5.8 in connection with Annex 1 for cases of
special use.
- 120 -
Options:
1.5.5.21 The evaluation system should allow a connection to other computer systems. If the evaluation unit has a
connection for remote data transmission (V24) this shall correspond to the effective telecommunication
regulations.
1.5.5.22 To assess the emission conditions at any time, it should be possible to form partial or continuous
integrals.
1.5.5.23 The evaluation unit should issue a preliminary alarm signal if an intermediate assessment according to
1.5.5.22 suggests that the current half-hourly mean will exceed double the limit.
1.5.5.24 The evaluation unit should issue an advanced warning if the intermediate report made up during the
day suggests that the daily mean will exceed the limit.
1.5.5.25 The classes according to 1.5.3.4 can be subdivided into multiple classes.
th
1.5.5.26 To prepare the emission declaration in the sense of the 11 Ordinance relating to the implementation of
th
the Federal Immission Control Act (Emission Declaration Ordinance – 11 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance of 12/12/1991 (Federal law gazette I p. 2213)) or other reporting obligations of the operator,
it must be possible to document the determined daily means relative to the daily operating time and the
process causing the emissions. It must be possible to determine the total annual emission, including a
measurement of the waste gas volume flow.
1.5.5.27 It should be possible to print out the data stored according to 1.5.2.1 and 1.5.3.4, either as a class
frequency or as a percentage of the cumulative frequency.
1.5.5.28 It should be possible to output the half-hourly means for the calendar day passed relative to time or as a
frequency distribution.
1.5.5.29 For testing and maintenance of the evaluation system, there should be key switches which make it
possible to switch off the classification of the measured values while maintaining all computing
operations.
1.5.6 Execution of suitability tests of electronic evaluation systems
1.5.6.1 During the suitability test, it should be determined for which evaluation tasks the tested device is
suitable in line with the statutory requirements.
1.5.6.2 The operating instructions of the manufacturer, which must be available in German, shall be included
in the test.
1.5.6.3 The requirements defined in 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.13, 1.1.15 shall be applicable.
1.5.6.4 The difference between the sums of the individual classes from repeat determinations shall be used to
determine the reproducibility. The deviation may not exceed 1 % relative to the total sum.
1.5.6.5 Testing of complex evaluation systems
It is permissible to use evaluation systems which may take over the evaluation of the emission
measurements for multiple plants or which exhibit properties which enable the involvement of
additional monitoring and control tasks.
If it is not possible to carry out a suitability test according to 1.5.6, the evaluation system shall be
designed in such a way that the complete system used for accomplishing tasks according to no. 1.5.6.1
can be subjected to a suitability test of its functionality. An announcement of suitability does not apply
to this individual test.
- 121 -
For evaluation systems where the reproducibility cannot be determined by repeat determination, a
performance test of the accuracy of the evaluation shall be carried out by comparing desired and actual
values. In these tests, the deviation from the maximum input value in the whole working range may not
exceed 0.5 % .
1.5.7 Use of electronic evaluation systems
1.5.7.1 Conditions of use
As a rule, the aim is to use a classifying unit with a reference value computer. If the original data needs
to be available for evaluations over a longer period, the system shall be fitted with appropriate levels of
memory.
The competent authority shall fix the start and end of the operating time by means of clearly
determinable operating values. This process must take into consideration the peculiarities of start-up
mode. Attention shall be paid to the fact that start-up periods which are of importance to the emission
behaviour of a plant by virtue of their frequency or duration must be incorporated into the emissions
analysis.
In furnaces, the oxygen contained in the waste gas shall be considered when fixing the operating time.
As a rule, the following is applicable to furnaces: the operating time starts when the oxygen content in
the waste gas is under 16 % by volume; the operating time ends when the oxygen content in the waste
gas exceeds 16 % by volume.
For evaluation, as a rule, the time basis for integration shall be 30 minutes, if this is compatible with the
time basis for calibration. In justified cases, e.g. in batch operation or in the event of longer calibration
time, the time basis may be shortened accordingly or extended up to 120 minutes according to § 26,
th
paragraph 2 of the 13 Federal Immission Control Ordinance or no. 3.1, paragraph 3 of TA Luft, the
time basis can be shortened or extended to up to 120 minutes where appropriate. When using plants
which could produce emissions detrimental to the environment in the short term , additional
regulations shall be made.
The characteristics required for evaluation according to 1.5.1.2, 1.5.2.2, 1.5.2.3 and 1.5.2.4 shall be
determined when calibrating the emission measuring equipment with regard to VDI guideline VDI
2066, part 4 (issue: January 1989) and VDI 3950, part 1 (issue: July 1994).
1.5.7.2 Installation and maintenance
When transmitting measuring signals from the emission and the reference value measuring instruments
to the recording units for instantaneous values and the evaluation systems, appropriate measures (e.g.
cable screening and joint earthing, ceramic bushing type capacitors, low-pass filters and band
limitation) shall be taken to ensure that the disruptive signals will not adversely affect the processing of
the measured values.
The competent authority shall ensure that the evaluation system will be subjected to annual
performance testing of the emission measuring instruments.
1.5.8 Special individual cases for furnaces
Special individual cases which may occur in operating furnaces and have to be considered in the
electronic evaluation are described in Annex 1 to this circular.
- 122 -
1.5.9 Special demands on electronic evaluation systems for accomplishing tasks according to the 17th
Federal Immission Control Ordinance
The special demands are described in Annex 2 of this circular. In the absence of regulations to the
contrary, the requirements detailed in nos. 1.5.1 – 1.5.7 will be applicable.
1.6 Remote emission control
According to § 31, clause 2 of the Federal Immission Control Act the competent authority may prescribe
the type of transmission of emission measuring results. One possibility is the installation of a remote
emission data transmission system.
Remote emission data transmission systems consist of a system installed on the plant operator’s
premises and a system installed at the competent monitoring authority’s premises. The requirements
below refer to the system installed on the operator’s premises. The remote emission data transmission
system may also take over the processing of emission data in addition to the transmission of emission
data.
A remote emission data transmission system must fulfil the following functions:
• display of the temporal progression of emissions, respective limits and operational states on the
system of the monitoring authority. This requires:
- transmission of all means of emission values and operational values (e.g. in a half-hour grid)
according to the requirements of the approval certificate or the monitoring authority,
- transmission of status characteristics for each mean,
- transmission of the applicable limits, tolerance and confidence ranges for each measuring
variable,
• option of classification of means by the monitoring authority,
• possibility of balancing by the monitoring authority (e.g. acc. to 3.2.3.6 of TA Luft),
• regular data transmission to the monitoring authority, generally once a day,
• accessing of data by the monitoring authority at any time up to the current time,
• spontaneous data supply by the operator system in the event of the limits being exceeded,
• accessing of the data for the last 24 months by the monitoring authority,
• transmission of short explanatory texts on events by the operator,
• possibility of transmitting process pictures of the monitored plant,
• self-logging of operator systems on the computer of the monitoring authority and transmission of
data models with logging.
The requirements of 1.5 shall be applied in the absence of regulations to the contrary.
1.6.1.1 The technical specifications of the remote emission data transmission system and the software used
shall be documented by the manufacturer, provided to the testing institute and updated in the event of
any changes.
- 123 -
1.6.1.2 If the remote emission data transmission system also takes over processing of measured data, the AD
converter cards shall have a resolution of at least 12 bit and may not exceed a residual noise of ± 2 bit. In
the event of the type of card being changed, the accuracy of the converter function shall be checked by
the competent testing institute.
The scanning rate for data recording must exceed the value of 0.1/s per measurement channel in order
to guarantee a continuous recording of the measuring signal.
1.6.1.3 The computer of the remote emission data transmission system shall be equipped with a DCF-77 clock.
The system clock shall be synchronized against the radio-controlled clock at least once a day. Averages
are generated for all measured values synchronously with the current time. The daily average is
generated at the end of the day.
1.6.1.4 Together with the transmission of the results, there should also be the possibility of transmitting
comments.
1.6.1.5 It must be possible to shorten the integration intervals for test purposes and for carrying out
performance tests.
1.6.1.6 Essential changes to the installed system, e.g. exchange of AD converter cards, BIOS or interface cards,
require coordination with the testing institute and information of the competent supervisory authority.
1.6.1.7 After a new installation of the remote emission data transmission system on the operator’s premises, the
emission data remote transmission processes, including error reactions, shall be checked by a testing
institute and the appropriate installation shall be certified.
1.6.2 Data backup

1.6.2.1 Unauthorized access to programs and data files shall be prevented by a password and appropriate
checksum procedures and documentation of the programme data files. Data model changes must be
logged and transmitted within 24 hours.
1.6.2.2 As a rule, the remote emission data transmission system shall be exclusively for the purposes of
emission monitoring and remote data transmission.
1.6.2.3 It shall be ensured that it is not possible to access the system through the data transmission line from
outside without permission. Appropriate arrangements shall be made to ensure that data transmission
shall be interrupted and the connection shall be broken off in the case of incorrect connections. The
number of unsuccessful connection attempts shall be limited.
1.6.2.4 In the event of data models changing, the new version number shall be transmitted together with the
new data model. The data model change shall be documented by the operator.
th th
1.6.2.5 The storage time for the measured emission data (means according to TA Luft, the 13 and 17 Federal
Immission Control Ordinances) in the system shall total at least 2 years. Higher-level regulations
relating to the storage of emission data remain unaffected.
1.6.2.6 Appropriate data backup routines must be implemented to enable regular backup of all measured data,
the data model and the program data files.
1.6.3 Suitability tests of remote emission data transmission systems
1.6.3.1 The suitability test of remote emission data transmission systems refers to the hardware and software
used and to observing the actual description of remote emission data transmission system interfaces.
The hardware is tested in on a sample system and is transmissible to systems of another origin and
configuration, if, after installation at the plant to be monitored, an appropriate specification is verified
in the framework of a performance test.
- 124 -
1.6.3.2 If the remote emission data transmission system also takes over processing of the measured values, a
suitability test shall be carried out to determine for which tasks the system is suitable in accordance
th th
with the 13 Federal Immission Control Ordinance, 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance and TA
Luft.
1.6.3.3 Testing shall be carried out with regard to the remote emission data transmission system processes in a
system similar to that used by the competent authority. This shall be based on the standard federal
interface description for the operator system. The G system and the software version used for testing
shall be specified.
1.7 Systems for long-term sampling
1.7.1.1 Suitability testing involves the sampling system (including preparation of samples), analysis and data
output.
1.7.1.2 The requirements detailed in 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.10, 1.1.13, 1.1.16 are applicable.
1.7.1.3 The measuring method shall be checked as a complete measuring method (sampling including
preparation of samples and analysis) by carrying out comparison measurements using a reference
measuring method. The comparison measurements shall be carried out over the practical test period.
1.7.1.4 It shall be possible to secure the adjusting device of the measuring equipment against unauthorized or
unintentional adjustment during operation. Any changes to the instrument parameters shall be
documented.
1.7.1.5 The measuring equipment shall be designed in a way that it may be adapted to the respective
measurement task. As a rule, the measuring equipment shall be able to record double the effective
emission limit.
1.7.1.6 In the event of long-term sampling, sampling may be also carried out in cycles, i.e. in a regular
alternation of sampling and pauses. In each case, at least 30 % of the total time of use shall be
documented by measurements. Various operating states of the plant shall be considered.
1.7.1.7 The time of adjustment (90 %-time) shall be determined. It shall not exceed 10 % of the minimum cycle
time.
1.7.1.8 The measuring equipment shall be able to process status information on the operation of the plant.
1.7.1.9 The measuring equipment shall be able to transmit its operational state (e.g. readiness for operation,
maintenance, error, sampling or pause intervals) by means of a status signal either to its own or a
higher-level evaluation system
1.7.1.10 During permanent use, the availability of the measuring equipment shall be at least 80 % and reach 90
% during the suitability test. (The availability describes the ratio of individual sampling, e.g. daily
means, during which utilizable results are obtained for assessing the emission behaviour of a plant).
1.7.1.11 In justified individual cases, the reproducibility according to 1.1.11 may also be determined by means of
suitable measuring equipment and using a reference measuring method.
1.7.1.12 In measuring equipments with an automatic post-adjustment unit, the relevant facilities shall be
included in the suitability test. In the case of an automatic correction system, the control range shall be
determined. If the regulation range to be determined is be exceeded, a status signal shall be given.
1.7.2 Measurement of emissions
1.7.2.1 The requirements according to 1.1.15 are applicable to the permissible ambient temperature range.
1.7.2.2 The partial waste gas volume flow extracted off shall be determined to an accuracy of ± 5 %. There must
be the option of controlling a flow or its parameters.
- 125 -
1.7.2.3 The loss of the substances to be determined in the sampling pipeline (e.g. due to deposition, sorption,
diffusion) shall not exceed 10 % of the limit (related to the sample gas volume obtained). If necessary,
there must be an option of back-washing the sampling pipeline.
1.7.2.4 During the suitability test, at least 15 values, distributed over the whole permanent test period, shall be
determined per component using the reference measuring method.
1.7.2.5 The measuring filters, cartridges etc. used shall be clearly marked by labelling, stamps, etc.
The required informations are as follows:

- marking of the measuring point/designation of the plant,
- date,
- sampling period,
- sample gas volume extracted.
1.7.2.6 The storage life of the measuring filters, cartridges, etc. sampled shall be determined during the
suitability test and shall be assessed with regard to the measurement tasks.
1.7.2.7 The blank value of the filter and sorption materials shall not exceed 5 % of the limit to be checked
relative to the respective sample volume.
1.7.2.8 The start time and duration of the sampling and pause intervals shall be adjustable and adaptable to the
operating conditions of the plant.
1.7.2.9 Where specified in the VDI/DIN guidelines, sampling shall be isokinetic and carried out to an accuracy
of ± 10 %.
1.7.2.10 The reproducibility according to 1.1.11 in connection with 1.7.1.11 shall not exceed the value of 10 –
relative to double the limit – for total dust as the key parameter, provided this comes into consideration.
The measuring inaccuracy of the other monitored substances contained in the waste gas shall be
assessed and compared with the value of the respective VDI/DIN guideline series.
1.7.2.11 Essential characteristic data shall be automatically documented in a printer log (e.g. the data outlined in
1.7.2.5, the effective sampling period and total period of use). Electronic data carriers may be also used.
1.7.3 Checking of the measuring equipment
If the operator is not obliged to do so by means of statutory regulations, the competent authority shall
ensure that an agency to be nominated by the authority competent under Federal State law, after
consulting the competent supervisory authority, shall carry out a check on the functionality of the
system for long-term sampling at least once a year. The principles of VDI guideline 3950, part 1 (issue:
July 1994) shall be taken into account.
In the instruction or regulations relating to the installation of measuring equipment for the continuous
monitoring of the emission of special substances, the operator shall be obliged to have the installed
measuring device checked by an agency nominated by the competent authority under Federal State
law. For this, at least three comparison measurements shall be effected using a conventional measuring
method in accordance with the relevant VDI guidelines. A renewed check will be required in the event
of a substantial change to the operation of the plant or the measuring equipment or after one year at the
latest. If required, the sampling time can be shortened for this purpose; more information can be found
in the relevant suitability test.
- 126 -
2. Testing institutes
The suitability test is carried out by testing institutes authorised by the government which have been
proven to have specialist experience in carrying out emission and immission measurements, calibrating
continuous measuring equipment and in testing equipment.
Tests and expert opinions presented by testing laboratories from other member states of the EU or of
the European Economic Area (EEA) are recognized as adequate, particularly if:
- suitability tests were made according to the requirements contained in this guideline or according to
equivalent professional procedures involving, in particular, a field test of the equipment for at least
three months and
- the testing laboratories have been proven to have specialist experience in carrying out emission and
immission measurements, calibrating continuous measuring equipment and testing equipment, e.g.
by authorisation by the competent authorities of a member-state and
- the test stations have been accredited by an accrediting system evaluated by the ILAC (International
Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation) for the respective test tasks according to the standard series
EN 45000.
3. Method of announcing suitability
3.1 Upon completion of a suitability test, the testing institute must present a test report detailing the results
which will be transmitted to the Regional Committee for Immission Control, Sub-committee
Air/Monitoring, for assessment.
3.2 If the coordination between the Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and
Nuclear Safety, the competent regional authorities and the testing institutes results in a general positive
assessment, the suitability of the tested equipment shall be announced in the Joint Ministerial Gazette of
the Federal Ministries. The Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear
Safety arranges for such an announcement.
3.3 The testing institute shall make the test documentation and results accessible to the competent supreme
authorities under Federal State law and keep them for at least five years.
4. Installation, testing, maintenance, use and reporting
4.1 Selection and installation of the equipment
If equipment is to be used beyond the framework announced, the monitoring authority may require
comments from the testing institute which carried through the suitability test (general clause).
4.1.1 The competent authority shall make sure that the installation of the measuring equipment will be
effected with the participation of an agency nominated by the competent authority under Federal State
law.
4.1.2 The competent authority shall make sure that the sampling spot for the measuring equipment in the
measuring cross-section is chosen in such a way that a representative measurement will be provided for
assessing the emission behaviour of a plant (see also VDI guideline 3950, part 1 (issue: July 1994)).
Furthermore, the places of installation of measuring equipment and comparison measuring equipment
shall be easily accessible via safe traffic routes; the working platforms required for measurement and
maintenance shall have a size appropriate to the respective tasks and meet all relevant safety
regulations.
4.2 Use and maintenance
4.2.1 The competent authority shall make sure that equipment in accordance with this regulation shall be
only operated by staff trained in its operation and according to the operating instructions of the
manufacturer.
- 127 -
4.2.2 The competent authority shall recommend that the operator of the plant shall conclude a maintenance
contract for the regular checking of the equipment in accordance with this regulation. The maintenance
contract can be waived if the operator has a measuring and controlling workshop and qualified staff.
4.2.3 The competent authority may demand that the operator of a plant keep a logbook covering all work on
equipment in the sense of this regulation and present it to it.
Annex 1
Electronic evaluation systems: Special cases of use in furnaces
1. Large-scale furnaces with desulphurisation units
1.1 The method of continuous monitoring of emissions from furnaces with desulphurisation units shall be
fixed by the competent authority in the individual case depending on the operation and the proportion
of desulphurisation units in observing the level of sulphur emission required.
1.2 For plants with a terminal waste gas purification unit, the separation efficiency may be determined by
measuring the sulphur dioxide concentration and the respective reference values in non-purified and
purified waste gas. If the sulphur emission level is observed exclusively by using the terminal waste gas
purification unit, the separation efficiency is a measure for the sulphur emission level. If the uptake of
sulphur into solid incineration residues which either natural way or increased by adding sorbent agents
is to be considered, the connection between the separation efficiency of the desulphurisation unit and
the sulphur emission level shall be determined as a function of the dosing ratio of additive to fuel.
1.3 If only a partial waste gas flow is treated in the terminal waste gas purification system, its share in the
total waste gas flow must be continuously determined and the measured separation efficiency must be
converted accordingly.
1.4 In special cases, the sulphur emission level shall be determined by analysing the fuel sulphur and
measuring the sulphur dioxide concentration in the purified waste gas.
1.5 The sulphur emission level shall be determined as a half-hourly mean and a daily mean and classified
accordingly. In cases according to 1.4, the averaging period shall be fixed by the authority.
1.6 In determining the sulphur emission level, a confidence range of 7 % and a tolerance range of 14 % of
the required sulphur emission level shall be applied. (The confidence range is applied as the individual
value for the daily mean and the tolerance range for the half-hourly mean).
1.7 Start-up times when emissions cannot be maintained within double the limit for technical reasons shall
be communicated to the evaluation unit via a status signal. Half-hourly means for sulphur dioxide
logged during these periods shall be quantitatively collected in a special memory. They remain
unconsidered in determining the frequency distributions.
1.8 The downtimes of the desulphurisation unit shall be communicated to the evaluation unit via a status
signal and recorded in two separate memories for consecutive hours of operation and for the current
calendar year. The criteria for the status signal shall be fixed by the competent authority. The memory
for consecutive hours lost shall be automatically deleted at the end of the downtime. The half-hourly
means for sulphur dioxide generated during the downtime shall be left unconsidered when calculating
the frequency distributions.
1.9 The results in the memories defined in 1.7 and 1.8 shall be contained in the data output at the end of the
year and in the daily record for the completed calendar day.
- 128 -
2. Mixed and multi-component furnaces
2.1 In mixed and multi-component furnaces, the type of continuous monitoring of emissions shall be fixed
by the competent authority in the individual case depending on the operation and the ratio between the
fuel quantities used.
2.2 In mixed furnaces, the usual fuel mixing ratios may be summarised into a few mixing ranges. For these,
mixing ranges limits shall be fixed and representative calibration curves shall be recorded. The
evaluation unit shall be designed in such a way that the evaluation is recalculated to the assigned
calibration curve if the mixing range is changed. The means obtained for the various mixing ranges
shall be separately classified and stored. The daily records need not include data relating to mixing
ranges which were not used during operations in the preceding day.
2.3 In order to reduce costs, an evaluation may be made with a limit flexibly adapted to the fuel mixing
ratio being used to reduce the expenses.
th
2.4 In the case of mixed furnaces in accordance with § 31, paragraph 2 of the 13 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance or no. 3.3.1.2.4, paragraph 2 of TA Luft, the fuel for which the highest emission limit is
applicable shall be used for calibration.
2.5 For multi-substance furnaces, there is the option of accepting multiple calibration curves assigned to the
usual fuels and to design the evaluation unit in a way that when the fuel is changed, the evaluation will
be converted to the assigned calibration curve. The means obtained when using various fuels shall be
separately classified and stored. The daily record need not include data on to classes and memories, the
content of which has not changed during the preceding day.
Annex 2
Electronic evaluation systems: Special demands on tasks according to the 17th Federal Immission Control
Ordinance
1. Calculation, standardization and classification

th
1.1 Pollutants (acc. to § 5, paragraph 1, nos. 1 and 2 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance)
1.1.1 Basically, half-hourly means are classified into 20 classes of a uniform width. The classification shall be
th
chosen in such a way that the emission limit for half-hourly means comes to the upper limit of the 20
class.
1.1.2 The classification system outlined in 1.1.1 also applies to the use of measuring instruments with
electronically adjustable measuring ranges.
1.1.3 If a special measurement channel or an additional measuring instrument is used for determining the
concentrations in the emission limit range for daily means, the classification may be refined in this
range.
1.1.4 Above the emission limit for half-hourly means, two classes with adjustable limits shall be defined, the
first of which starts at the emission limit for half-hourly means and ends at the limit of the respective
tolerance range. However, the width of the first class must total at least 5 % of the limit for half-hourly
means.
th
1.2 Carbon monoxide measurements (§ 4, paragraph 6 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance)
1.2.1 Instead of half-hourly means, hourly means are formed, standardized, classified and stored.
1.2.2 The classification shall be chosen in such a way that the range will be covered by 20 classes of an equal
width up to double the emission limit for hourly means and the emission limit for hourly means will fall
th
onto the upper limit of the 10 class.
- 129 -
The daily means will be formed from the hourly means.
1.2.3 Ten-minute means are also formed.
The ten-minute means obtained during the operating time shall be classified in two classes for each
calendar day, the joint limit of which is formed from the limit of the confidence range above the
3
emission limit for short-term values (150 mg/m ). Only ten-minute means whose whole integration time
is documented by utilizable measuring results will be recorded.
At the end of the day, it shall be checked and recorded whether more than 90 % of the short-term values
in the first class were counted (90 % rule). Thereupon the classes will be deleted. As a rule, at least 36
ten-minute means shall be available for evaluation.
1.3 Operational values/reference values

th
1.3.1 Afterburning temperature (§ 4, paragraph 2.3 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance)
Ten-minute means shall be formed from the measured values of the afterburning temperature.
These ten-minute means shall be classified in 20 classes of a uniform width. The classification shall be
chosen in such a way that a temperature range of altogether 400 K is covered and the fixed minimum
th th
temperature falls on the boundary between the 10 and 11 classes.
th
1.3.2 Oxygen content in the afterburning zone (§ 4, paragraph. 2.3 of the 17 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance)
At the end of the afterburning zone the oxygen content shall be measured (§ 11, paragraph 1, no.4). Ten-
minute means shall be formed from the measured values.
The ten-minute means shall be classified in 20 classes of a uniform width. The classification shall be
chosen in such a way as to cover an oxygen range of altogether 0-12 % by volume or 0-6 % by volume
th th
and the fixed minimum oxygen content will fall on the boundary between the 10 and the 11 classes.
Only ten-minute means whose whole integration time is documented by utilizable measuring results
will be recorded.
th
1.3.3 Load monitoring (§ 4, paragraph 4 in connection with § 11, paragraph 4 of the 17 Federal Immission
Control Ordinance)
Times at which the loading of the systems was blocked or interrupted shall be recorded for each
calendar day.
th
1.3.4 Failure of the waste gas purification units (§ 16, paragraph 2 of the 17 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance)
Downtimes of the waste gas purification units shall be communicated to the evaluation unit via status
signals and be recorded in two separate memories for consecutive operating hours and for the current
calendar year. The criteria for the status signals shall be fixed by the competent authority. The memory
for consecutive hours lost shall be automatically deleted at the end of the downtime.
The half-hourly means for inorganic gaseous compounds formed during the downtimes remain
unconsidered when calculating the frequency distributions according to 1.1.
The half-hourly means for total dust formed during the downtimes shall be classified in two classes, the
3
joint limit of which is formed by the emission limit for half-hourly means (150 mg/m ) applicable to
downtime.
- 130 -
1.3.5 Emission coefficient for inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds of old plants
th
(§ 17, paragraph 4 of the 17 Federal Immission Control Ordinance)
If the provisional regulation in accordance with § 17, paragraph 4, clause 2 is be applied, the method of
continuous monitoring of emissions of inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds shall be fixed by the
competent authority in the individual case depending on the operation.
The emission coefficient for inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds may be determined by measuring
the concentration and the respective reference values in the non-purified and purified waste gas.
th
1.3.6 Other operational and reference values (§ 11, paragraph 1, no. 4 of the 17 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance)
If further operational or reference values (e.g. waste gas volume flow or moisture content) are
continuously measured, the method of evaluation shall be fixed by the competent authority in
accordance with 1.1 in the individual case.
1.4 Data output
1.4.1 The daily recording shall also include the following data:
- result of check in accordance with 1.2.3,
- state of frequency distribution according to 1.3.1 and 1.3.2,
- locking times according to 1.3.3,
- results in the memories and classes according to 1.3.4.
1.4.2 The data output at the end of the year shall also include the following data:
- dates of any days when the 90 % rule defined in 1.2.3 was not observed,
- frequency distribution according to 1.3.1 and 1.3.2,
- results in the memories and classes according to 1.3.3 and 1.3.4.
1.4.3 For the data output, the frequency distribution in accordance with 1.3.1 and 1.3.2 shall be represented
inversely by assigning the higher classes to lower temperatures or oxygen contents.
2. Suitability test of electronic evaluation systems
2.1 The evaluation system shall be able to process measured values from measuring instruments with
electronically adjustable measuring ranges. The change-over indicated by the status signal shall be
electronically compensated.
2.2 The evaluation system shall be able to execute a combined evaluation if two separate measurement
channels or two measuring instruments with different measuring ranges are used for individual
pollutants.
2.3 It shall be possible to include a continuous measurement of the waste gas volume flow and of the waste
gas moisture.
- 131 -
7.8 Uniform Practice in Monitoring Emissions in the Federal Republic of Germany –

Part 2
Date: January 1997
Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation

and Nuclear Safety
Uniform Practice
in Monitoring the Combustion Conditions
for Waste Incineration Installations:
in accordance with the Seventeenth Ordinance for the Enforcement of the
Federal Immission Control Act
(Ordinance on Incineration Installations for Waste
and other Combustible Materials – 17th Federal Immission Control Ordinance)
- Circular of the Federal Ministry for the Environment of 01/09/1994 – IG I3 – 51 134/3 – (Joint ministerial
gazette of the federal ministries 1997, p. 1231)
The Federal Minister for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety and the supreme regional
authorities responsible for immission control have reached agreement on the instructions presented hereinafter in
the Regional Committee for Emission Control.
The seventeenth ordinance relating to the implementation of the Federal Immission Control Act (Ordinance on
th
Incineration Installations for Wastes and other Combustible Materials – 17 BImSchV) of November 23, 1990
prescribes that waste incinerating plants shall be constructed and operated such as to ensure as comprehensive as
possible a combustion of the fuels used.
th
§ 4, paragraph 2 or 3 of the 17 BImSchV largely stipulates the combustion conditions, such as the minimum
temperature, minimum oxygen content and the minimum dwell time, assuming even distribution of the
combustion gas and the combustion air, in order to achieve as comprehensive as possible combustion of the fuels,
th
they also require a measurement inspection in accordance with § 10 of the 17 BImSchV.
The Federal Minister for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety recommends that the
competent supreme regional authorities pass administrative regulations in enactment of this directive which tally
as close as possible with its requirements.
1. Continuous measurements in accordance with § 11, paragraph 1, no. 3 of the 17th BImSchV
1.1 Minimum temperature in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2, 3 of the 17th BImSchV
At least two measuring systems are to be installed in an appropriate place in the afterburning room (e.g.
boiler cover) according to VDI/VDE guideline series 3511; the mean shall be recorded and evaluated
according to § 11, paragraph 1.
If a measuring instrument fails, it shall immediately be replaced by emergency measuring equipment of the
same construction.
1.2 Minimum volumetric content of oxygen in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2, 3 of the 17th BImSchV
An suitability-tested oxygen measuring device (recommended measuring range: 0-12 % by volume or 0-6
% by volume) shall be installed at an appropriate point in the waste gas path (e.g. after the boiler) and
fitted with additional mechanisms (e.g. back-washing) where necessary.
- 132 -
The measured values shall be analysed in accordance with the directive on the evaluation of continuous
measurements under the Order on Incineration Plants for Waste and Similar Combustible Materials
(circular from the Federal Ministry for the Environment of 26/10/92; GMBl. 1992, p. 1138) and correlated
with dried waste gas. Generally, the oxygen measuring device in the pure gas is not suited for measuring
and logging the minimum oxygen content by volume in the reheating zone.
2. Checking the combustion conditions in accordance with § 13, paragraph 1 of the 17th BImSchV
2.1 Checking the minimum temperature
2.1.1 Defining the measurement cross sections
One measurement cross section (measurement cross section 1) should be located at the end of the reheating
th
zone (above the auxiliary burner) in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2, 3 of the 17 BImSchV for the
approved operating states. This is based on the location data provided by the manufacturer or supplier. A
second measurement cross section (measurement cross section 2) shall be set up at the beginning of the
reheating zone.
This measurement cross section shall be set after the last combustion air inlet on the basis of location data
provided by the manufacturer or supplier.
The plane at which an even distribution of combustion gases with combustion air can be assumed for the
th
first time is defined as the beginning of the reheating zone in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2 of the 17
BImSchV.
The position of measurement cross section 2 can deviate slightly from the actual beginning of the reheating
zone if the nature of the plant does not allow it to be in exactly the right position. This must be
compensated for by appropriate conversion calculations (cf. Fig. 1).
2.1.2 Measurement method
Based on the technology currently available, suction pyrometers with a ceramic shield must be used for
measuring and checking the minimum temperature. At least one measuring device must be used at the
same time for each measurement axis defined. The thermo-electric couples used in the suction pyrometers
must comply with the PTB requirements 14.2 of April 1988.
2.1.3 Defining the measuring points for the grid measurement
The temperature measurement takes the form of a grid measurement in the combustion chamber on at least
two measuring axes. The measurement cross-section is divided into smaller sections of equal area, with the
measuring points at the centres of gravity of each of the smaller sections. The number of measuring points
is equivalent to approx. 1 per 2 m². It must be ensured that the points are distributed evenly across the
measurement cross-section.
2.1.4 Processing of measured values
Measured values shall be processed electronically at a scanning rate # 10 s. The measured values shall be
compressed into 10-minute means.
- 133 -
2.1.5 Acceptance measurement in accordance with § 13, paragraph 1 of the 17th BImSchV
The following number of grid measurements, as defined in 2.1.3, is required to evidence that the minimum
temperature is being maintained in boilers exhibiting dirt from normal operation:
- uninterrupted permanent operation (nominal load): 3 grid measurements over a total period of at
least 3 hours
- differing operating modes (e.g. partial
load, if approved as an operating mode): 3 grid measurements over a total period of at
least 3 hours
- Start-up without material load
(in accordance with § 4, paragraph 5, no. 1): 1 grid measurement for the final status of the
heating phase over a period of around 1 hour
(taking point 4 into consideration).
For each measuring point defined as in 2.1.3, the individual 10-minute means are converted using the
temperature gradients ascertained as in 2.3.2 to a fictive measurement cross section, which represents a
dwell time of 2 seconds (minimum dwell time).
The evaluation criterion is the minimum temperature in each of the measuring points defined in
accordance with 2.1.3 for each measurement as a 10-minute mean.
2.2. Checking the minimum oxygen content by volume
Preliminary remark:
Generally, the oxygen measurements are made at the same time as the temperature measurements as in 2.1
using the suction pyrometer, which ensures that that the measurement cross section and the measuring
points are identical.
2.2.1 Defining the measurement cross section
One measurement cross section (measurement cross section 1) should be located at the end of the reheating
th
zone (above the auxiliary burner) in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2, 3 of the 17 BImSchV for the
approved operating states. This is based on the location data provided by the manufacturer or supplier. A
second measurement cross section (measurement cross section 2) shall be set up at the beginning of the
reheating zone. This measurement cross section shall be set after the last combustion air inlet on the basis of
location data provided by the manufacturer or supplier. The plane at which an even distribution of
combustion gases with combustion air can be assumed for the first time is defined as the beginning of the
th
reheating zone in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2 of the 17 BImSchV.
The height of measurement cross section 2 can deviate slightly from the actual beginning of the reheating
zone if the nature of the plant does not allow it to be in exactly the right position. This must be
compensated for by appropriate conversion calculations (cf. Fig. 1).
2.2.2 Measurement method
Only oxygen measuring devices which have been suitability-tested may be used.
2.2.3 Defining the measuring points for the grid measurement
The oxygen measurement takes the form of a grid measurement in the combustion chamber on at least two
measuring axes. The measurement cross-section is divided into smaller sections of equal areas, with the
measuring points at the centres of gravity of each of the smaller sections. The number of measuring points
is equivalent to approx. 1 per 2 m². It must be ensured that the points are distributed evenly across the
measurement cross-section.
- 134 -
2.2.4 Processing of measured values
Measured values shall be processed electronically at a scanning rate # 10 s. The measured values shall be
compressed into 10-minute means.
2.2.5 Acceptance measurement in accordance with § 13, paragraph 1 of the 17th BImSchV
The following number of grid measurements, as defined in 2.1.3, is required to evidence that the minimum
content by volume is being maintained in boilers exhibiting dirt from normal operation:
- uninterrupted permanent operation (nominal load) 3 grid measurements over a total period of at
least 3 hours
- differing operating modes (e.g. partial load,
if approved as an operating mode): 3 grid measurements over a total period of at
least 3 hours.
The evaluation criterion is the minimum content by volume in each of the measuring points defined in
accordance with 2.2.3 for each measurement as a 10-minute mean, providing a minimum oxygen content
th
by volume of 3 per cent in accordance with § 4, paragraph 2 of the 17 Federal Immission Control
Ordinance is appropriate.
In all other cases, the evaluation criterion is the minimum oxygen content by volume as the mean for each
grid measurement, although the individual values for each of the measuring points defined in accordance
with 2.2.3 (as a 10-minute mean for each individual measurement) must not deviate more than minus 50
per cent from the mean oxygen content by volume (for the grid measurement).
2.3 Checking the dwell time of the waste gases
2.3.1 Measurement cross sections
Two measurement cross sections (measurement cross section 1 and measurement cross section 2) are used
to determine the dwell time during which the minimum temperature is maintained. (cf. 2.1.1).
2.3.2 Determining the temperature gradient
At the same time, temperature measurements (3 grid measurements each) shall be taken in measurement
cross sections 1 and 2 for the same plant operating mode.
The conditions for the measurement are as defined in point 2.1. (The measurement results obtained with
respect to measurement cross section 1 can be used for checking the minimum temperature in accordance
with 2.1.) The measured values are used to form the mean temperature differential ∆T1,2 between cross
section 1 and 2 for the operating mode in question (see Point 2.1.5):
1 n
∆T1, 2 = å (T2,i − T1,i )
n i =1
T1i mean of the temperature grid measurement in measurement cross section 1

T2i mean of the temperature grid measurement in measurement cross section 2
n number of temperature grid measurements in cross section 1 or 2.
Assuming a linear temperature pattern between measurement cross sections 1 and 2 and beyond, this
ascertains the mean temperature for each cross section in the combustion chamber, and, inversely, the last
cross section in the combustion chamber at which the minimum temperature of the waste gases is still
maintained can be calculated arithmetically (cf. Fig. 1).
∆H 1, 2
∆H T = (T1 − TM )×
∆T1, 2
1 n
T1 = å T1,i
n i =1
- 135 -
The mean temperature gradient is calculated from T1,2/H1,2

T1 mean of the temperature grid measurements in measurement cross section 1
TM minimum temperature for waste gases (850 or 1200°C)
∆H1,2 distance between measurement cross section 1 and 2
∆HT Distance between the last cross section in the combustion chamber at which the waste gases still
attain the minimum temperature on average and measurement cross section 1.
2.3.3 Determining the dwell time in accordance with § 13, paragraph 1 of the 17th BImSchV
In order to determine the dwell time for the waste gases above the minimum temperature, the waste gas
volume flow needs to be measured (e.g. at the end of the boiler) and converted to the waste gas conditions
in the reheating zone.
The volume flow measurement is carried out in accordance with VDI 2066, part 1 and at the same time as
the grid measurements to check the minimum temperature. The behaviour of an ideal flow duct (plug
flow) is assumed for the calculation of the dwell time.
The basic temperature assumed for the volume flow is the mean of the temperature at the beginning of the
reheating zone TBNBZ and the minimum temperature. The dwell time in the reheating zone can then be
calculated on the basis of the volume flow and the geometry of the chamber.
A × (∆H + ∆H T )
t VZ =

V FR

V The mean volume flow of the waste gases in the combustion chamber (in damp operating mode)
FR
at
TBNBZ + TM
2
∆H distance between beginning of reheating zone and measurement cross section 1
A cross-sectional area of combustion chamber (for A = const.)
Tvz dwell time of waste gases above the minimum temperature.
The evaluation criterion is the minimum dwell time of 2 seconds. An even distribution of the combustion
th
gas and the combustion air can then be assumed (in accordance with § 13, paragraph 1 of the 17 Federal
Immissions Control Ordinance) if the combustion conditions (temperature at each measuring point, mean
oxygen content by volume) are maintained at both measurement cross sections and therefore across the
whole reheating zone.
3. Functional testing and calibration of operational measuring devices for the continuous monitoring of
the minimum temperature (§ 11, paragraph 1, no. 3)
3.1 Functional test
Operational measuring devices for minimum temperature shall be tested for functionality once a year as
described below:
- Plausibility test of the display of the measuring device using the fixed point method (freezing point in a
mixture of ice and water in accordance with VDI/VDE 3511, part 2), or alternatively: testing by means
of a reference element, either alternately at the location of the measuring device or at other suitable
measurement openings (basis: 1 hour mean).
- Checking the retransfer of measured values using a constant voltage source.
- Checking to detect an element break using the electronic evaluation system, which requires
disconnecting every measuring device.
- Checking the measuring devices with respect to design and installation position relative to the time of
the last calibration.
- 136 -
3.2. Calibration
All measuring devices used for continuous monitoring of the minimum temperature must be calibrated
every three years.
3.2.1 Determining the end of the reheating zone
The determination of the combustion chamber temperatures in accordance with 2.3.2 (mean generation)
must take place at full capacity and any other approved operating modes. Please refer to point 4 for the
operating mode of starting up.
At least six grid measurements must be carried out (at full and partial capacity), with simultaneous
measurements in cross sections 1 and 2 in each case. For the periods of these grid measurements, the mean
measured values for the measuring devices should be determined so that at least six data sets of grid
measurement to operating measurement are available.
Assuming a linear temperature gradient between measurement cross sections 1 and 2 and beyond, it is
possible to determine the end of the reheating zone (defined as the plane in the combustion chamber at
which the minimum dwell time of 2 s is maintained exactly) (cf. Fig. 1).

t VZ min × V
∆HNBZ = − ∆H
FR
A
Tvzmin - minimum dwell time = 2 s
∆HHNBZ - distance between cross section at end of reheating zone and measurement cross section 1
∆T1,2 - mean temperature difference between measurement cross section 1 and 2
= 1 (T2i − T1i )
6
∆T1,2
Σ
6 i =1
T2i - mean of the temperature grid measurement in measurement cross section 2
T1i - mean of the temperature grid measurement in measurement cross section 1
∆H1,2 - distance between measurement cross section 1 and 2
The mean temperature gradient is calculated from ∆T1,2/∆H1,2
3.2.2 Calibration method
The mean temperature differential and its lower confidence limit to the converted temperature values from
the grid measurements in measurement cross section 1 can be calculated using the values measured for the
temperature.
TNBZi - converted mean for the temperature grid measurement i in measurement cross section 1 to
the plane at the end of the reheating zone (2 s dwell time)
TBi - mean of the temperature measurements for the period of grid measurement i
∆T1, 2
TNBZi = T1i − ∆H NBZ
∆H 1, 2
determination of the confidence limit: VB = t n − 2 × S

n
The function TNBZi = f (TBi) can be determined by means of linear regression.
tn-2 - threshold for t distribution (for N=n´)

s - scattering about the regression line
n = 6 (total number of measurements)
n
1
TNBZ =
n
åT
i =1
NBZi
n
1
TB =
n
åT
i =1
Bi
- 137 -
å (T − TB )× (TNBZi − TNBZ )
n
S TB TNBZ = Bi
i =1
å (T − TB )
n
2
S TBTB = Bi
i =1
å (T − TNBZ )
n
2
S TNBZTNBZ = NBZi
i =1
S TNBZTNBZ æ S 2 TBTNBZ ö
S² = × ç1 − ÷
n − 2 çè S TBTB × S TNBZTNBZ ÷
ø
Calculation variables in accordance with VDI 3950, part 1
The process for calibrating the measured values is as follows:
TKal B = TB10 + ∆T NBZ − VB
= 1 (TNBZi − TBi )
6
6Σ
∆T NBZ
i =1
∆T NBZ - mean temperature differential between the end of the reheating zone (dwell time 2 s) and the
measured value
TKal B - calibrated measured value (input to emission electronic evaluation system)
TB 10 - 10-minute mean for temperature measurements

The calibration process must be completed for every approved operating mode.
3.2.3 Calibration of oxygen measuring device for continuous monitoring of the minimum oxygen content by
volume
Calibration must be carried out in accordance with VDI 3950.
As the systems aim to monitor the minimum oxygen content, the confidence range calculated is subtracted
from the measured value (10-minute mean) for an oxygen content of 6 % or 3 %.
3.2.4 Parameterising of the electronic evaluation system
∆TNBZ * = ∆T NBZ − VB
∆TNBZ* is ascertained for each approved operating mode and calculated in the analysis computer on a
sliding basis as a function of output (e.g. steam output PD); this is also the case for the operating mode of
“shut-down”.
The function ∆TNBZ * = f (PD ) is parameterised.
Please refer to point 4 for the operating mode of starting up.

- 138 -
3.2.5 Criteria for the electronic evaluation system
Definition: minimum temperature as the limit value for class 10.
Cl. 10 = 870 .. 850 °C

(or: 1220 …. 1200°C)
TKal B < 850 °C = TKl l...TKl 20
(or: TKal B < 1200 °C)
means an infringement of the combustion condition of minimum temperature (850 or 1200 °C)
TKal B ≥ 850 °C = TKl 1 ...TKl 10

or: TKal B ≥ 1200 °C)
means that the combustion condition of minimum temperature has been fulfilled.
4. Adherence to combustion conditions in “start-up” mode
“Start-up” mode is only characterised by the operation of additional burners with no load of raw materials.
Convention dictates that the beginning of the reheating zone in “start-up” mode is as follows:
- the additional burner cross section if the secondary air inlet is upstream,
- the cross section of the last air inlet if the secondary air inlet is downstream.
The combustion conditions (minimum temperature, minimum dwell time) are the basis for determining the
end of the reheating zone in “start-up” mode.
In “start-up” mode, the volume flow for determining the dwell time must be calculated and/or measured
on the basis of the fuel consumption and the oxygen content by volume.
By measuring the temperature in a measurement cross section which is at least 2 m downstream (above the
burner cross section), the gradient for the operating temperature measurement can be determined in the
same way as in 3.2.2 and used as a criterion for releasing (unlocking) the waste inlet.
The period between unlocking the waste inlet and achieving a stable operating status must be agreed with
the competent authorities; it must not exceed 2 hours.
5. Switching criteria for additional burner
The following switching criteria are proposed for the additional burner:
- Switching on: when the set temperature for class 10 is reached (10 minute mean between 850 and
870°C or between 1200 and 1220°C)
- Switching off: when class 9 or below is reached (> 870°C or > 1220°C).
6. Criteria for waste load
The following criteria are applicable for the locking/unlocking of the waste inlet:
- Locking: when a temperature in class 11 or above is reached (< 850 °C or < 1200 °C)
- Unlocking: when a temperature in class 10 or below is reached (≥850 °C or ≥ 1200 °C).
The times in which the loading of the installation is locked or interrupted shall be recorded in accordance
with the guideline on the evaluation of continuous emission measurements in line with the Order on
Incineration Plants for Waste and other Combustible Materials (circular from the Federal Ministry for the
Environment of 26/10/1992, no. 2.3.3).
- 139 -
Figure 1: Representation of key parameters using the example of an incineration plant for municipal waste
TB
∆TNBZ
∆T
TM
∆HNBZ
∆HT
TNBZ
T1
tVZ, min = 2s
∆H1,2
∆T1,2
∆H
T2
∆HBNBZ
TBNBZ
HBNBZ
Legend:
T1: mean of the temperature grid measurements ∆T1,2: mean temperature difference between measurement
in measurement cross section 1 cross section 1 and 2
T2: mean of the temperature grid measurements HBNBZ: height to beginning of reheating zone
in measurement cross section 2 ∆HT: distance between cross section in combustion
TM: minimum temperature for waste gases chamber and measurement cross section 1
TB : measured value for operating temperature ∆HNBZ: distance between the cross section at the end of the
TNBZ: temperature at the end of the reheating zone reheating zone and measurement cross section 1
TBNBZ: temperature at the beginning of the reheating ∆H: distance between beginning of reheating zone and
zone measurement cross section 1
∆T: temperature differential between measure- ∆H1,2: distance between measurement cross section 1 and 2
ment cross section 1 and measured value for ∆HBNBZ: distance between cross section at beginning of
operation reheating zone and measurement cross section 2
∆TNBZ: temperature differential between end of tVZ, min: minimum dwell time = 2 s
reheating zone and measured value for
operation
- 140 -
- 141 -
7.9 Standard form of test report for the determination of emissions in accordance
with §§ 26, 28 of the Federal Immission Control Act
Source: GABl. of 28 June 1993 [20] or VDI 4220 [September 1999] “Quality control – Requirements of emission
and immission testing bodies for the determination of air pollutants”, Annex B [29]
Cover sheet:
Name of laboratory
(accredited in accordance with §§ 26, 28 BImSchG)
Reference No./Report No.: Date:
Title:
Report on emission measurements
Operating company:
Location:
Type of measurement:
Order number:
Order date:
Day of measurement:
Report contents: ..... _ Pages

..... _ Appendices
Objectives:
- 142 -
Table of contents with page references

2 Description of the plant, materials handled
1 Formulation of the measurement task
2.1 Type of plant
1.1 Party commissioning the work th
(any designation deviating from the 4
1.2 Operating company BImSchV for more precise description)
1.3 Location
2.2 Description of the plant
(The information as to the location must
clearly indicate the position of the emission (Brief description of the plant and the
source in the case of a larger site (e.g. site C process with particular emphasis on the
..., Building 5)) plant components which are of particular
importance in connection with the emission
1.4 Plant of air pollutants. In complex cases, a
th
(Information with reference to 4 BImSchV) simplified flow diagram of the plant is to be
attached. The requirement for a plant
1.5 Time of measurement (date) description is formulated in No. 7 of the
1.5.1 Date of the last measurement Guideline VDI 2066 Part 1.
1.5.2 Date of the next measurement Year of construction, boiler No., etc., are to
be indicated.
1.6 Reason for the measurement
The description of the plant must include
(e.g. acceptance measurement; a listing of details of absolute and specific output.
measurement tasks may be found in Section Operating variables can be, for example,
2.1 of Guideline VDI 2448 Part 1). materials used and / or products.
1.7 Objectives Parameters customary for the branch of
industry shall be used. The figures must be
(This paragraph should give a detailed
able to be assigned, as appropriate, to the
description of the measurement task. In the
operating unit or the respective emission
case of measurements for the purposes of a
source. Thus, fuels or heating media used for
permit or orders, the relevant numbers of
specific plant components or operating units
the notice/order and the specified limit
are to be indicated, since in connection with
values are to be given.
no. 2.4 it may here be possible to draw
In the case of measurements for the conclusions as to the emission
purposes of TA Luft or orders under the characteristics, e.g. fuel ratios in the case of
BImSchG, the numbers or limit values given mixed firing).
there are to be stated. 2.3 Location of the plant and description of the
Reference is to be made to particular emission source
circumstances relating to measurement 2.3.1 Location
planning, see, for example, 3.2.2.2 of TA
Luft: e.g. batch mode, load changes, etc. 2.3.2 Emission source
Reference should also be made to prior 2.3.2.1 Height above ground

knowledge about the plant (e.g. preliminary 2.3.2.2 Cross-sectional area of outlet
experiments, adjustment work, if applicable
according to the operator). 2.3.2.3 Horizontal/vertical value
1.8 Components to be measured 2.3.2.4 Building design
1.9 Indication of whether and with whom the 2.3.2.5 Assignment specific to the Federal State
measurement plan has been agreed (for Federal State:
1.10 Names of all persons participating in Operating Company No.:
sampling on-site and number of assistants
Plant No.:
1.11 Participation of further institutes
For any further dealings, a precise
1.12 Technical supervisor description of the location is necessary. In
1.12.1 Telephone no. this context, a statement regarding the way
to draw off the waste gas and the figures for
the easting and northing values for each
source are likewise required.)
- 143 -
2.4 Statement of raw materials possible 3.2 Diameter of the waste gas tube at the height
according to the permit of the measurement cross section or
indication of the dimensions of the
(To ensure that the requirement for an
measurement cross section
operating state with maximum emissions to
be measured, see no. 3.2.2.2 of TA Luft, is 3.3 Number of measurement axes and position
met in respect of emission-relevant raw of the measuring points in the measurement
materials during the measurement, cross section
appropriate information has to be given
(For emission sampling, it may be necessary
under 2.4.)
to employ a grid measurement if a
2.5 Operating times measurement point representative of the
measurement cross section does not exist or
(Statement of the daily and weekly total
cannot be determined and justified. When
operating times and also times of possible
giving only one measurement point in a
pollutant emissions are necessary for the
questionable measurement cross section,
determination of the total emission over
proof of its representativeness shall be
greater periods of time.)
provided in a comprehensible fashion.)
2.5.1 Total operating time
4 Measurement and analytic methods,
2.5.2 Emission time according to the operating apparatus
company (The measurement apparatus and methods
used shall be indicated and described. If
2.6 Device for measuring and reducing the
apparatus and methods other than those
emissions
examples listed here are used, a procedure
(A description of these devices should make analogous to that prescribed is to be
possible an assessment of the waste gas followed.)
purification equipment and give an
4.1 Determination of the waste gas boundary
indication as to whether appreciable diffuse
conditions
emissions of air pollutants can occur from
the plant in question.) 4.1.1 Flow velocity
2.6.1 Device for measuring the emissions Prandtl's Pitot tube in combination with
micro-manometer,
2.6.1.1 Apparatus for emission measurement
model/type:
2.6.1.2 Measuring element Electronic micro-manometer,
2.6.1.3 Fan data Model/type:
2.6.1.4 Suction area Other fine differential pressure gauge

Model/type:
2.6.2 Device for abating the emissions
(Description in accordance with Appendix 1) Vane anemometer,
Model/type:
3 Description of the sampling point Determination by calculation
3.1 Position of the measurement cross section (e.g. from amount of fuel, air ratio,
displacement volumes):
(Under 3.1, the exact position of the
measurement cross section in the waste gas Operating data (e.g. fan rating):
pipe system is to be indicated. The position 4.1.2 Static pressure in waste gas stack
of the measurement cross section shall be
indicated in such a way that it can be U-tube manometer:
unambiguously seen from the description Manometer as specified in 4.1.1 with
whether the installation of the sampling provision for the appropriate connections:
point has been carried out in accordance
with the Guideline VDI 2066 Part 1. If the 4.1.3 Air pressure at the height of the sampling
sampling point does not correspond to the point
requirements of this guideline, appropriate Barometer
reasoning shall be given and the measures
which have been taken in order to obtain Model/type:
acceptable measurement results shall be Last check/calibration:
described.)
- 144 -
4.1.4 Waste gas temperature 4.2.1.4 Measuring range set

Resistance thermometer 4.2.1.5 Type of instrument suitability-tested
Model/type:
If instruments whose suitability for the
Ni-Cr-Ni thermo-electric couple measurement task has been tested are
Model/type: available, these must be used.
Hg thermometer: In the case of measuring devices whose
suitability has not been tested, the following
Other temperature measuring instruments
method parameters are to be indicated:
Model/type:
- influence of accompanying substances
(It should be indicated whether the
(cross-sensitivity):
temperature measurement was determined
- response time (90% time)
continuously at a measurement point recog-
- detection limit
nized as representative in the measurement
- zero drift
cross section during the entire sampling of
- if applicable, standard deviation
the plant and …
- linearity
... recorded by a recording device
(How this data is determined is also to be
... logged by means of a data logging indicated.)
unit
4.2.1.6 Measurement location design
... converted into half-hour means.)
Sampling probe: heated: °C
4.1.5 Proportion of water vapour in the waste gas unheated:
(waste gas humidity) Dust filter: heated: °C
unheated:
Adsorption on silica gel
Sampling line
calcium chloride
before gas treatment: heated: °C
other…
unheated:
and subsequent gravimetric determination: Length: m
Sampling line
Humidity meter for gases
after gas treatment: Length: m
Model/type:
Materials of gas-bearing parts:
Psychrometer
Model/type: Measurement gas treatment:
Detector tubes: Measurement gas cooler:
Model/type:
4.1.6 Density of waste gas
Temperature, regulated to: °C
Calculated taking into account the
Desiccant (e.g. silica gel):
proportions of
4.2.1.7 Checking of the instrument characteristic
oxygen (O2)
using the following test gases
carbon dioxide (CO2)
atmospheric nitrogen Zero gas:
(containing 0.933% of Ar) Test gas: ..... ppm or …. mg/m
3
carbon monoxide (CO) Manufacturer:

other waste gas components such as ... Date of manufacture:
waste gas humidity (proportion of water Stability guarantee: ..... months
vapour in the waste gas) Certified: yes ( )/no ( )
and the waste gas temperature and Certificate checked by................ on................
pressure in the duct
4.2.1.8 90% response time of the overall measuring
4.2 Gaseous and vapour emissions
apparatus
4.2.1 Continuous measurement methods (How this value was determined is also to be
described.)
4.2.1.1 Measured object
4.2.1.9 Recording of the measured values
4.2.1.2 Measurement method/VDI guideline
- continuous by means of a pen recorder
4.2.1.3 Analyser, Manufacturer:
Line thickness:
Type:
Quality class:
Model/type:
- 145 -
- logged by means of a measured value - combustion

logging unit (computer)
time/temperature-time program:
Model/type:
Logging software: - percentage distribution of loading
4.2.2 Discontinuous measurement methods in tube 1: in tube 2:
4.2.2.1 Measured object 4.2.2.5 Performance characteristics and their
determination, measures for quality
4.2.2.2 Measurement method/VDI guidelines,
assurance:
principle of the method and sampling
- influence of accompanying substances
procedure
(cross-sensitivity):
4.2.2.3 Sampling equipment - detection limits:
- Sampling probe: Material
- uncertainty range:
heated
unheated 4.3 Particulate emissions
cooled
4.3.1 Measurement methods
- Particle filter: Type
VDI Guideline 2066 Part__ , Date:
Material
Principle of the method:
heated
unheated 4.3.2 Sampling apparatus
- Absorption/adsorption devices: Flat filter:
(e.g. standard impinger, wash bottles Filter head with quartz wool sheath
with frits, silica gel tubes, activated Combination of flat filter/filter head
carbon tubes, etc.) Cascade impactor
other Adsorption device
- Sorbent:
heated/unheated
- Amount of sorbent: internal in duct/external on duct
Design/material:
- If appropriate, sketch of the structure of
Sampling probe:
the sampling device
Material
- Distance between intake orifice of the heated/unheated
sampling probe and the sorbent or
If appropriate, sketch of the structure of the
collection element:
sampling device
- Sample transfer:
Information on the collection medium:
- Time between sampling and analysis - Material
- Sheet diameter and pore diameter
- Participation of another laboratory:
- Manufacturer/model:
(Name, reasons, further details)
4.3.3 Processing and evaluation of the collection
4.2.2.4 Analytical determination
medium
- comprehensible description of the
- Drying temperature of the collection
analytical method:
medium before and after exposure: °C
- sample preparation:
- Drying time of the collection medium
- analytical instruments: before and after exposure: .... h
(manufacturer/ type):
- Air-conditioned weighing room: yes/no
- specific information:
Balance: Manufacturer/model
(GC columns,
temperature/time programs) 4.3.4 Performance characteristics where different
from VDI 2066
- standards (recovery rates):
(e.g. in the case of combustion apparatus - Detection limit:
as specified in VDI 3481 Part 2 for the - Measurement uncertainty:
determination of organically bound - Assessment of errors:
carbon)
4.4 Odour emissions
- combustion temperature:
4.4.1 Measurement method, principle of the
method VDI guidelines:
- 146 -
4.4.2 Sampling device 4.5.4.3 Calibration methods

- Addition method
(Structure, materials, boundary conditions of
sampling in accordance with VDI 3881 - Standard calibration method:
Part 4, Table 4.2 in the annex to this
- Details of the standard solutions used:
guideline)
4.5.5 Performance characteristics where different
4.4.3 Olfactometer
from VDI guidelines
(Description as in VDI 3881 Part 4, Table 7.3
- Cross-sensitivities:
in the annex to this guideline)
- Standard deviations:
4.4.4 Description of the test team as in VDI 3881
Part 4, Table 7.2 in the annex - Detection limits:
4.4.5 Evaluation of the samples - Reproducibility:
On site:
- Performance characteristics for the dust
after ….hours in the laboratory:
content determination:
4.4.6 Number of measurement series
- Performance characteristics for the
4.4.7 Working times determination of the total of particulate
matter and matter which pass through a
4.4.8 Rest times for the test team
filter:
4.5 Toxic dust constituents
(How this data was determined is also to be
(particulate materials and materials which stated.)
pass through a filter)
5 Operating condition of the plant during
4.5.1 Measured object
the measurements
- Metals, semimetals and their compounds:
(Information on how the individual data has
4.5.2 Principle of the measurement method/VDI
been obtained must be given; e.g. operator
guideline
information or own investigations)
4.5.3 Sampling equipment
5.1 Production plant
4.5.3.1 Retention system for particulate materials - Operating state (e.g. normal operation,
Information according to 4.3.2 charging, running up, representative
operating state, abnormal operating state
relevant to emissions, etc.)
4.5.3.2 Absorption system for materials which pass
through a filter - Throughput/performance
Information according to 4.2.2.3 (process data, steam, etc.)
Sketch of the overall structure of the - Raw materials/fuels
sampling device
- Products
4.5.4 Processing and evaluation of the measuring
- Characteristic operating parameters
filter and the absorption material
(e.g. pressures, temperatures)
4.5.4.1 Measuring filter
- Deviations from approved mode of
- Determination of the mass of dust, see operation (e.g. output, other raw
under 4.3.3 materials, evaluation)
- Description of the digestion method and 5.2 Waste gas purification units
analytical methods/VDI guidelines: (see Appendix 2)
- Analytical instruments: - Operating data
Manufacturer/model: (e.g. power drawn, p, pH, purification
efficiency)
4.5.4.2 Absorption solutions
- Operating temperature
- Digestion process and analytical
(thermal combustion unit, scrubber,
methods/VDI guidelines:
catalyst)
- Analytical instruments:
Manufacturer/ model:
- 147 -
- Parameters influencing emissions (e.g. 6.3 Plausibility check

purification cycles, pH, temperature,
A plausibility check is to be made on the
thermal afterburner, operating time of
measurement results in respect of the
the catalyst)
utilization of plant capacity during the
- Particular features of waste gas period of the measurement.
purification
7 Annex
(e.g. in-house construction, additional
water injection) Measurement plan
- Deviation from standard operating Measurement and calculation figures
conditions (cf. item 2.7, e.g. lower volume
flow, temperature)
6 Presentation of the measurement results
and discussion
6.1 Evaluation of the operating conditions
during the measurements (indication of
unusual occurrences)
(This information serves to establish
deviations from normal operation and, if
applicable, to document consequent effects
on the emission characteristics of the plant.
In such an event, the technical expert should
make a statement as to whether the state of
the plant at the time of the measurement
was the state which on the basis of
experience leads to the maximum emissions.
6.2 Measurement results
All individual results (e.g. half-hourly mean
values) of the components measured and the
auxiliary parameters necessary for the
determination are to be presented in tabular
form.
The pollutants are to be reported as
concentrations and as mass flows. In
addition, the maximum and the mean value
of the measurements are to be documented.
If recording instruments have been
employed, attaching the recorder chart can
be useful. The provisions of the VDI
guideline on which the measurement is
based in respect of complete presentation of
the measurement results shall be complied
with.
All measurement reports shall be kept by the
laboratory carrying out the measurements
for at least 5 years.
Measurement uncertainties are to be given
for all measured values. Reference shall be
made to the influence of the inflow distance
(VDI 2066) on the measurement accuracy.
- 148 -
Appendix 1
Devices for reducing the emissions
Minimum requirement, supplementary information as frequency of desorption
per VDI 2448, Part 1, is recommended. (Other type of desorption
purification units are to be described in a similar way. nominal rating of the suction fan
As a rule, only one of the waste gas purification units pressure difference between raw gas/purified gas
described under Nos. 1 to 10 needs to be indicated for intervals between servicing
the particular plant in question. However, it is quite last service
possible to describe combinations. The specification in
5. Cyclone unit
item 2.6 is also required in TA Luft item 3.2.2.4.)
Manufacturer of the cyclone unit
1. Electrostatic precipitator Type
Manufacturer of the electrostatic precipitator year of manufacture
year of manufacture number of individual cyclones
number of filter zones arrangement (parallel/in series)
effective precipitation area cyclone diameter
dwell time in the electric field nominal rating of the suction fan
dedusting pressure difference between raw gas/purified gas
(wet/mechanical) volume flow of gas
upstream cooling yes/no intervals between servicing
water injection upstream of filter yes/no last service
flow through filter
6. Wet precipitator
nominal rating of the suction fan
Manufacturer of the wet precipitator
intervals between servicing
Type
last service
year of manufacture
2. Thermal combustion units with/without heat exchanger working principle of the wet precipitator, e.g.
Manufacturer of the thermal afterburner unit scrubbing tower
year of manufacture venturi scrubber,
type of burner vortex scrubber,
type of fuel added rotary scrubber
fuel throughput pressure-change precipitator
temperature of the reaction chamber
- for a scrubbing tower -
dwell time in the reaction chamber
Scrubbing liquid flow: co-current, counter-current
cross-current
Construction: without internals, with
last service
plates, packed
3. Catalytic combustion unit Number of plates: sieve plates, bubble cap
Manufacturer of the catalytic combustion unit plates, etc.
year of manufacture Height of the packed column
type of burner Type of packing: raschig rings,
type of fuel saddles,
fuel throughput disks
catalyst type Type of scrubbing liquid
operating time of the catalyst
- in the case of vortex scrubbers -
reaction chamber temperature
Water level:
mean dwell time
Sludge discharge
intervals between servicing - in the case of pressure-change precipitators -
last service Number of precipitation elements
Scrubbing liquid
4. Activated carbon filter with/without recovery
Additives
Manufacturer of the activated carbon filter
Amount of scrubbing liquid
year of manufacture
Scrubbing liquid flow
activated carbon content
supplier/particle size/type of activated carbon - for all wet precipitators -
height of the activated carbon bed in the adsorber Amount of fresh scrubbing liquid added
cross section of the activated carbon bed in the Pattern of scrubbing liquid replacement
adsorber pH: Stage 1
Stage 2
- 149 -
Temperature of the scrubbing liquid in the pressure drop

reservoir: intervals between servicing
Last replacement of the scrubbing liquid in the last service
settling tank:
Type of downstream droplet precipitator:
last service:
7. Woven fabric filter
Manufacturer of the woven fabric filter
Type
year of manufacture
number of filter zones
number of tubes/bags
filter area
throughput per unit area of filter gross/net
filter material
dedusting mechanical/
pneumatic
dedusting frequency
last filter cloth change
pressure difference between raw gas and purified
gas sides
last service
8. Nitrogen oxide reduction measures
Primary measures
- flue gas recirculation
- progressive combustion, etc.
Secondary measures
- SNCR
- SCR
Reducing agent
9. Biofilters
Manufacturer of the biofilter
year of manufacture
bed depth
throughput per unit area
material
raw gas temperature
humidity of the raw gas
pressure difference between raw gas/purified gas
intervals between changing the filter bed
last filter bed change
last service
10. Condensation and sedimentation precipitation
manufacturer
year of manufacture
construction type
flow (counter-current, co-current, cross-current)
coolant
condensate removal
baffles
cycling for melting off
ribbed tubes
injection condensers
- 150 -
Appendix 2
Catalogue of operating data which shall be given for
waste gas purification units:
- filters - Absorbers (chemisorption)
dedusting cycle sorbent
pressure drop type/model
last filter change circulated amount
- electrostatic precipitators freshly added amount
power drawn by the fields/units pressure drop
knocking cycle last service
last service last sorbent change
- mechanical precipitators - Wet precipitator

last cleaning absorbent
last service additives
pH
- thermal combustion pressure drop
fuel usage operating temperature
combustion temperature scrubbing liquid circulation/feed
last service replacement of the absorbent (depending on the
- catalytic combustion number of scrubbing stages, multiple entries
energy usage possible)
operating temperature - Biofilters
catalyst operating time last filter bed change
last service bed thickness
- Adsorbers pressure drop
adsorbent raw gas humidity
operating time raw gas temperature
operating temperature
last service
- 151 -
7.10 Standard form of test report for the execution of functional tests / calibrations for
continuous measuring devices in accordance with §§ 26, 28 of the 13th Federal
Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV), no. 3.2 of TA Luft and § 10 of the 17th
Federal Immission Control Ordinance (BImSchV)
Source: VDI 3950, part 2 (preliminary draft) [May 2000] “Calibration of automatic emission measuring
instruments – reports”, Annex A [33]
Cover sheet:
Name of accredited body
Reference No./Report No.: Date:
Title:
Report on the execution of function tests / calibration
Operating company:
Location:
Order number:
Order date:
Period:
Report contents: _ Pages

_ Appendices
Objectives:
- 152 -
Table of contents

Module [measured object 1]
3 [Measured object 1] description of the continuous emission monitoring instrument

4 [Measured object 1] functional tests
5 [Measured object 1] sampling point for reference measurements
6 [Measured object 1] measurement method for reference measurements
7 [Measured object 1] determination of analytical function
:
:
Module [measured object n]
3 [Measured object n] description of the continuous emission monitoring instrument

4 [Measured object n] functional tests
5 [Measured object n] sampling point for reference measurements
6 [Measured object n] measurement method for reference measurements
7 [Measured object n] determination of analytical function
8 Operating condition of the plant during the calibration
9 Electronic evaluation system
10 Presentation of the measurement results and discussion
11 Annex
Essentially, all sections must be completed. Sections which are not applicable should be marked “not
applicable”.
1.1 Party commissioning the work
1.2 Operating company:
1.3 Location:
The information as to the location must clearly indicate the position of the emission source in the case of a
larger site (e.g. site C ..., Building 5)
1.4 Plant:
th
(Information with reference to 4 BImSchV)
1.5 Period of the functional test / calibration:
Date of the functional test:

Date of the previous functional test:
Date of the next functional test:
Date of the calibration:
Date of the previous calibration:
Date of the next calibration:
Presence of certification of proper installation (according to operator):
yes/no (delete as appropriate)
- 153 -
1.6 Reason and objective of the functional test / calibration

e.g. initial calibration, repeated calibration
Details must be given of all waste gas constituents and parameters to be measured continuously and the limits
set.
Details must also be given of the measured objects on which functional tests /calibration are to be carried out.
1.7 Indication of with whom the measurement plan has been agreed
competent authority, regional environment authority or office, operator
1.8 Personnel involved in work on site:
1.9 Participation of further institutes
1.10 Technical supervisor:
1.10.1 Telephone No.:
2.1 Type of plant:

(any designation deviating from the 4th BImSchV for more precise description)
2.2 Description of the plant:

Brief description of the plant and the process with particular emphasis on the plant components which are of
particular importance in connection with the emission of air pollutants. In complex cases, a simplified flow
diagram of the plant is to be attached. The requirement for a plant description is formulated in Appendix B of
the Guideline VDI 4220.
Year of manufacture, boiler no., etc., are to be indicated where applicable.
The description of the plant must include details of absolute and specific output. Operating variables can be,
for example, materials used and / or products. Parameters customary for the branch of industry shall be used.
The figures must be able to be assigned, as appropriate, to the operating unit or the respective emission source.
Thus, fuels or heating media used for specific plant components or operating units are to be indicated, since in
connection with No. 2.4 it may here be possible to draw conclusions as to the emission characteristics of the
plant, e.g. fuel ratios in the case of mixed firing).
2.3 Location of the plant and description of the emission source

For any further dealings, a precise description of the location is necessary. In this context, a statement
regarding the way to draw off the waste gas and the figures for the easting and northing values for each source
are likewise required.
2.3.1 Location:
2.3.2 Emission source:
2.3.2.1 Height above ground:
2.3.2.2 Cross-sectional area of outlet:
2.3.2.3 Easting/northing value:
2.3.2.4 Building design:
2.3.3 Assignment specific to the Federal State:
2.4 Statement of raw materials possible according to the permit:

The appropriate details must be provided under no. 2.4 in order to ensure that all emissions-related materials
are taken into account during the calibration process with respect to their potential influence on the calibration
function.
- 154 -
2.5 Device for measuring and reducing the emissions:

A description of these devices should make possible an assessment of the waste gas purification equipment and
give an indication as to whether appreciable diffuse emissions of air pollutants can occur from the plant in
question.
2.5.1 Device for measuring the emissions:

For example, emission logging system, recording element, fan data, extraction area.
2.5.2 Device for reducing the emissions:

Description in accordance with the template in the Standard Federal Emission Measurement Report, published
in VDI 4220, Annex. B.
3 [<Measured object>] Description of the continuous emission monitoring instrument
Points 3 to 7 must be completed for each continuously monitored measured object. In the nomenclature,
the measured objects should be placed within square brackets in the first line, e.g. 3 [NOx]. To make the
details within points 3 to 7 clearer with respect to which measured object entries relate to, it is
recommended that the measured object is detailed not only in the main headers, but also in the header
and footer.
3.1 Sampling:
3.1.1 Position of the measurement cross section

The exact position of the measurement cross section for the continuous measured object in question in
the waste gas pipe system is to be indicated. The position of the measurement cross section shall be
indicated in such a way that it can be unambiguously seen from the description whether the installation
of the sampling point has been carried out properly.
3.1.2 Dimensions of the measurement cross section
3.1.3 Description of the sampling:
3.1.3.1 Type of sampling:

extractive sampling / in situ measurement (delete as appropriate)
3.1.3.2 Nature of the sampling:

For extractive sampling, please describe the nature of the sampling (spot, linear, grid measurement
(measurement cross)). The extraction method must be described for each component in accordance with VDI
4200. Please provide information on the number of measurement axes and the position of the measuring points
within the measuring cross-section. The representativeness of the measuring points must be evidenced for the
purposes of calibration.
3.2 Preparation of sample gas: (not required for in situ measurements)

Please describe the devices for extracting and preparing the sample of waste gas for the measured object in
question. Please also include information about the temperatures of the heated sample gas lines. No description
is required at this point if the measurements are in situ.
Extraction probe / dust filter:

- heated:…….. °C
- unheated:
- manufacturer/model:
- material:
Sampling line before gas treatment:

- heated:…….. °C
unheated:
- length: ............. m
- 155 -
- materials of gas-bearing parts:

Measurement gas treatment:
- measurement gas cooler, model/type:
- temperature, regulated to: ………. °C
Sampling line after gas treatment:

- length: ............. m
- materials of gas-bearing parts:
3.3 Continuously recording measuring device:

Please use this space to describe the continuously recording measuring and evaluation device used. Please give
details on any aids available (test pieces, calibration gases). Please detail all device specifications (e.g.
measurement range and zero point).
3.3.1 Measuring method:
3.3.2 Analyser:
Manufacturer:
Type:
Year of manufacture:
Device no.:
Installation site:
Ambient temperature: ………...°C
Maintenance interval:
Type of reference point control: automatic / manual (delete as appropriate)
3.3.3 Measuring range set:
3.3.4 Type of instrument suitability-tested:

In the case of measuring devices whose suitability has not been tested, the following method parameters are to
be indicated:
- Influence of accompanying substances (cross-sensitivity):
- Response time (90% time)
- Detection limit
- Zero drift
- Standard deviation, where appropriate
- Linearity
How this data is determined should also indicated.
3.3.5 Registration device:

Manufacturer:
Type:
Quality class:
Line thickness:
Advance:
Display range:
Measured objects logged:
3.3.6 Logbook (control book) kept:

yes/no (delete as appropriate)
3.4 Emission evaluation computer:

Manufacturer:
Type:
Year of manufacture:
- 156 -
Instrument suitability-tested:
Protection against unauthorised parameter changes:
(key switch, password, date of parameter change)
Installation site:
Remote emission control: yes/no (delete as appropriate)
If a remote emission control system is used, please specify the system version and give details on the suitability
test.
4 [<Measured object>] functional tests
4.1 Measurement instrument:
4.1.1 Date of the functional test
4.1.2 Functional test with extractive sampling:
4.1.2.1 Description of the condition of the instrument:

Please include details of the sample gas extraction and preparation devices in the description of the condition of
the instrument.
4.1.2.2 Inspection of seals:

Please include details of the sample gas extraction and preparation devices used in the inspection of the seals.
Please also indicate how the seals are checked.
4.1.2.3 Checking of the instrument characteristic using the following test standards:
In accordance with VDI 3950, part 1, e.g. test gases, test grating filters, test scales
4.1.2.4 Checking the zero point drift within the maintenance period:
The results, ascertained using one of the following,
- logbook (control book)
- recording strips
- own measurements
must be given, together with details on the maximum tolerance ranges.
Please indicate the determination method.
4.1.2.5 Checking the reference point drift within the maintenance period:
The results, ascertained using one of the following,
- logbook (control book)
- recording strips
- own measurements
must be given, together with details on the maximum tolerance ranges.
Please indicate the determination method.
4.1.2.6 Determination of the response time (90% time):

Please give both the value and the means used to ascertain it.
4.1.2.7 Checking of the cross-sensitivities:

Any cross-sensitivities to other measured objects contained in the waste gas must be determined. The extent of
the tests depends on the composition of the waste gas in the particular case and on the measurement method
used.
The report on the results should contain both the maximum tolerated cross-sensitivities and the actual cross-
sensitivities ascertained.
- 157 -
4.1.2.8 Description of the test gas:

Please describe the test gas available to the plant operator. Please include details on the manufacturer, bottle
number, nominal concentration – including tolerance, stability guarantee and a statement on compliance with
the guarantee period. The concentrations of the operator’s own test gases should be tested, the testing method
described and the results recorded.
4.1.3 Functional test for in situ measurements:
4.1.3.1 Description of the condition of the instrument:

This especially includes the results of the visual checks; particular attention should be paid to ascertaining the
condition of the optical surfaces. The condition of any leading is also to be ascertained.
4.1.3.2 Checking the zero point and the reference point as found (in waste gas duct):
Please also indicate how the zero point and reference points are checked. The results of the inspections must be
given, together with details on the maximum tolerance ranges.
Please describe the condition of the operator’s own test standard. If these standards are checked, please describe
the testing method and record the results.
4.1.3.3 Checking the zero point in a stretch without any waste gas:
Please also indicate how the zero point is checked. The results of the inspection must be given, together with
details on the maximum tolerance ranges, e.g. in the following form:
- after adjustment
- after installation
4.1.3.4 Checking the reference point in a stretch without any waste gas:
Please also indicate how the reference point is checked. The results of the inspection must be given, together
with details on the maximum tolerance ranges, e.g. in the following form:
- after adjustment
- after installation
4.1.3.5 Checking of the instrument characteristic using the following test standards:
in accordance with VDI 3950, part 1, e.g. test gases, test grating filters, test scales
4.1.3.6 Determination of the response time (90% time):

Please give both the value and the means used to ascertain it.
4.2 Measured value analysis system:
4.2.1 Adjustment aids:

Please give details of any adjustment aids used (e.g. precision current transmitter).
Manufacturer:
Type:
Quality class:
4.2.2 Checking the list of parameters:

Please print out and check the list of parameters. If any parameters have been changed, these should be
annotated and the parameter list should be attached to the report.
- 158 -
4.2.3 Checking the data transfer from the measuring device to the evaluation computer and checking the
conversion:
Please describe the inspection method (using a precision current transmitter). Checks should be made near the
limit value (limit, 1.2 x limit, 2 x limit and, if applicable, any different daily mean limits), and the signal
transmission should be checked in the top and bottom quarter of the measurement range (e.g. 6 mA, 18 mA).
Please compare the set values to the actual values, detail any discrepancies and comment on them. There is no
need to check the classification of, for example, half-hourly means (integral part of the suitability test for
emission value computers), if the distribution of the classes is dependent on a parameterised emission limit, i.e.
for mixed furnaces, for example.
4.2.4 Checking the data transfer from the measuring device to the recording devices:
There are no explicit requirements for this check. For practical reasons, ∀ 2 % from the end of the
measurement range is the tolerance to be maintained. Please describe the inspection method (using a precision
current transmitter). In the same way as for 4.2.3, checks should be made near the limit value and the signal
Please compare the set values to the actual values, detail the maximum discrepancy and comment on them
where necessary.
4.2.5 Checking the status signals:

Please describe the method used for the checks (e.g. simulation of a measurement device error, actuating the
maintenance switch, bypassing the individual status contacts). If it is not possible to simulate operating
contacts for practical reasons (e.g. smoke gas purification system error), please indicate the point (terminal,
control cabinet) at which the status contact was bypassed.
4.2.6 Checking the functionality of the printer:
5 [<Measured object>] sampling point for reference measurements

Parts 5 to 7 of the report should only be completed for the relevant measured object if calibration is required in
line with §§ 26, 28 of the 13th Federal Immissions Control Ordinance, no. 3.2 of TA Luft and § 10 of the 17th
Federal Immissions Control Ordinance or if reference measurements are required in line with the functional
test. Prior to calibration, the measurement devices to be calibrated should be subjected to a functional test.
5.1 Position of the measurement cross section:

Under 5.1, the exact position of the measurement cross section in the waste gas pipe system is to be indicated.
This also includes details of the lengths of the inlet and outlet paths. Please also indicate the position of the
sampling point for the reference measurements relative to that of the sampling point(s) for the continuous
measurement(s). The position of the measurement cross section shall be indicated in such a way that it can be
unambiguously seen from the description whether the installation of the sampling point has been carried out in
accordance with the Guideline VDI 4200. If the sampling point does not correspond to the requirements of
VDI 4200, appropriate reasoning shall be given and the measures which have been taken in order to obtain
acceptable measurement results shall be described.
5.2 Dimensions of the measurement cross section
5.3 Number of measurement axes and position of the measuring points in the measurement cross section:
In line with the calibration measurements, the representativeness of the sampling for the continuous
measuring devices should also be proven. This means that the sampling for the reference measurements must
take the form of grid measurements.
When sampling from only one measurement point or on a single axis, in a questionable measurement cross
section, proof of its representativeness shall be provided in a comprehensible fashion.
- 159 -
6 [<Measured object>] sampling point for reference measurements
Not required if only one functional test is carried out.
Generally, standard discontinuous reference measurement methods are used for calibration. Under specific
circumstances, mobile continuous measuring devices can be used for the purposes of calibration. Please provide
a detailed description of the sampling and gas preparation methods used.
A further application relates to the determination of correction factors to improve the special and temporal
representativeness for the gradual determination of the grid-related analytical function (see VDI 3950, part 1).
With respect to the standard reference method to use, the minimum number of samples, etc. please refer to
report 11/90 “Air pollution control: manual of continuous emissions monitoring”, issued by the Federal
Ministry for the Environment and published by the Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin, 1990, and the VDI
guidelines 3950, part 1.
The measurement apparatus and methods used shall be indicated and described. If apparatus and methods
other than those examples listed here are used, the process variables must be determined and detailed.
If standard reference methods are not used, please give details on the measures taken to adhere to the process
variables and to compensate for errors, e.g.:
- Process variables and method of determination:
- Quality control measures:
- Influence of accompanying substances:
- Detection limit:
- Uncertainty range:
6.1 Determination of the waste gas boundary conditions:

If required.
6.1.1 Flow velocity:

- Prandtl's Pitot tube in combination with micro-manometer, model/type:
- Electronic micro-manometer, model/type
- other fine differential pressure gauge, model/type:
- Vane anemometer, model/type:
- last check/calibration:
- determination by calculation (e.g. from amount of fuel, air ratio, displacement volumes):
6.1.1.1 Static pressure in waste gas stack:

- U-tube manometer, model/type:
- Manometer as specified in 6.1.1 with provision for the appropriate connections:
6.1.1.2 Air pressure at the height of the sampling point:

- barometer, model/type:
6.1.1.3 waste gas temperature:

- resistance thermometer, model/type:
- Ni-Cr-Ni thermo-electric couple, model/type:
- Hg thermometer:
- other temperature measuring instruments, model/type:
- 160 -
It should be indicated whether the temperature of the waste gas was determined continuously at a
measurement point recognized as representative in the measurement cross section during the entire calibration
of the plant and …
• recorded by a recording device
• logged by means of a data logging unit
• converted into half-hour means.
• last check/calibration:
6.1.1.4 Proportion of water vapour in the waste gas (waste gas humidity):
- Adsorption on silica gel/calcium chloride/other and subsequent gravimetric determination
(delete as appropriate, add sorbent materials not listed where appropriate)
- Humidity meter for gases, model/type:
- Psychrometer, model/type:
- Test tube for water vapour:
6.1.1.5 Density of waste gas:

Calculated taking into account the waste gas proportions of:
- oxygen (O2)
- carbon dioxide (CO2)
- atmospheric nitrogen (N2 containing 0.933% of Ar)
- carbon monoxide (CO)
- other waste gas components such as ...
- waste gas humidity (proportion of water vapour in the waste gas)
- waste gas temperature and pressure in the duct
6.2 Comparative measurement method
6.2.1 Discontinuous measurement methods for gaseous measured objects
6.2.1.1 Measurement method/VDI guidelines, principle of the method and sampling procedure:
6.2.1.2 Sampling equipment:
Sampling probe: Material:

heated/unheated/cooled (delete as appropriate)
Particle filter: Type:

Material:
heated/unheated (delete as appropriate)
Absorption/adsorption devices: (e.g. standard impinger, wash bottles with frits, silica gel tubes,
activated carbon tubes)
Sorbent:
Amount of sorbent:
If appropriate, sketch of the structure of the sampling device:

Distance between intake orifice of the sampling probe and the sorbent or collection element:
sample transfer (e.g. time between sampling and analysis):

- 161 -
6.2.1.3 Analytical determination:
comprehensible description of the analytical method:

sample preparation:
Analytical instruments: Manufacturer/model:
Specific key data:
(GC columns, temperature/time programs)
Standards (recovery rates):
6.2.1.4 Performance characteristics and their determination, measures for quality assurance:
Influence of accompanying substances (cross-sensitivity):

Detection limit:
Uncertainty range:
6.2.2 Continuous measurement methods for gaseous measured objects:
6.2.2.1 Measurement method/VDI guideline:
6.2.2.2 Analyser:
Manufacturer:
Type:
6.2.2.3 Measuring range set:
6.2.2.4 Type of instrument suitability-tested:

If instruments whose suitability for the measurement task has been tested are available, these must be used.
In the case of measuring devices whose suitability has not been tested, the following method parameters are to
be indicated:
- influence of accompanying substances (cross-sensitivity):
- response time (90% time)
- detection limit
- zero drift
- standard deviation, where appropriate
- linearity
How this data is determined is also to be indicated.
6.2.2.5 Measurement location design:

Sampling probe: heated: ................. °C
unheated:
Dust filter: heated: ................. °C

unheated:
Sampling line before gas treatment: heated: ................. °C

unheated:
length: …………m
Sampling line after gas treatment: length: …………m
Materials of construction of gas-carrying parts:
Measurement gas treatment:
Measurement gas cooler, model/type:
Temperature, regulated to: ................. °C
Desiccant (e.g. silica gel):
- 162 -
6.2.2.6 Checking of the instrument characteristic using the following test gases:
Zero gas:
Test gas: .............. mg/m³
Manufacturer:
Date of manufacture:
Stability guarantee: ……….months
Certified: yes ( ) no ( )
Test gas concentration checked by................ on................
6.2.2.7 90% response time of the overall measuring apparatus:

How this value was determined is also to be described.
6.2.2.8 Recording of the measured values:
Continuous by means of a pen recorder

- Line thickness:
- Quality class:
- Model/type:
Using a measured value logging system (computer), model/type:

Logging software:
6.2.3 Discontinuous measurement methods for particulate measured objects:
6.2.3.1 Measuring method:
Guideline VDI 2066, part …… , date: …………

Principle of the method:
6.2.3.2 Sampling apparatus:
Plane filter/filter head with quartz wool sleeve / combination

Plane filter / filter head (delete as appropriate)
Other adsorption devices:
heated/unheated (delete as appropriate)
internal in duct / external on duct (delete as appropriate)
Design/material:
Sampling probe:
Material: heated/unheated (delete as appropriate)
If appropriate, sketch of the structure of the sampling device:
Information on the collection medium:

- Material:
- Sheet diameter and/or pore diameter:
- Manufacturer/type:
6.2.3.3 Processing and evaluation of the collection medium:
Drying temperature of the collection medium before and after exposure: ....... °C
Drying time of the collection medium before and after exposure: ....... h
Air-conditioned weighing room: yes ( ) no ( )
- Balance:
- Manufacturer:
- Type:
- 163 -
6.2.3.4 Performance characteristics and their determination, measures for quality assurance:
Influence of accompanying substances (cross-sensitivity):

Detection limit:
Uncertainty range:
7 [<Measured object>] determination of analytical function

The following information must be provided for each measuring device to be calibrated.
All the measurement results and the calculations based on them must be clearly presented.
7.1 Presentation of measurement results:

Both the measured devices obtained using the measurement device to be calibrated and the concentrations
ascertained in parallel using the standard reference or comparative measurement method must be presented in
table form. The table should also include the sampling times.
If the analytical function is determined gradually, the correction factors used to improve the spatial
representativeness must be evidenced by providing measured values (grid measurements).
Please describe whether the whole measurement range required for the continuous monitoring (e.g. range up to
double the limit defined in the letter of approval) could be logged.
If this was not possible, please present and justify the method chosen with reference to VDI 3950, part 1.
Example presentation of measured values in table form:
Table 7.1a: Results of comparative measurements on 11 April 2000

No. Time Length of Device Mass concentration determined Comment on
Meas. display using comparative method plant operation
from - to meas. non- standardised
min mA standardised
mg/m³ mg/m³
1 09.00-10.00 30 6.72 50 53 Normal
operation
2 10.05-10.35 30 7.53 47 50 Normal
operation
3 10.45-11.15 30 7.37 52 59 Normal
operation
4 11.40-12.10 30 9.36 56 63 Normal
operation
5 14.10-14.40 30 17.10 170 192 2 filter hoses
removed
7.2 Presentation of the regression line including the tolerance and confidence intervals:
The results must be presented as a formula in accordance with VDI 3950, part 1 and in graph form. Please
detail the calculation method selected (linear, quadratic regression, statistical safety, etc.).
8 Operating conditions of the plant during the calibration

Information on how the individual data has been obtained must be given; e.g. operator information or own
investigations.
The operating data of the production plant and the waste gas purification system(s) must be presented on a
time-related basis.
Please indicate clearly which measures were taken to ensure adequate waste gas concentrations in the
measurement range(s) for the measured object in question during calibration.
- 164 -
8.1 Production plant:
Materials / fuels used during calibration:

Operating state (e.g. normal operation, charging, start-up, representative operating state, etc.) during
calibration.
Throughput/output (process data, steam, etc.) during calibration:
Products:
Other characteristic operating parameters (e.g. pressures, temperatures):
8.2 Waste gas purification units:

(see Appendix 1)
A description of the waste gas purification systems is to be attached to the report in accordance with the
template in the Standard Federal Emission Measurement Report, published in VDI 4220, Annex. B.
Operating data (e.g. power drawn, pH, purification efficiency):

Operating temperature:
Parameters influencing emissions (e.g. purification cycles, pH, temperature of thermal combustion unit,
operating time of the catalyst):
Particular features of waste gas purification (e.g. in-house construction, additional water injection):
9 Electronic evaluation system
The inspections detailed in chapter 9 are required every 3 or 5 years. If only the electronic evaluation system is
tested, please also include the details specified in Chapter 3.4.
Manufacturer:
Type:
Installation site:
9.1 Assignment of analogue and digital signals:
9.1.1 Analogue signals:

Please give details on the analogue inputs for the individual measured objects by referring to Chapter 4.2 or
9.2, and specify analogue signals not detailed elsewhere (e.g. analogue outputs) here.
9.1.2 Digital signals:
9.1.2.1 Digital inputs:

Please detail the assignment of the digital input numbers to the elements generating signals and the messages.
9.1.2.2 Digital outputs:

Please detail the assignment of the digital output numbers to the messages.
9.2 Parameterising of the analysis system
9.2.1 Emission components:

Please enter the parameters entered into the analysis system for each emission component; specifically the
analogue input number, regression parameters, confidence and tolerance ranges, measurement ranges, limits,
plausibility limits, integration time, reference values for oxygen, and if applicable temperature, humidity and
pressure, and substitute values.
9.2.2 Reference and other measured values:

Please enter the parameters entered into the analysis system for each reference and other measured value;
specifically the analogue input number, regression parameters, measurement ranges, plausibility limits,
integration time, reference values for oxygen, and if applicable temperature, humidity and pressure.
- 165 -
9.2.3 Additional details on parameterisation:

Please use this space to detail explanatory notes on the parameterisation, specifically the source of regression
parameters, plant-specific calculation operations, constants, sliding calculation of emission limits for mixed
furnaces, etc.
9.2.4 Operating modes handled by the evaluation system:

Details must be provided of the operating modes between which a distinction is made (e.g. start-up and /
shutdown mode, failure of waste gas purification device, etc.); also information on the generation /reset criteria
for the relevant status signals and the resulting classification of the individual components. If the generation /
reset criteria are made up of complex series of individual criteria, a signal flow-chart should be attached as an
appendix to the report.
9.3 Functional test of the analysis system:
9.3.1 Adjustment aids:

Please give details of any adjustment aids used (e.g. precision current transmitter).
Manufacturer:
Type:
Quality class:
9.3.2 Checking the list of parameters:

Please print out and check the list of parameters. If any parameters have been changed, these should be
annotated and the parameter list should be attached to the report.
9.3.3 Checking the data transfer from the measuring device to the evaluation computer and checking the
conversion:
Please describe the inspection method (using a precision current transmitter). Checks should be made near the
limit value (limit, 1.2 x limit, 2 x limit and, if applicable, any different daily mean limits), and the signal
Please compare the set values to the actual values, detail any discrepancies and comment on them. There is no
need to check the classification of, for example, half-hourly means (integral part of the suitability test for
emission value computers), if the distribution of the classes is dependent on a parameterised emission limit, i.e.
for mixed furnaces, for example.
9.3.4 Checking the data transfer from the measuring device to the recording devices:
There are no explicit requirements for this check. For practical reasons, ± 2% from the end of the measurement
range is the tolerance to be maintained. Please describe the inspection method (using a precision current
transmitter). In the same way as for 4.2.3, checks should be made near the limit value and the signal
Please compare the set values to the actual values, detail the maximum discrepancy and comment on them
where necessary.
9.3.5 Checking the status signals:

Please describe the method used for the checks (e.g. simulation of a measurement device error, actuating the
maintenance switch, bypassing the individual status contacts, etc.). If it is not possible to simulate operating
contacts for practical reasons (e.g. smoke gas purification system error), please indicate the point (terminal,
control cabinet) at which the status contact was bypassed.
9.3.6 Checking the functionality of the printer:

- 166 -
10 Presentation of the measurement results and discussion
10.1 Summary of the results of the functional tests:
10.2 Summary of the results and plausibility test for the calibrations:
It is important that the overall result is compared to the results of previous calibrations.
Example presentation of results in table form:
Table 10.2: Parameterising of the analysis system

Measured Parameter Old Old measurement Parameter New New measurement
object range range
Dust B 2.35 0.4 to 74.8 mg/m³ B 2.12 -0.2 to 64 mg/m³
C -8.71 C -8.23
Limit 10/30
Total C B 1.75 0 to 30 mg/m³ B 1.875 0 to 30 mg/m³
C -7.5 C -7.5
Limit 10/20
HCI B 5.62 0 to 90 mg/m³ B 5.62 0 to 90 mg/m³
C -22.5 C -22.5
Limit 60
If the evaluation system is parameterised within the framework of another measurement report or at another
time, the requirements with respect to parameterisation resulting from the calibration carried out should be
included at the end of the report.
10.3 Summary of the results of the inspection of the electronic evaluation system:
11 Annex
- the results of the measurements and calculations (all the individual results for the measured object
in question and the auxiliary parameters necessary for the determination) are to be presented in
tabular form:
- parameter lists (if parameters have been changed)
- computer printout (if parameters have been changed)
- signal flow charts (if the generation and reset criteria for the individual operating modes are
relatively complex)
- Annexes 1 and 2 based on the templates in Annexes 1 and 2 of the Standard Federal Emission
Measurement Report in VDI 4220, Annex B.
- 167 -
8 Annex 2:
List of suitability tested and announced measuring devices for
emission measurements and electronic evaluation systems
- 168 -

Last update: 16.01.2001
Suitability-tested continuous working measuring devices for emission measurements
Measured object: Dust concentration

Announcement
Suitable measurement devices
in the GMBI
Type Manufacturer / Distribution Year No. Page
RM 41 *) Sick 1985, 22, 446
RM 41-03 *) Sick 1990, 12, 230
Beta-Staubmeter F 50 und F 60 *) VEREWA 1985, 22, 446
GM 21 *) Sick 1990, 12, 230
KTN Sigrist Photometer 1990, 12, 231
RM 46 *) Sick 1985, 22, 446
D-R 280-10 DURAG 1990, 12, 230
KTNR Sigrist Photometer 1990, 12, 231
RM 41-07 *) Sick 1987, 24, 417
INTRAS D *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 231
FH 62 E-NA FAG Kugelfischer 1990, 20, 399
Beta-Staubmeter F-904 VEREWA 1990, 20, 399
RM 30 Sick 1990, 34, 860
RM 200 Sick 1992, 32, 794
1994, 28, 868
D-R 300-40 DURAG 1992, 45, 1140
1993, 43, 862
KTNR Sigrist 1992, 45, 1140
KTNRM Sigrist 1993, 26, 467
LPS-E Becker Verfahrenstechnik 1993, 26, 469
CPM 2000 Anacon 1993, 43, 862
D-R 300-40 DURAG 1995, 33, 701
RM 210 Sick 1996, 28, 590
RM 200 oder RM 210 mit Bypass-System Sick 1996, 28, 590
Verewa Beta-Staubmeter F 904 Verewa 1997, 29, 464
mit DURAG D-MS-285
CTNR Sigrist 1998, 1, 8
CPM 1001 / CPM 5001 BHA 1998, 1, 8
PFM 97 für Staub und Abgasvolumenstrom Födisch 1998, 45, 947
4500 MK II Land Combustion, UK 1999, 33, 719
DT 270 / 770 PCME, UK / Bühler Mess- u. 1999, 33, 719
Regeltechnik
EP 1000 Modell 1300 OLDHAM France / 1999, 33, 719
Grimm Labortechnik
PFM 97 W für Staub und Abgasgeschwindigkeit Födisch 2000, 22, 444
FW 101 Sick Engineering 2000, 60, 1192
FW 102 Sick AG 200, 60, 1192
OMD 41-02/OMD 41.03 Sick AG 200, 60, 1195
*) The device is not any longer in the delivery program of the manufacturer
- 169 -

Measured object: Waste gas opacity
Announcement in
the GMBI
Type Manufacturer/Distribution Year No. Page
RM 61 *) Sick 1985, 22, 447
D-R 216-40 oder 41 DURAG 1990, 12, 231
RM 61-03 *) Sick 1990, 12, 231
D-R 216-45 bis 48 DURAG 1990, 12, 232
KTNR-M-RZ 1 Sigrist Photometer 1990, 34, 860
RM 100 *) Sick 1990, 34, 860
D-R 300 DURAG 1991, 37, 1045
OF 1200 VEREWA 1993, 26, 468
FW 56-I Sick 1996, 8, 188
OMD 41-02/OMD 41-03 Sick 1996, 8, 188
FW 56-I mit Messlanze Sick 1996, 28, 591
RM 210-S Sick 1996, 28, 591
CT NR-RZ 1 Sigrist Process Photometer 1998, 20, 418
Filterwächter PFM 92C Födisch 1998, 45, 946

Measured object: Dust (qualitatively) emission limit control
Announcement
in the GMBI
DT-270 und DT-770 Bühler Mess- und Regeltechnik 1995, 33, 701
Filterwächter PFM 92 Födisch Umweltmesstechnik 1996, 28, 591
FW 56 DT Sick 1996, 8, 188
FW 56 DT mit Messlanze Sick 1996, 28, 591
Filterwächter D-FW 230 und D-FW 231 DURAG 1999, 22, 445
Dustalert 60 PCME, UK / Bühler Mess- und 1999, 22, 445
Regeltechnik
Goyen EMP 5 Goyen Controls Deutschland 2000 22 443
Dustalert 60 A PCME, UK / Bühler Mess- und 2000 22 443
Regeltechnik
- 170 -

Measured object: Sulphur dioxide

Announcement
in the GMBI
Mikrogas-MSK-SO2- E 1 *) Wösthoff Messtechnik 1985, 22, 448
Ultramat 2 *) Siemens 1985, 22, 448
UNOR 6 N-R Maihak 1990, 12, 232
GM 21 *) Sick 1990, 12, 232
URAS 3 G Hartmann & Braun 1992, 45, 1140
URAS 3 E *) Hartmann & Braun 1985, 22, 448
Modell 2225 Measurex 1990, 12, 232
SO2-UV Binos Leybold / Rosemount 1990, 12, 232
UNOR 6 N-F Maihak 1990, 12, 232
SO2-UV Berlina Leybold / Auergesellschaft 1990, 12, 233
URAS 3 K/Magnos 3 K *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 233
Ultramat 21 P/22 P Siemens 1990, 12, 233
Mikrogas-SO2 Wösthoff 1990, 12, 233
Infralyt 1210 VEB Junkalor/Afriso-Euro-Index 1990, 12, 233
Spectran 647 IR *) Bodenseewerk Gerätetechnik 1990, 12, 233
UNOR 6 N SO2 *) Maihak 1990, 12, 234
DEFOR 3 *) Maihak 1990, 20, 399
1993, 26, 468
GM 30 Sick 1990, 20, 399
Ultramat 5 Siemens 1990, 12, 233
1993, 43, 862
DEFOR 3 mit MZE 2 Maihak 1992, 32, 794
MCS 100 HW Perkin-Elmer 1991, 37, 1047
MCS 100 CD Perkin-Elmer 1991, 37, 1047
1996, 42, 882
OPSIS AR 602 Z Opsis AB 1991, 37, 1047
1996, 42, 882
Mikrogas HCl/SO2 Typ MSE Wösthoff Messtechnik 1992, 45, 1142
URAS 3 GH SO2 *) Hartmann & Braun 1993, 26, 468
UNOR 600 Maihak 1993, 26, 468
UNOR 610 Maihak 1993, 26, 468
1996, 42, 882
UNOR 610 für CO, NO, SO2 Maihak 1997, 29, 465
URAS 10 E Hartmann & Braun 1993, 26, 470
1993, 43, 863
URAS 10 P Hartmann & Braun 1993, 26, 470
1993, 43, 863
URAS 4 Hartmann & Braun 1994, 28, 868
- 171 -
Measured object: Sulphur dioxide (continued)
Announcement
in the GMBI
RADAS 2 für NO u. SO2 Hartmann & Braun 1994, 28, 869
RADAS 2 mit Lampe EDL 1996, 42, 883
ENDA 1000 Horiba 1994, 28, 869
GM 30-02 Sick 1995, 7, 131
CEMAS NDIR Hartmann & Braun 1995, 33, 702
1996, 8, 188
GM 30-5 Sick 1995, 33, 702
GM 30-2 Sick 1995, 33, 702
GM 30-5 P Sick 1995, 33, 702
GM 30-2 P Sick 1995, 33, 702
Advanced CEMAS FTIR Hartmann & Braun 1996, 28, 592
MULTOR 610 Maihak 1996, 28, 593
1996, 42, 882
MULTOR 610 für CO, NO, SO2 Maihak 1997, 29, 465
1998, 1, 9
ENDA 600 für NO, SO2,CO, O2 Horiba 1996, 42, 882
GM 31-1 Sick 1997, 29, 464
GM 31-2 für SO2 und NO Sick 1997, 29, 464
XENTRA 4900 für SO2 und NO Servomex 1997, 29, 465
BINOS 1004 M für CO, SO2,O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1997, 29, 465
Advance Cemas-NDIR mit Uras 14 für CO, SO2, Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
NO, O2
Advance Optima Uras 14 für CO, SO2, NO, O2 Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
ULTRAMAT 23-7 MB233 für CO, NO, SO2, O2 Siemens 1998, 1, 9
testo 360-3 für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, CO2 Testo 1998, 45, 946
DEFOR 615 / 615 EX Maihak 1999, 22, 445
NGA 2000 MLT 1 für SO2, NO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 445
NGA 2000 MLT 1 für SO2, NO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 33, 720
NGA 2000 MLT 4 für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, und O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 446
MCS 100 CD für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, CO2 Bodenseewerk Perkin Elmer 1999, 22, 446
CEDOR für CO, SO2, NO, NH3, HCl, HO2 Maihak 1999, 22, 446
Ultramat 6 E/F, Oxymat 6 E/F und Siemens 1999, 22, 447
Ultramat/Oxymat 6 E/F für SO2, NO, CO,und O2
Ultramat 23-7MB für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, CO2 Siemens 1999, 22, 447
MCS 100 E HW für SO2, NO, CO, CO2, HCl, NH3, Sick 1999, 33, 721
O2 und H2O
MCS 100 E PD SO2, NO, NO2, CO, CO2, HCl, O2 Sick 1999, 33, 721
AR 602 Z für SO2, NO2, und NH3 OPSIS, Schweden 1999, 33, 721
AR 650 für HCl, CO und H2O OPSIS, Schweden 1999, 33, 721
Advance Optima Limas 11-UV für NO, SO2 und 02 ABB Automation 2000, 60, 1193
- 172 -

Measured object: Nitrogen oxides

Announcement
in the GMBI
Modell 951 Beckmann/Rosemount 1990, 12, 234
RADAS 1 G *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 234
1993, 43, 863
RADAS 1 E *) Hartmann & Braun 1986, 34, 643
1995, 22, 449
Modell 2225 Measurex 1990, 12, 234
UNOR 4 N-NO *) Maihak 1985, 22, 450
UNOR 6 N-NO Maihak 1990, 12, 235
UNOR 6 N-F Maihak 1990, 12, 234
NO-IR Binos Leybold/Rosemount 1990, 12, 234
NO2-UV-Binos Leybold/Rosemount 1990, 12, 235
NOx-Monitor 4000 AEG 1990, 12, 235
Spectran 647 IR *) Bodenseewerk Gerätetechnik 1990, 12, 235
URAS 3 G/K NO *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 235
UNOR 6 N NO Maihak 1990, 12, 235
GM 30 Sick 1990, 20, 399
1993, 43, 862
CLD 700 El ht ECO Physics AG 1992, 32, 794
1994, 28, 868
MSI 5600 MSI Elektronik 1992, 32, 794
1996, 42, 883
OPSIS AR 602-Z Opsis AB 1991, 37, 1047
RADAS 1 G m.NO-Kalibr.Kuvet. *) Hartmann & Braun 1992, 45, 1141
RADAS 1 G mit Lampe EDL Hartmann & Braun 1996, 42, 883
UNOR 600 Maihak 1993, 26, 468
UNOR 610 Maihak 1993, 26, 468
1998, 1, 9
1993, 43, 863
1993, 43, 863
BINOS 1004 Rosemount 1993, 43, 862
1994, 28, 868
ENDA 1000 HORIBA 1993, 43, 864
1994, 28, 868
- 173 -
Measured object: Nitrogen oxides (continued)
Announcement
in the GMBI
RADAS 2 für NO Hartmann & Braun 1994, 28, 868
RADAS 2 mit Lampe EDL Hartmann & Braun 1996, 42, 883
GM 30-02 Sick 1995, 7, 131
1995, 33, 702
GM 30-5 Sick 1995, 33, 702
GM 30-5 P Sick 1995, 33, 702
GM 30-2 P Sick 1995, 33, 702
1996, 8, 189
CEMAS FTIR Hartmann & Braun 1995, 33, 702
1996, 8, 188
MULTOR 610 Maihak 1996, 28, 593
1996, 42, 882
MULTOR 610 für CO, NO,SO2 Maihak 1997, 29, 465
1998, 1, 9
ENDA 600 Horiba 1996, 42, 882
OPSIS AR 602 Z OPSIS 1996, 42, 882
OPSIS AR 650 OPSIS 1996, 42, 882
GM 31-4 Sick 1997, 29, 464
GM 31-2 für SO2 und NO Sick 1997, 29, 464
XENTRA 4900 für SO2 u.NO Servomex 1997, 29, 465
Advance Cemas-NDIR mit Uras 14 Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
für CO, SO2, NO, O2
ULTRAMAT 23-7MBR33 für CO, NO, SO2, O2 Siemens 1998, 1, 9
1999, 22, 447
FGA 950 E für CO, NO, O2 Land Combustion 1998, 45, 947
testo 360-3 für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, O2 Testo 1998, 45, 946
NGA 200 CLD Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 445
NGA 2000 MLT1 für SO2, NO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 445
1999, .., ...
NGA MLT 4 für CO, SO2, NO, NO2, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 446
1999, .., ...
CEDOR für CO, SO2, NO, NH3, HCL, und H2O Maihak 1999, 22, 446
Ultramat 6E/F, Oxymat 5E/F und Siemens 1999, 22, 447
Ultramat/Oxymat 6 E/F für CO, SO2, NO, O2
MCS 100 E HW für SO2, NO, CO, CO2, HCl, Sick 1999, 33, 721
NH3, O2, und H2O
MCS 100 E PD Sick 1999, 33, 720
für SO2, NO, NO2,CO, CO2, HCl, O2,
AR 602 Z für SO2, NO2 und NH3 OPSIS, 1999, 33, 721
- 174 -

Measured object: Carbon monoxide

Announcement in
the GMBI
UNOR 5 N-CO *) Maihak 1985, 22, 450
URAS 3 E *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 235
UNOR 6 N-CO Maihak 1990, 12, 236
UNOR 6 N-F Maihak 1990, 12, 236
CO-IR Binos Leybold/Rosemount 1990, 12, 236
CO-IR Berlina Leybold/Auergesellschaft 1990, 12, 236
URAS 3 K/Magnos 3 K *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 236
IR Mod. 864 Beckmann/Rosemount 1990, 12, 236
Infralyt 1210 VEB Junkalor/Afriso-Euro Index 1990, 12, 237
Spectran 647 IR *) Bodenseewerk Gerätetechnik
1993, 43, 863
Sick GM 900/Modell 9200 Sick 1992, 32, 794
1996, 42, 883
UNOR 600 Maihak 1993, 26, 468
UNOR 610 Maihak 1993, 26, 469
1998, 1, 9
1993, 43, 863
1993, 43, 863
ENDA 1000 HORIBA 1993, 43, 864
1994, 28, 869
Infralyt 1210/1211 Junkalor 1995, 33, 701
1996, 8, 189
1996, 8, 188
OPSIS AR 650 OPSIS AB 1996, 28, 592
- 175 -
Measured object: Carbon monoxide (continued)

Announcement in
the GMBI
MULTOR 610 Maihak 1996, 28, 593
1996, 42, 883
MULTOR 610 für CO, NO, SO2 Maihak 1997, 29, 465
1998, 1, 9
XENTRA 4900 Servomex 1996, 28, 593
GM 910 Sick 1996, 42, 883
BINOS 100 M für CO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1996, 42, 883
UNOR 611 für CO, O2 Maihak 1996, 42, 883
OPSIS AR 650 OPSIS 1996, 42, 882
ENDA 600 für NO, SO2,CO, O2 Horiba 1996, 42, 883
1996, 8, 188
Advance Cemas-NDIR mit Uras 14
Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
Advance Optima Uras 14 für CO, SO2, NO,
Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
O2
ULTRAMAT 23-7MBR33 für CO, NO, SO2,
Siemens 1998, 1, 9
O2
NGA 2000 MLT 4 für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 446
NGA 2000 MLT 4 für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, .., ...
CEDOR für SO2, NO, CO, NH3, HCl, H2O Maihak 1999, 22, 446
Ultramat 6E/F, Oxymat 6E/F und Ultramat/
Siemens 1999, 22, 447
Oxymat 6E/F für SO2, CO, NO, O2
MCS 100 E HW
Sick 1999, 33, 720
für SO2, CO, NO, O2, HCl, NH3 , CO2
MCS 100 E PD
Sick 1999, 33, 721
für SO2, CO, NO, NO2, O2, HCl, CO2
AR 650 für HCl, CO, H2O OPSIS, Schweden 1999, 33, 721
- 176 -

Measured object: Inorganic gaseous chlorine compounds

Announcement
in the GMBI
Sensimeter G *) Bran + Luebbe 1990, 12, 237
Spektran 677 IR Bodenseewerk Perkin-Elmer 1990, 12, 237
3
ECOMETER HCl (0-2000 mg/m ) Bran + Luebbe 1990, 12, 238
3
ECOMETER HCl (0- 200 mg/m ) Bran + Luebbe 1990, 12, 238
Mikrogas HCl Wösthoff Messtechnik 1990, 12, 238
ECOMETER HCl mit Microcomputer AC 85 Bran + Luebbe 1991, 37, 1045
1994, 28, 870
Mikrogas HCl/SO2 Typ MSE Wösthoff Messtechnik 1992, 45, 1142
1993, 43, 864
Monitor 90 Ecometer (HCl) Bran + Luebbe 1995, 7, 131
1996, 8, 188
1996, 42, 882
1015 (15C/EGC100) Ysselbach 1996, 42, 881
CEDOR für SO2, NO, CO, NH3, HCl, H2O Maihak 1999, 22, 446
Lasergas Monitor HCl Norsk Elektro Optikk AIS, Norwegen 1999, 33, 719
MCS 100 E HW für SO2, NO, CO, CO2, HCl, Sick 1999, 33, 720
NH3, O2 und H2O
MCS 100 E PD für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, CO2, Sick 1999, 33, 721
HCl, O2
AR 650 für HCl, CO und H2O OPSIS, Schweden 1999, 33, 721
Laser Gas Monitor HCl Norsk Elektro Optik / Bernt 2000, 22, 444

Measured object: Inorganic gaseous fluorine compounds

Announcement
in the GMBI
COMPUR Ionotox HF *) Bayer Diagnostic 1990, 20, 399
Monitor 90 Ecometer Bran + Luebbe 1996, 8, 188
- 177 -

Measured object: Hydrogen sulphide

Announcement
in the GMBI
Monocolor 1001 *) Maihak 1985, 22, 451

Measured object: Phenol

Announcement
in the GMBI
OPSIS AR 602 Z OPSIS AB 1994, 28, 869

Measured object: Formaldehyde

Announcement
in the GMBI
1998, 1, 8
- 178 -

Measured object: Organic compounds as total carbon

Announcement
in the GMBI
KM 2-CnHm-Em-ADOS ADOS 1990, 12, 238
FIDAMAT I Siemens 1990, 12, 238
FIDAMAT K Siemens 1990, 12, 238
FIDAS 2 T *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 239
BA 3004 Bernath Atomic 1990, 12, 239
3
FIDAS 2 T (0-50 mg/m ) *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 239
Compur FID Bayer Diagnostic/Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 239
FIDAS 3 E Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 239
1992, 45, 1141
BA 3002 RC Bernath Atomic 1990, 20, 400
1991, 37, 1046
1993, 26, 459
FID VE 7 J.U.M. Engineering 1990, 34, 860
1993, 26, 469
FIDAMAT K-M 52044-A10 *) Siemens 1990, 34, 861
TESTA FID 123 TESTA 1992, 45, 1141
Compur Multi-FID 100 E 17 Bayer Diagnostic/Hartmann & Braun 1992, 45, 1141
Compur Multi-FID 100 FE 17 (ohne Bayer Diagnostic/Hartmann & Braun 1992, 45, 1141
Entnahmeleitung)
Compur MICRO-FID 100 Hartmann & Braun 1993, 43, 863
RS 55 T Ratfisch Analysensysteme 1994, 28, 868
FIDAMAT 5 E Siemens 1995, 33, 702
FID 123, 123 I, 3001 W TESTA 1996, 28, 591
FID 3-200, FID 3-300 A J.U.M. 1996, 28, 591
Thermo FID Mess- u. Anlagentechnik 1997, 29, 464
Advance Optima Multi FID-14 Hartmann & Braun 1998, 20, 418
NGA 2000 TFID Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 33, 720
FID 2010 T, FID 1230 Modul TESTA 2000, 60, 1193
- 179 -

Measured object: Ammonia

Announcement
in the GMBI
COMPUR Ionotox HF *) Bayer Diagnostic 1990, 20, 399
Monitor 90 Ecometer Bran + Luebbe 1996, 8, 188

Measured object: Mercury

Announcement
in the GMBI
1996, 42, 882
HG MAT II Seefelder Messtechnik 1995, 7, 101
HGMAT 2.1 Seefelder Messtechnik 1998, 20, 418
HM 1400 VEREWA 1996, 28, 592
HG 2000 SEMTECH AB 1996, 28, 592
MERCEM Bodenseewerk Perkin-Elmer 1996, 28, 592
SM 3 Quecksilbermonitor Mercury Instrument und IMT 1999, 33, 720
Innovative Messtechnik
Hg 2010 SEMTECH AB 2000, 60, 1193
Hg-CEM Seefelder Messtechnik 2000, 60, 1193
- 180 -

Measured object: Oxygen

Announcement
in the GMBI
Servomex OA 540/540 E Bühler Mess- und Regeltechnik 1990, 12, 239
Servomex 700 B Bühler Mess- und Regeltechnik 1990, 12, 239
Magnos 3/3 K *) Hartmann & Braun 1990, 12, 240
Oxymat 5 Siemens 1990, 12, 240
DIRAS 218 Westinghouse/Rosemount 1990, 20, 400
Magnos 6 G Hartmann & Braun 1990, 34, 861
LS1/LU2 Asea Brown Boveri 1990, 20, 526
OXITEC SME-11 ENOTEC 1992, 32, 795
Oxor 6 N/600 Maihak 1992, 32, 795
Oxor 610 Maihak 1996, 8, 189
Helox 3 MBE Elektronic 1992, 32, 795
Oxygor 6 N Maihak 1992, 32, 795
OXYNOS 100 Rosemount 1992, 32, 795
LS1/LU2 (In situ) Asea Brown Boveri 1991, 37, 1046
PMA 30 M & C Products Analysentechnik 1992, 45, 1142
PMA 10/20 M & C Products Analysentechnik 1992, 45, 1142
DIRAS 500/2250/2251 Westinghouse Controlmatic 1992, 45, 1142
1993, 43, 863
ENDA 1000 HORIBA 1993, 43, 864
1994, 28, 869
EXA OXY Modell ZA 8 Yokogawa Deutschland 1993, 43, 864
O2-Analysensystem Modell 3000 Rosemount 1993, 43, 864
ZFG 2/ZMT ABB Kent-Taylor 1994, 28, 870
OXITEC SME 3 (insitu), und OXITEC 500 SME ENOTEC 1994, 28, 870
3 (extraktiv)
1996, 8, 189
ZIROX-K 10 ZIROX Sensoren & Elektronik 1995, 33, 702
Multor 610 Maihak 1996, 28, 593
1996, 42, 882
XENTRA 4900 Servomex 1996, 28, 593
Thermox WDG-IV AMETEK 1997, 29, 465
Thermox WDG-HP/II AMETEK 1997, 29, 465
Advance Optima Magnos 16 Hartmann & Braun 1997, 29, 465
Advance Cemas-NDIR mit Uras 14 Hartmann & Braun 1998, 1, 9
ULTRAMAT 23-7MBR33 für CO, NO, SO2, O2 Siemens 1998, 1, 9
Siemens 1999, 22, 447
LS1/LT1 LAMTEC 1998, 20, 419
- 181 -
Measured object: Oxygen (continued)

Announcement
in the GMBI
Oxy Sys 2200 Marathon Monitors 1998, 45, 947
NGA 2000 MLT 1 für SO2, NO, und O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 465
NGA 2000 MLT 1 für SO2, NO, und O2 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 33, 720
NGA 2000 MLT 4 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 22, 466
für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, und O2
NGA 2000 MLT 4 Fisher-Rosemount 1999, 33, 720
für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, und O2
Ultramat 6E/F, Oxymat 6 E/F und Ultramat/ Siemens 1999, 22, 467
Oxymat 6 E/F für SO2, NO, CO, O2
OXYGEN MONITOR O2000 OPSIS, Schweden 1999, 22, 447
mit Sonde Modell 502
Konverter ZRM mit Detektor ZFK Fuji Electric, Japan 1999, 22, 447
Konverter ZRY mit Detektor ZFK Fuji Electric, Japan 1999, 33, 722
MCS 100 E HW für SO2, NO, CO, CO2, Sick 1999, 33, 720
HCl, NH3, O2, und H2O
MCS 100 E PD für SO2, NO, NO2, CO, Sick 1999, 33, 721
CO2, HCl, O2,
XENDOS 2700 Servomex 1999, 33, 722
Analysator 570 A Servomex 1999, 33, 722
Analysator ZDT mit Sonde ZFG 2 ABB Instrumentation, UK 1999, 33, 722
Oxitec 5000 / SME 5 Enotec 2000, 22, 444
AMS 3220 AMS 2000, 60, 1194
g 1200 Land Combustion 2000, 60, 1194

Measured object: Humidity

Announcement
in the GMBI
Hygrophil-h 4220 PO25 Ultrakust electronic 1991, 20, 526
1994, 28, 870
1996, 42, 882
ZA 8 F Yokogawa 1994, 28, 870
1996, 8, 188
1996, 42, 882
CEDOR für SO2, NO, CO, NH3, HCL, H2O Maihak 1999, 22, 446
MCS 100 E HW für SO2, NO, CO, CO2, Sick 1999, 33, 720
HCl, NH3, O2, und H2O
OPSIS AR 650 für HCl, CO und H2O OPSIS AB, Schweden 1999, 33, 721
- 182 -

Measured object: Waste gas volumetric flow

Announcement
in the GMBI
Annubar ANR 75/ANF 86 Dr. Rotert/Bestobell Mobrey 1990, 12, 240
VMA 2 Sick 1990, 12, 240
ITABAR IBF 100 Intra-Automation 1990, 12, 240
Annubar DCR/DFF Dr. Rotert/Bestobell Mobrey 1990, 12, 240
UNIBAR UBF 100 Unimess 1992, 32, 795
Vortex VA Höntzsch Instruments 1992, 32, 795
FCI-MT 86 KWW-DEPA-VIA 1993, 26, 470
LPS-E Becker-Verfahrenstechnik 1993, 26, 469
SDF Durchflusssonde SDF-22/SDF-50-plus S.K.I. Schlegel & Kremer 1993, 43, 864
smar LD 301bzw. Siemens SITRANS/P
SENSYFLOW VT 2 SENSYCON Hartmann & Braun 1995, 33, 702
FLOWSIC 101/102 Sick 1996, 28, 593
VELOS 500 Sick 1996, 28, 593
Deltaflow DF 25 u. DF 50 Systec Controls Mess- u.Regeltechn. 1996, 28, 593
D-FL 100 DURAG 1996, 42, 883
Itabar-IBF 100 INTRA-AUTOMATION 1998, 1, 10
PFM 97 für Staub und Abgasvolumenstrom Födisch 1998, 45, 947
PFM 97 W für Staub und Abgasgeschwindigkeit Födisch 2000, 22, 444
FLOWSIC 106 Sick Engineering 2000, 60, 1193
FLOWSIC 107 Sick Engineering 2000, 60, 1194
D-Fl 200 DURAG 2000, 60, 1194

Measured object: Minimum temperature

Announcement
in the GMBI
Strahlungspyrometer KT 15.69 Heitronics Infrarot Messtechnik 2000, 60, 1194
Strahlungspyrometer KT 19.69 Heitronics Infrarot Messtechnik 2000, 60, 1194
- 183 -

Suitability-tested electronic evaluation systems for evaluation of continuous working

emission measuring devices
Devices: Simple clasificators

Announcement
Suitable devices
in the GMBI
D-IG 260 *) DURAG 1990, 12, 241
MI-1 *) Sick 1990, 12, 245
MR 2 *) Sick 1990, 12, 241


Devices: Classificators with reference value calculator

Announcement
Suitable devices
in the GMBI
D-MS 385 *) DURAG 1990, 12, 241
MEAC 1A Maihak 1990, 12, 241
EDAS-R und EDAS-K NIS Ingenieurgesellschaft 1990, 12, 241
MR-3 Sick 1990, 12, 241
MEVAS Sick 1991, 37, 1046
1992, 45, 1142
SAE *) Siemens 1990, 12, 241
ZEUS Rheinisch Westfälisches 1990, 12, 242
Elektrizitätswerk
1995, 33, 703
IMSR 7300 *) Gefec Computertechnik 1990, 12, 245
856, 1 Hentschel System 1990, 12, 241
SEMAS Industrie Electronic Schmitz 1990 12, 241
D-MS 285 DURAG 1990, 12, 242
1993, 26, 470
MR 4 Sick 1990, 12, 241
TALAS NIS Ingenieurgesellschaft 1990, 12, 242
MEAC 1 AS Maihak 1990, 20, 400
MACS 1 Maihak 1992, 32, 796
ZEUS II Nukem 1990, 34, 861
SEMAS 2000 Industrie Electronic Schmitz 1991, 20, 526
1994, 28, 870
EMR Gesytec 1993, 26, 470
MEAC 1 A-M/1 AS-M Maihak 1993, 43, 865
TALAS/e NIS Ingenieurgesellschaft 1993, 43, 865
D-MS 500 DURAG 1995, 33, 703
ADOS EUR 196 Ados Mess- und Regeltechnik 1996, 42, 885
- 184 -
Devices: Classificators with referance value calculator (continued)

Announcement
Suitable devices
in the GMBI
MEAC 2000 Maihak 1998, 18, 419
TALAS/e in Verbindung mit EmNet/s- bzw. NIS Ingenieurgesellschaft 1998, 20, 419
EmNet/c-Modulen
ADOS EUR 196 Ados Mess- und Regeltechnik 1998, 45, 947
SEMAS 2000 EFÜ-System Industrie Electronic Schmitz 1998, 45, 947
D-MS 285 mit D-EFÜ-Modul DURAG 1998, 45, 948
D-MS 500 mit D-EFÜ-Modul DURAG 1998, 45, 948
MEVAS-PC UMEG 1998, 45, 948
TALAS/net NIS 2000, 60, 1195
RAY/2000/1 Rayen Intec 2000, 60, 1195


Devices: Telemetric supervision

Announcement
Suitable devices
in the GMBI
EFÜ GTÜ 1994, 28, 870
1995, 33, 703
1996, 28, 594
1998, 1, 10
D-FEÜ/D-EVA DURAG 1995, 33, 703
MEVAS-PC UMEG 1996, 8, 189
MEVAS-PC mit DATA 800 UMEG 1996, 28, 593
TALAS/e in Verbindung mit EFÜ/s bzw. EFÜ/c NIS Ingenieurgesellschaft 1996, 42, 884
MEAC 2000 Maihak 1998, 20, 419
- 185 -
9 Annex 3:
Presentations of measuring devices by the manufacturers
The presentation contains data sheets from the device manufacturers. The data sheets are arranged
uniformly:
1. Application
2. Setup and mode of operation
3. Technical data
3.1 Results of suitability test
3.2 Further technical data
Current measuring devices without requirement on completeness, available at the market, are
contained in the presentation.
For contents of the device presentations the equipment manufacturers are responsible.
- 186 -
ABB Automation Products Emission analyzer system
Advance Optima with Uras 14
for CO, SO2, NO, O2
1. Typical applications mized for each application. This enables higher sensi-
Typical application for Advance Optima with analyzer tivity, a wider range of measuring components and
module Uras 14 includes emission monitoring, burner reduced cross-sensitivity to interfering components.
optimization and in process control or optimization of Detector filling corresponds to the gas being measured.
purification stages. In these applications, the Uras 14 This means that the detector provides optimal sensitiv-
meets the special requirements of different countries, ity and high selectivity for the component of interest.
e.g. the German 13. and 17. BImSchV Regulations and The Uras 14 can measure even the smallest ranges.
TA-Luft (German Federal Air Purity) Regulations. Calibration is possible via the internal calibration cells
Additionally, the analyzer is well suited to the meas- which do not require expensive bottled test gas mix-
urement of components in chemical processes and tures. This greatly reduces operation and maintenance
safety monitoring in waste disposal sites. A flame-proof costs. For CEMS applications, the analyzer can also be
housing is available for use in hazardous areas, zone 1 automatically calibrated with bottled test gases. Oxygen
and 2. The standard unit is certified for Class I, Divi- can also be measured via an electrochemical cell.
sion 2 hazardous areas. In addition to the measurement technology Advance
Optima convinces through the consistent analyzer con-
2. Design and function cept, the consistent operation philosophy, the multi-
Advance Optima, the modular analyzer line is based on analyzer concept and the communication and network
analyzer modules with different measuring principles. possibilities.
The Uras 14 continuous NDIR photometer can selec-
tively measure the concentrations of up to 4 compo-
nents. The analyzer is characterized by higher stability,
selectivity and sensitivity. The analyzer features gas-
filled opto-pneumatic detectors which have been opti-
Permissible ambient temperature range:
+5 °C ... +40 °C
Temperature dependence at zero point:

for O2 ≤ ± 0,2 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff.
for CO, SO2, NO: ≤ ± 2 % f.s. per 10 K Diff.
Temperature dependence of span point:

for O2 ≤ ± 0,2 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff.
for CO, SO2, NO: ≤ ± 3 % actual value per 10 K
Diff.
Time constant (90% time): ≤ 10 sec

(adjustable from 1...60 sec)
3. Technical Data Cross sensitivity:
3.1. Performance testing data Sum of all cross sensitivities above mentioned compo-
Smallest measuring ranges tested: nents against SO2, NO, O2, CO2, NH3, NO2, CH4, N2O,
CO 0...75 mg/m³ CO and H2O in typical flue gas concentrations < 4 %
SO2 0...75 mg/m³ f.s.
NO 0...200 mg/m³
O2 0...10 /25 Vol.-% Drift:
with internal automatic calibration of zero point with
Availablility: ambient air (interval 24 h) and span point with calibra-
> 98 % over 3 month period for two independant sys- tion cells (interval weekly)
tems including sampling conditioning Zero point drift: < 2 % f.s. per year
Span point drift: < 4 % actual value per year
Maintenance interval: Automatic calibration for zero and span point must be
1 week checked yearly.
Detection limit:
CO ≤ 0.2 % f.s. 3.2. Further technical data
SO2 ≤ 0.4 % f.s.
NO ≤ 0.3 % f.s. Power supply:
O2 ≤ 0.1 Vol-% O2 85...115...140 V AC, 185...230...250 V AC
Air pressure effect on measured signal: Power consumption:

< 0,2 % f.s. per 1 % barometric pressure change max. 250 VA for central unit with 5 I/O cards and one
analyzer module
Flow effect on measured signal:
no influence Housing:
either 19 inch housing or wall-mount housing
Advance Optima with Magnos 16
for O2
1. Typical applications measuring principle is based on the specific paramag-

Typical application for Advance Optima with analyzer netic behaviour of oxygen. Another advantage of the
module Magnos 16 are e.g. the oxygen purity measu- analyzer module is its short T 90 response time. Cali-
rement, process gas measurements and inert gas blanke- bration of the zero point is only required once a month
ting. In emission measurements the Magnos 16 fulfills using air or nitrogen. In addition to the measurement
the special requirements, e.g. TA-Luft (German Federal technology Advance Optima convinces through the
Air Purity) Regulations, German 13. and 17. BImSchV consistent analyzer concept, the consistent operation
Regulations. The ability to freely select measuring ran- philosophy, the multianalyzer concept and the commu-
ges and measure highly suppressed ranges means that nication and network possibilities.
the analyzer can be easily adapted to specific tasks.
Even measurements for safety are no problem – moni-
toring the sample flow rate through the measuring
chamber always ensures that the current oxygen con-
centration is being measured. A flame-proof housing is
available for use in hazardous areas, zone 1 and 2. The
standard unit is certified for Class I, Division 2 hazard-
ous areas.
2. Design and function

Advance Optima, the modulare analyzer line is based
on analyzer modules with different measuring princi-
ples. The analyzer module Magnos 16 measures oxygen
via the magnetomechanical measuring principle. This
3. Technical data Time constant (90% time): < 40 sec
3.1 Performance testing data
Measuring ranges tested: Cross sensitivity:
O2 0...10 Vol.-% Sum of all cross sensitivities for above mentioned com-
O2 0...25 Vol.-% ponent against SO2, NO, CO2, NO2, CH4, N2O, CO and
H2O in typical flue gas concentrations < 0,1 Vol.-%
Availability:
> 98 % over 3 month period for two independant sys- Drift:
tems including sampling conditioning with internal automatic single-point calibration with
room air (interval 4 weeks)
Maintenance interval: 4 weeks Zero point drift: < 0.2 Vol-% O2 per year
Span point drift: < 0.2 Vol-% O2 per year
Detection limits: Automatic calibration for zero and span point must be
O2 ≤ 0.01 Vol-% O2 checked yearly.
Air pressure effect on measured signal: 3.2 Further technical data

< 0,002 Vol.-% O2 per 1 % barometric pressure change
Power supply:
Flow effect on measured signal: 85...115...140 V AC, 185...230...250 V AC
< 0,5 % MBU, 30...90 l/h
Power consumption:
Permissible ambient temperature range: max. 250 VA for central unit with 5 I/O cards and one
+ 5 °C ... +50 °C analyzer module
Temperature dependence at zero point: Housing:

≤ ± 0,05 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff. either 19 inch housing or wall-mount housing
Temperature dependence of span point:

≤ ± 0,05 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff.
Advance Optima with Multi-FID 14
for mg C/m³
1. Typical applications among the standard features.

Typical applications for Advance Optima with analyzer In addition to the measurement technology Advance
module Multi-FID 14 include emission monitoring, Optima convinces through the consistent analyzer con-
process control and together with a stripper monitoring cept, the consistent operation philosophy, the multiana-
of volatile hydrocarbons in water. Furthermore, the lyzer concept and the communication and network pos-
Multi-FID 14 can be used as stationary gas warning sibilities.
system.
2. Design and function

Advance Optima, the modulare analyzer line is based
on analyzer modules with different measuring princi-
ples. Multi-FID 14, a flame ionization detector, meas-
ures the total content of organic carbon in the measur-
ing gas. During the combustion of organic substances,
in a hydrogen flame, electrically changed particles are
produced. The resulting current of this ions is propor-
tional to the organic carbon content. A heated measur-
ing gas line can be connected directly to the detector.
The Multi-FID 14 features self-monitoring, automatic
fault recognition and logging functions. It also provides
an automatic reset capability after a fault correction.
Automatic calibration with built-in solenoid valves is
3. Technical data Time constant (90% time):
3.1 Performance testing data ≤ 40 sec incl. sample gas conditioning
Smallest measuring range tested:
0...15 mg C/m³ Cross sensitivity:
Sum of all cross sensitivities for above mentioned com-
Availability: ponent against SO2, NO, O2, CO2, NH3, NO2, HCl,
> 99 % over 3 month period for two independant sys- N2O, CO and H2O in typical flue gas concentrations <
tems including sampling conditioning 4 % f.s.
Maintenance interval: 14 days Drift:

Zero point drift: < 3 % / 2 weeks
Detection limit: Span point drift: < 3 % / 2 weeks
for measuring range 0...15 mg C/m³
≤ 0.01 mg C/m³
Flow effect on measured signal:
< 1 % f.s., ∆=35 l/h Power supply:
85...115...140 V AC, 185...230...250 V AC
Permissible ambient temperature range:
+ 5 °C ... 45 °C Power consumption:
max. 250 VA for central unit with 5 I/O cards and one
Temperature dependence at zero point: analyzer module
≤ ± 2 % f.s., 5 °C ... 40 °C
Housing:
Temperature dependence of span point: either 19 inch housing or wall-mount housing
≤ ± 2 % f.s. , 5 °C ... 40 °C
Advance Cemas-NDIR with
Advance Optima Uras 14 for
SO2, NO, CO, O2
The effects of ambient temperature, air pressure and

carrier gas components are compensated for with ap-
propriate measures.
The figure bellow shows the operation principle
The sample gas is passed to the analyzer system via the

gas sampling probe (1), the filter unit (2) and the sam-
ple gas line (3). Depending on the measurement task
and sampling conditions, these assemblies can be elec-
trically heated, unheated or protected from freezing. A
solenoid valve controls the test gas supply. Normally,
air free of the measurement components is used as the
test gas. The acid filter (4) removes sulfuric acid aero-
sols. If portions of the sample gas are specially pre-
pared, the gas flow is routed via two separate paths. In
the Advance SCC sample gas cooler (5), condensates
and any reagents are re-moved from the sample gas.
The downstream gas path has a dew point of approx.3
1. Typical applications °C. The sample gas cooler also contains the reagent
The multi-component measuring system Advance Ce- metering unit (6). Depending on the measurement task
mas-NDIR is developed for a continuous, quantitative involved, interfering gas components can be washed
determination of gas concentratíons in emission meas- out or the desired sample components can be stabilized.
urements to 17. BImSchV, 13. BImSchV and TA-Luft. The SCM gas supply module (7) integrated in the sam-
The analyzer system is also used for process control of ple gas cooler is used to route the sample gas through
flue and exhaust gases, filter monitoring and other the analyzer system. For some measurement tasks, the
process technology applications. sample gas is pumped through the analyzer system by a
The analyzer system is primarily intended for the mea- membrane pump (8) located after the gas analyzer. If
surement of SO2, NO, CO, CO2 and O2. required to obtain a correct measurement or to protect
the analyzer, the sample gas is routed via an NO2 / NO
2. Design and function converter or suitable absorption medium (9) before
The analyzer system is modular. This allows it to be arriving at the gas analyzer (10).
adapted to each individual measurement task. The ana-
lyzer system consists of the function groups sample gas
intake, sample gas preparation, sample gas supply and
gas analysis. The chosen Advance Optima Uras 14 gas
analyzer and the O2 module available as an option make
it possible to selectively determine the weight (CO,
NO, SO2 in mg/m³) and the volume (O2 in Vol.-%) of
measuring components in flue gas. The under-lying
measuring principles are the infrared absorption to de-
termine CO, NOX and SO2 as well as the electrochemi-
cal reaction of oxygen to O2 measurements (alternative
paramagnetic measurement of oxygen). Through the
analyzers design cross-sensitivities and error tolerances
clearly fall short of the values stipulated in the emission
directives currently valid in Germany.
3. Technical data Temperature dependence of span point:
3.1. Daten aus der Eignungsprüfung for O2 ≤ ± 0,2 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff.
for CO, SO2, NO: ≤ ± 3 % actual value per 10 K
Smallest measuring ranges tested: Diff.
SO2 0...75 mg/m³
NO 0...200 mg/m³ Time constant (90% time): < 200 sec
CO 0...75 mg/m³
O2 0...10/25 Vol.-% Cross sensitivity:
Sum of all cross sensitivity on above mentioned com-
Availability: ponents against CO2 , CO, SO2, NO, NO2, NH3, N2O,
> 98 % over 3 month period for two independant sys- O2, H2O and CH4 in typical flue gas concentrations < 4
tems including sampling conditioning % f. s.
Maintenance interval: Drift:

Span point: 1 week With internal automatic calibration of zero point with
Zero point: 24 h ambient air (interval 24 h) and span point with calibra-
tion cells (interval weekly)
Detection limit: Zero point drift: < 2 % f. s. per year
SO2 < 0.4 % f. s. Span point drift: < 4 % actual value per year
NO < 0.3 % f. s. Automatic calibration for zero and span point must be
CO < 0.2 % f. s. checked yearly..
O2 < 0.1 Vol.-% O2
Air pressure effect on measured signal: 3.2. Further technical data

< 0,2 % f.s. per 1 % barometric pressure change
Power supply:
Flow effect on measured signal: 230 V AC, -15 % ...+10 %, 50 Hz
O2: < 0,2 % f.s. per 10 l/h 115 V AC, -15 % ...+10 %, 6 Hz
CO, SO2, CO: no influence
Power consumption:
Permissible ambient temperature range: max. 1,5 kW;
+5 °C ... +40 °C additional power consumption by the heated sample gas
line, depending on length and type
Temperature dependence at zero point:
for O2 ≤ ± 0,2 Vol.-% per 10 K Diff. Dimensions: (W x H X D in mm)
for CO, SO2, NO: ≤ ± 2 % f.s. per 10 K Diff. Sheet steel: 800 x 2110 x 600
Plastic: 900 x 2030 x 600
Advance Cemas-FTIR for
H2O, SO2, NO, NH3, CO2, CO, HCl, O2
plus the long path cell heated to 180 °C allow monitor-

ing the stack gas "as is", i.e. all water soluble compo-
nents like HCl, NH3, HF, SO2 without any distortion,
and water vapor.
The spectrometer’s self-diagnostic system and the

monitoring of temperature and sample gas flow ensure
that the measurement system operates reliably. If the
temperature falls below the minimum allowed, a stream
of cleansed, pressurized air is triggered off which pro-
tects from corrosion all subassemblies which have
come into contact with sample gas. A built-in modem
enables a PC to be coupled to the remote diagnosis
system of the Service Department.
Its long-term stability. its robust design and excellent
spectral precision provide the FTIR spectrometer with
all the properties characterizing a continuously operat-
ing process measuring device.
1. Typical applications The figure bellow shows the operation principle

For emission monitoring with the multi-component The sample gas is piped via the heated sampling filter 2
emission monitoring system Advance Cemas FTIR an and the heated sampling pipe 4 to the heated sample-
inexpensive and forward-looking system is available. conditioning unit 5. The heated cell of the FTIR spec-
This has resulted from the combination of a measure- trometer 11 protrudes directly into the heated sample
ment technique that is new to the field of emission, conditioning unit 5. Behind the gas outlet of the cell an
FTIR spectrometry, with a heated sampling and sample FID 12 can be connected. A proportion of the sample
conditioning system. gas stream is piped to the oxygen analyzer 13 from the
Advance Cemas FTIR continuously logged number of heated sample conditioning unit. Through the check
pollutants emitted in ever-decreasing concentrations valve 3 on the sampling filter 2 dry compressed air is
from waste incineration plants and power stations. released automatically in the event of any problem, e.g.
if the temperature falls below the permitted level in one
2. System overview and operation principle of the heating circuits (probe filter, heated line, condi-
The basic sensor is a FTIR spectrometer (FTIR = Fou- tioning unit or gas cell). The system is purged of sam-
rier Transform Infra Red) for measuring of infrared- ple gas to avoid condensation. Through the second
active components: HCl, SO2, CO, NO, NO2, N2O, check valve 10 dry, CO2-free compressed air is auto-
NH3, HF, H2O, CO2 . Up to 30 measurement compo- matically released for the purpose of recording zero-gas
nents can be measured simultaneously. All components spectra. The molecular sieve unit 14 is used for condi-
are measured at 180 °C.
tioning the compressed air, i.e. drying it and reducing
its CO2 content.
The Advance Cemas FTIR is optionally equipped with
an electrochemical oxygen sensor and with a flame
3. Technical data
ionization detector (FID) for monitoring of total organic
carbon content in stack gas. 3.1. Certified data
Smallest measuring ranges tested:
The multi-component FTIR spectrometer Model
SO2 0...75 mg/m³
MB9100 offers the high level of selectivity for which
NO 0...200 mg/m³
FTIR measurement technology is well-known, along
NH3 0...15 mg/m³
with the facility to easily extend the system to measure
CO 0...75 mg/m³
additional infrared components. As a result of its meas-
HCl 0...15 mg/m³
urement principle (single beam photometer) zero and
CO2 0...20 Vol.-%
span are corrected automatically using zero gas only.
O2 0...25 Vol.-%
Therefore, the system needs to be calibrated only twice
The performance of all components was tested at the
a year. There is thus no need to hold stocks of test gas.
level up to 40 Vol%.H2O, which is also measured con-
The heated sampling and sample conditioning system
tinuously.
(Optional) (Optional)
C analyzer FTIR spectrometer O2 analyzer
12 11 13 >1%
Purging
>1%
Meas. Waste gas

cell
Waste gas
5
3 6 100...1000 l/h 9
8
4
2
7 10
1
Compressed-air purification unit

with CO2 separator
Compressed air
600...800 kPa
(6...8 bar)
14
Purging gas
Test gas
Availability: Response time

> 98 % over 3 month period for two independent sys- 240 s (T90)
tems including sampling conditioning (for higher than minimal ranges a shorter T90 can be
achieved)
Maintenance interval:
6 months Cross sensitivity:
Sum of all cross sensitivities on above mentioned com-
Detection limits: ponents against CO2 , CO, SO2, NO, NO2, NH3, HCl,
H2O 0.05 % f. s. H2O and CH4 in maximal concentrations of a typical
SO2 0.26 % f. s. flue gas < 4 % f. s.
NO 0.30 % f. s.
NH3 1.06 % f. s. Drift:
CO2 0.2 % f. s. Through internal automatic adjustment of zero and span
CO 0.41 % f. s. point with zero gas
HCl 2.41 % f. s. Zero point: < 2 % f. s. per 6 months
O2 0.1 Vol.-% O2 Span point: < 4 % actual value per 6 months
Influence of atmospheric pressure on measurement 3.2. Further technical data

signal Output signal
1% of value per 10 mbar 4...20 mA
Permissible ambient temperature range Power supply

+5...+40 °C 230/400 V AC
Influence of ambient temperature on zero Power consumption

± 0.5% f.s. per 10 K approx. 3.5 kVA
Influence of ambient temperature on span Dimensions

< 3% of measured value per 10 K 900 x 2100 x 600 (WxHxD)
Weight: approx. 400 kg

Exhaust gas measurement
ABB Automation Products

Sensyflow VT-2
Approval for 17. BImschV ,936/804016 TÜV Rheinland
Application
Measurement of the exhaust gas directly in a
standard volume flow unit (e.g. standard-m³/h)
Description
Sensyflow VT 2 operates according to the principle of
a hot-film anemometer. This measuring method deter-
mines the gas mass flow rate directly, with the result
that it is not necessary to correct pressure and
temperature influences.
Measuring system
The Sensyflow VT 2 measuring system comprises of
a transducer, a pipe component and a supply-
evaluation unit. The transducer incorporates the
sensor unit and an electronic transmitter circuit. It is
designed as a flange-mounted insertion sensor and is
installed in the pipe component.
The pipe component is available up to line sizes of 8“.
In bigger pipes it is also possible to install the trans-
ducer directly in pipes with a diameter up to 120“ dia-
meter via a weld-on adapter.
The supply/evaluation unit delivers auxiliary power to
the transducer and converts its flow-dependent
current signal into standard analog signals and pulse
frequencies. Furthermore, it contains a totalization
function which generates a configurable pulse signal.
In addition, a serial interface permits simple
configuration and measured value output.
ABB Automation Products – Hartmann&Braun, Borsigstr.2, D-63755 Alzenau ,

Tel: ++49[0] 6023 / 92-3267, Fax: -3210, E-mail: sensyflow@hub.de
Measuring principle Sensor
Most conventional flow meters determine volumetric Sensyflow operates according to the principle of the hot-
flow rate. In this case, it is then necessary to correct film anemometer. This method of measurement is based
the density by additional measurement of pressure on the abstraction of heat from a heated solid by an en-
and temperature. These corrective measures make veloping gas flow. The flow-dependent "cooling" impact is
measurements more expensive and they reduce the used as the measuring impact.
ultimate accuracy of the measuring system.
Sensyflow measuring systems provide the mass flow The gas stream flows past two temperature-sensitive
rate directly, i.e. without further measurement or resistors Rh and RT which are part of an electrical bridge
correction. circuit. Due to the chosen resistance ratio Rh << RT, Rh is
heated by the current Ih, and RT adopts the same
Flow measurement based on units of mass is a temperature as the gas. The current Ih is preset by the
requirement of almost all technical applications. In electronic control circuit to produce a constant temperature
view of the close relationship between mass and difference between the heated resistor Rh and the
amount of substance, mass flow is used as an temperature of the gas.
assessment factor in chemical reactions, e. g. to set
the stoichiometric relationship between the reaction
partners exactly.
Example:
If 10 m³ of oxygen will be compressed from 1 to 5 bar
at constant temperature, the volume or volume flow is
changing to 2 m³, although the amount of substance Rh
and the mass are still the same (14 kg). In this case, RT
a volume flow meter will only indicate 20% of the Ih
.
Example: Oxygen at 0 °C m
V= 10 m3 V= 2 m3
p= 1 bar p= 5 bar
ρ= 1,4 kg/m3 ρ= 7,0 kg/m3
m= 14 kg m= 14 kg The electrical power generated within resistor Rh exactly
compensates its loss of heat to the gas flow. As this loss of
heat is dependent on the number of particles which collide
m
ρ=
V
m =ρ·V with the surface of resistor Rh, Ih represents a measure of
mass flow rate. This can be calculated easily to the
orginal volume flow. standard-volume flow by a simple multiplication.
As a result, a volume flow measurement for gases
without a correction of pressure and temperature is
without any meaning.
The mass flow meter directly determines the mass per

unit of time of a flowing medium; a measured value in
kg/h is read out. Parameters such as volumetric flow
rate (referred to the standard state) can be calculated
directly from the standard density of the medium.

Technical Data
Dimensions
Sensor Pipe component 1 Pipe component 2 Weld on
adapter
PN40
Diameter L2 h D1 d1 d2 D4 L3 L4 L5
DN 25 - - - 115 420 260 -
DN 40 L1 = 198 94 43,1 88 150 860 570 -
DN 50 109 54,5 102 165 1000 650 -
DN 80 B1 = 125 269 263 144 82,5 138 - - - -
DN 100 B2 = 80 170 107,1 162 - - - -
DN 150 B3 = ∅115 226 159,3 218 - - -
DN 200 B4 = 58 293 206,5 285 - - -
> 350 431 425 450
> 700 781 775
> 1700 1506 1500
ANSI 150 lb, Sch 40 S
Diameter L2 h D1 d1 d2 D4 L3 L4 L5
ANSI 1“ - - - 108 419 260
ANSI 1½“ L1 = 198 85 40,9 73 127 864 570 -
ANSI 2“ 103 52,6 92 154 1003 650 -
ANSI 3“ B1 = 125 269 263 135 78,0 127 - - - -
ANSI 4“ B2 = 80 173 102,4 157 - - - -
ANSI 6“ B3 = ∅115 221 154,2 216 - - -
ANSI 8“ B4 = 58 278 202,7 270 - - -
> ANSI 14“ 431 425 450
> ANSI 28“ 781 775
> ANSI 67“ 1506 1500
Data from the approval report Additional technical data

• Accuracy: • Power supply:
± 1% of reading 24V DC, 115 V AC, 230V AC
• Measurement range: • Power consumption: <50 W
1:100 • Measurement signal output:
• Amboent temperature range: 0/4 ....20 mA
–25 ...80°C 0...10 V
• Influence of supply voltage changes 1...100 Hz (OC or TTL)
not detected 10... 1000 Hz (OC or TTL)
• Time in operation: RS 232 (RS 422)
96-99% Totalization as Puls (OC or TTL)
• Maintenance intervals: • Measurement indication:
1 year at < 5 mg/m³ dust content and < 20% Momentanous value, Trend, Totalized value
absolute moisture • Steadying length: according to DIN EN ISO 5167-1
• Time constant T90 (min. 15 D)
2 sec • Pressure drop < 1 mbar
• Operating pressure: –0,5 ....40 bar gauge
• Operating Temperature
–25....280°C (Duration), 300 °C short time

Emission – Measuring System
Hygrophil H / H+ 4220
Componenten und Systeme GmbH
Bereich Messtechnik und Sensorik
1. Applications 2. Principle of Operation
Hyggrophil H / H+ is a process hygrometer designed to Hygrophil 4220 works with the Psychrometric air- / gas
meet the highest requirements in terms of corrosion impact – jet principle, which proofs it’s good properties
resistance and safety from contamination. concerning accuracy, hysteresis and effects of gas
By means of permanent selfcleaning it is especially suited composition.
for heavy polluted air, contenting vapours from oil and All the other humidity – measurement – quantities can be
grease, solvents, watersoluble gases, acids, aggressiv calculated out from the difference of dry- (TT) and wet –
chemicals and dust. temperature sensor (HT).
The hygrometer is mainly used in heating power – plants, It meets the fundamental secondary according to DIN
in combustion plants and waste incinerator 50012 and needs no calibration.
• for humidity measurements, Because of the patented impact – jet – system, a
• for detection of burst tubes inside the boiler, undisturbed permanent run at high temperatures and
• for optimizing the desulphurizing plants, humidities can be guaranteed.
• for optimizing the electrostatic filters, A constant stream of measuring air initially passes the TT
• for controling the emissions of cooling towers, sensor. The same air subsequently hits the surface of a
• for controling the dewpoint at cloth – filters. small waterpool as a jet. There it flows radially and thus is
In industrial dryers, in every sort of baking ovens and causing latent heat of evaporation. A sensor inside the pool
especially in chemical processes Hygrophil H / H+ is measuring this humid temperature HT.
impresses in the same way by brilliant precision. The pool is constantly fed with „fresh“ water including a
small surplus of it. This causes an overflow which takes out
nearly all pollutants content in the air. So the pool – surface
always automatically is kept not just clean but new.
So side effects can not occur.
ULTRAKUST is registered trade mark of
BARTEC Componenten und Systeme GmbH
BARTEC Messtechnik und Sensorik GmbH * Schulstrasse 30 * D-94239 Gotteszell

Produktverantwortlicher: Markus Gärber * Tel.: 09929 / 301-282 * Fax.: -112
3. Technical Data
Housing
Measure 455 x 515 x 195 mm
Measuring Chamber
Measurement Principle Psychrometer based on the impact – jet – method
Standard Secondary standard according to DIN 50012,

BImSchV 17. with TÜV certification, approval for applications in accordance with
German pollution control regulations ( BImSchV 17.)
and British SIRA certificate
Display Ranges Dry- / Humidity Temperature TT/HT 0 ... 150 °C
Dewpoint DT 5 ... 100 °C
Volumetric Content Water Vol % 0 ... 100 %
Absolute Humidity MH 10 ... 1000 g/kg
Specific Humidity SH 10 ... 1000 g/kg
Water Vapour Pressur VP 10 ... 1000 hPa
Saturation Deficit DVP 0 ... 1000 hPa
Absolute Pressure SP 500 ... 1500 hPa
Sensor 2 x PT 100 / 4-Conductor Sensor ( DIN IEC751 )
Accuracy
Temperature better than 0,1 °C
Absolute Pressure better than 1 %
Inlet Temperature
at Heating Hose 250 °C
at Measuring Chamber 150 °C
Response Time t90 = 90 s
Gas Flow Rate max. 14 Normliter/min
Water Supply Rate max. 25 ml/h
Water Reservoir Standard : 2liter; Option : 11liter
Heating Hose 230 VAC, 100 W/m
Compressed Air Supply 1 ... 5 bar
Measuring Computer
Display LC-Display with 2 x 16 characters
Characters 5 mm high, illuminated
Computing Time 2s
Computer Accuracy better than 0,01 %
Error Limits 1 % based on the measurement range
Inputs 3 channels for temperature ( Pt100 to DIN IEC751 )
0 ... 150 °C / 0 ... 200 °C / 0 ... 800 °C
Outputs
Analogoutput 0/4 ... 20 mA at max. 500 Ohm
Number of Outputs 2 galvanic isolated channels for every measurement range
Output Signals programmable
Environment
Operating Temperature 0 ... 50 °C
Storage Temperature -20 ... 70 °C ( drained of water )
Climatic Class KWF to DIN 40040
Protection Type IP65
Auxiliary Energy AC 230 / 115V, +10 ... -15 %, 50 ... 60 Hz, 22 VA
BARTEC Messtechnik und Sensorik GmbH * Schulstrasse 30 * D-94239 Gotteszell

Produktverantwortlicher: Markus Gärber * Tel.: 09929 / 301-282 * Fax.: -112
Dioxin and Furan
Emission monitoring by long-term sampling
Max-Eyth-Straße 51
71364 Winnenden
Tel.: 07195 / 9270-0 AMESA
Fax: 07195 / 9270-50 for continuous dioxin/furan monitoring
AMESA – Adsorption MEthod for SAmpling of Dioxins and

Furans
Cooled sampling
probe Process
control
(E)
(A)
PCDF/D Gas drying Isokinetic

separation (C) extraction
(B) (D)
Fig. 1: Three AMESA monitoring systems A Cooled (< 80 °C) sampling probe for
isokinetic sampling of the partial gas flow.
B Measured gas and condensate are sucked through the cartridge
filled with adsorber resin (quartz padding filter as input filter).
C Measured gas drying by cooling (< 5 °C).
D Continuously variable control of isokinetic sampling.
E Operation of the AMESA via central processor with menu-prompted

software. Data input for system -specific parameterisation and
operation by keyboard and LCD monitor. Determination of emission
values with the aid of an external memory card and the analysis result.
1. Applicability 2. Structure and operating principle of the meter
The AMESA is used in systems that are subject to the 17. In the water-cooled sampling probe (A), the exhaust gas is
BImSchV and TA Luft regulations, e.g. refuse incineration plant, cooled swiftly to ensure reproducible adsorption conditions for the
wood incineration, steelworks and copper mills. analysed substances.
Contrary to the usual three single measurements every year, by Dioxins and furans are separated (B) in a cartridge, filled with a
means of continuous sampling over a period between 6 hours collected phase of XAD-II adsorber resin. At the same time,
and 30 days, the AMESA ensures continuous documentation of dioxins and furans are registered completely, both from the
dioxin/furan emission for each single sample. This ensures that exhaust gas and also from the accumulated condensate.
fluctuations in system operation and in the composition of fuels
etc. are also recorded. After adsorption of dioxins and furans, the measured gas is
cooled to 5°C to completely remove condensate (C).
With the AMESA, the recommendation given in 17. BImSchV to
monitor the mass concentrations of dioxins and furans The dried measured gas flow is determined by means of a mass
continuously and without interruption can be realised within a cost flow meter. With the aid of a frequency-controlled pump (D), the
framework that is acceptable to the plant owner. process control (E) sets isokinetic extraction conditions as a
function of the exhaust gas speed, temperature and pressure.
Besides the log printout, all recorded and calculated data is Applicability:
archived on a data medium over the entire sampling time.
For agreed measurements on systems in accordance with the 17.
The cartridge containing the adsorbed dioxins and furans is BImSchV and TA-Luft regulations
evaluated together with the data medium in an accredited
laboratory. Measurement range:
0-0,2 ng/m³ (TE acc. NATO/CCMS model) for sampling intervals

Continuous adsorption of dioxins and furans from flue gases is
of 6 h –4 weeks.
based on a process developed by GfA (Gesellschaft für
Arbeitsplatz- und Umweltanalytik mbH, Münster-Roxel.
Notes:
By means of this process, dioxins and furans are separated from 1. This consists of a model-like suitability test in which the
dust, the gas phase and the condensate in one adsorption step. analysis system did not fully conform to EN 1948 and the
This process not only registers dioxins and furans, but also drafts of the VDI 3499 (Sh. 13) guideline.
further organic substances with a similar volatility and polarity. 2. During suitability testing, the AMESA was operated with test
gas volume flows of around 1 m³/h (0.2 m³/h to 2 m³/h).
3. In the field test, dust contents amounted to <3 mg/m³ with an
exhaust gas humidity of app. 20 % by vol. The resulting
service interval amounted to four weeks. The service interval
must be adapted to local conditions in the event of different
marginal conditions.
Test report:
TÜV Rheinland Sicherheit und Umweltschutz, Cologne,

No.: 936/808017A dated 12.08.1997
Flue gas temperature: without additional cooling 80 °C

with additional cooling 400 °C
Dust content in the flue gas: 50 mg/m³
Flue gas speed: 2-30 m/s
Ambient conditions: +5 to 40 °C, max 50% rH
Probe diameter: 3 to 8 mm
Probe material: titanium, optionally glass
Isokinetic control cycle: 1 sec
Accuracy: Speed
± 1% of measured value
Volume determination
± 1.5 % of measured value
Digital outputs: Measurement mode status
Discontinuity
Fig. 2: Cartridge unit Alarm/fault
Digital inputs Firing OFF
O2 analyser servicing
Analog inputs: O2, CO2,
Chimney temperature
3. Technical data Flue gas speed
Volume flow (standard/operation)
3.1 From the suitability report Electrical connection: 230 V, 50 Hz
Power consumption: 1 kW
Dimensions:
Germany-wide practice when monitoring emissions and Device cabinet: 2,100x800x800
immissions Probe: L=1,500mm, ∅= 50mm
Cartridge box: 800x500x250 mm
BMU circular dated 30.12.1997 – IG I3 – 51 134-3- Weight: 200 kg
In accordance with Appendix No. 3 of the guideline governing the
suitability testing, the installation, the checking and the monitoring
of measurement facilities for continuous monitoring of emissions
of special substances (in this case, system for long-term
4. Manufacturer
sampling), GMBI 1995, S. 128ff – IG I3 – 511 134 /2-, issued by
the Federal Ministry of the Environment, Nature Protection and
Reactor Safety, the following is hereby announced:
Max-Eyth-Straße 51
AMESA for dioxins/furans 71364 Winnenden
Manufacturer:
Tel.: 07195 / 9270-0
• bm becker meßtechnik gmbh, Winnenden Fax: 07195 / 9270-50
• Gesellschaft für Arbeitsplatz- und Umweltanalytik mbH,
Münster-Roxel
Dust
Emission Meter
Friedrich-List-Straße 9
71364 Winnenden LPS-E
Tel.: 07195 / 9270-0 for continuous dust concentration measurement
Fax: 07195 / 9270-50 and dust collection
Fig 1: Dust-emission-meter LPS-E
1. Applicability 2. Structure and operating principle of the LPS-E
The dust emission meter LPS-E is used for continuous Dust samples are taken by extracting a subflow of the gas
dust emission measurement in gas and flue gas flows in flow using a differential pressure probe and observing the
accordance with 17. BImSchV (German immission control isokinetic sampling conditions. This is ensured by swift
law). It is also used for continuous dust collection for the and reliable control of the extraction rate.
production of representative samples (reference samples).
To keep to the isokinetic sampling conditions, the static
Representative dust samples are taken from dust-charged pressure in the main flow pT, the total pressure ptot and the
gas flows and the current dust content is determined. temperature are measured on the probe head. All data is
registered and stored by the processor or is evaluated for
The German environmental liability law of 1 December, control of the fan.
1990 provides the most important argument in favour of
continuous collection of dust samples. The fan module consists of a heated high-output fan, two
fans for cooling the fan motor and a frequency converter
If compensation claims are lodged against the owner or a for control of the fan output to ensure isokinetic gas
plant, it is this person who is fundamentally considered to sampling.
be the originator of any possible damage. He is the one
who must provide proof of the fact that the plant is not The particles suspended in the gas flow are separated by
causing the damage (reversal of the burden of proof). a very fine dust filter. The dust concentration is measured
continuously via the differential pressure on the very fine
With archived reference samples, the owner has a dust filter.
possibility of defining dust contents even after the fact,
thus proving the correct operation of his plant.
Use is made of the long-term sampling system LPS-P if Measurement ranges for suitability testing:
the momentary dust concentration is not required during Dust content in the gas flow: 0-15 mg/m³
the course of continuous dust sampling. 0-35 mg/m³
Exhaust gas volume flow: 3-30 m/s
All data is collected and stored by the central processor. 3-20 m/s
The input log and the final log are printed immediately. 3-10 m/s
Interim logs can be printed either manually or in a timed
fashion.
Notes:
• During the course of suitability testing, reproducibility
2.1 Analyser amounted to 21 and 20 in relation to the final
measurement range value of 15 mg/m³. This results
The filter modules consist of dual filters. in a maximum measurement uncertainty of
± 0.8 mg/m³.
One filter module consists of a double-walled insulated • In the case of exhaust gases or exhaust air with
housing that contains the filter unit. Two finned pipe steam saturation, the flushing time interval of the
heating elements are installed in the filter module for differential pressure probe must be determined
heating. The temperature measurement needed for depending on the specific plant.
heating control is realised with two thermocouples. • Reliable dust measurement is no longer possible in
the event of exhaust gas speeds of less than 3 m/s.
The filter drawer, on which the medium lies, is located An enlarged measurement uncertainty is to be
between the top and bottom of the filter. expected in the event of pulsating volume flows.
The filter pressure loss is measured by a differential Test report:

pressure sensor. This is protected by the pressure sensor Technischer-Überwachungsverein Rheinland e.V
housing, which is secured on the filter module. No.: 936/8020/008 dated 02.02.1993
Condensate drains are integrated to protect the pressure
sensor from condensate.
3.2 Further technical data:
Dust quantity: up to 10 g per filter module

Flue gas temperature: up to 200 °C without cooling
Probe material: titanium, stainless steel
Probe diameter: 16, 25 and 40mm
Filter diameter: 300 and 100 mm
Isokinetic control cycle: 1 sec
Accuracy of
speed measurement < 0.2%
Analog outputs: Dust emission rate
Static pressure
Flue gas quantity
Flue gas temperature
Flue gas density
Analog inputs: CO2
O2
Humidity
Electrical connection: 380 V, 50 Hz
205 V, 60 Hz
Power consumption: 10kW
Weight: 350 kg
Fig 2: Filter modul
3. Technical data Manufacturer:

3.1 Suitability testing data
LPS-E for dust mass concentration and exhaust gas

volume flow
Manufacturer:
bm becker meßtechnik gmbh, Winnenden Friedrich-List-Straße 9
71364 Winnenden
Suitability:
For small quantities of dust in purified exhaust gas and Tel.: 07195 / 9270-0
exhaust air (also in the case of steam saturation). Fax: 07195 / 9270-50
Emission Measuring Equipment
BA 3002 RC for Total Carbon
1. Fields of Application
Suitable for the continuous measurement X2. The required quantity of sample gas
of CnHm emissions from:- is fed into the flame ionisation detector
1. Installations for polymer drying and (FID) through capillary K1. The necessary
plants for coating, enameling and drying. combustion gas is dosed with the help of
Also suitable for facilities with solvent pressure regulator D2 and flow regulator
recovery as well as thermal or catalytic R1. The solenoid valve Y3 and the needle
afterburners such as coffee roasting plants. valve R3 are used for igniting the FID.
Suitability tested by TÜV Norddeutschland Combustion air for the FID is taken from
e.V. (Technical Inspection Service), Hamburg the stabilising gas flow and dosed by means
(report no. 128CU03490 of 16 March 1990 of the needle valve R2.
and 128CU00530 of 27 July 1987).
2. Waste incinerators, plants with
chlorinated and non-chlorinated organic
solvents.
Suitability tested by TÜV Nord, Hamburg
(report no. 128CU07710 of 16 August 1991).
3. Waste incinerators (with wet scrubbers)
in accordance with 17. BImSchV.
Suitability tested by TÜV Nord, Hamburg
(report no. 128CU11120 of 3 March 1993).
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation.

2.1 Complete System
The measuring equipment consists of the
analyser which is connected to a heated
line fitted with a heated sample probe.
22.2 Analyser Fig. 1 Typical set-up of a measuring

The sample gas is sucked into the input system with the analyser BA 3002 RC
X1 through a built-in filter F1 by the 1 Sample pipe
diaphragm pump Y4M1. The output pressure 2 Heated filter
of the pump is held constant by pressure 3 Heated sample gas line
regulator D1, whose stabilising gas flow, 4 Analyser
as well as the excess sample gas, leaves 5 Exhaust
the analyer through capillary K2 at outlet 6 Measuring value output 4-20 mA
33. Technical Data Avergae value in continuous
3.1 Results of the Suitability Test (taken operation # 210 W
from report 128CO07710). Materials in contact with sample gas
Quartz Platinum Graphite
Reference Quantity Full Scale (FS) TEFLON* VITON* KALREZ*
Tested Range 0 - 25 mgC/m3 Sample gas path fully heated 160...240° C
Availabilty 96 % The analyser is able to regulate the tem-
Period of unattended perature of a heated line (max length 5m)
operation 14 days Enclosure protection class according to
Influence of sample gas DIN 40050 IP 20 or IP 51
pressure variation # 0.25% of FS/10 hPa The instrument is capable of being remotely
Lower detection limit controlled (by computer).
(laboratory) #0.23 % of FS * registered trade mark
Lower detection limit (practice) ** without heated line
# 0.31 % of FS
Tested temperature range 0 .. 40° C
Temperarure depenedence A1 X2
K2
of the zero point < 1 % of FS / 10 K F1 Y4
FID
X1 X3
of the sensitivity < 1 % of FS / 10 K K1
Cross sensitivity Zero Point Sensitivity M1 R2

to:- % of FS % of FS R3
- H2O(125 g/m3,N2) <±0.2 <-2.2 S1
- dto. Brenngas H2He <±0.2 <-0.5 Y1

P1 R1
- CO (285 ppm,N2) <±0.2 <±0.2 Y2 Y3
- dto. Brenngas H2He <-0.8 <-0.7
- CO2 (13 Vol.-%,N2) <±0.3 <±0.3 D1 D2
K3
- dto. Brenngas H2He <+1.1 <+1.2
- NO(307 ppm, N2) <+0.9 <+0.9 X4 X5 X6 X7
- SO2 (130 ppm, N2) <+0.5 <+0.5
- HCl (50 ppm, N2) <+0.6 <+0.5
Signal Response Time (1.5m SS-pipe A-O=6mm)
- Dead time 2 s
- 90 % time 4 s Fig. 2 Flow diagram of the Analyser
Drift of the zero point 0.7 % of FS / 14 d BA 3002 RC
Drift of the sensitivity 2 % of FS / 14 d A1 Heated analysis chamber
Relative standard deviation of D1 Sample gas pressure regulator
the evaluation factors 14.6 % D2 Pressure regulator for H2
dto. Extended list 18.6 % F1 Filter
K1 Sample gas capillary
3.2 Further Technical Data K2 By-pass capillary
Measuring range selectable K3 Calibration gas capillary
- smallest measuring range K4 Zero gas capillary
10 ppm relative to C3H8 K5 Limiting capillary
- largest measuring range M1 Sample gas pump motor
100,000 ppm relative to C3H8 P1 Pressure guage for sample gas
Range selection R1 Through flow regulator for
- coarse adjust 10; 100; 1,000; 10,000; 100,000 combustion gas
- fine adjust Max. Factor 11 R2 Needle valve for combustion
Linear range (linearity) Upto 100,000 ppm air
Signal Response Time < 1 s R3 Needle valve for ignition gas
Warm up time < 1 h S1 Pressure switch for sample gas
Signal output 4....20 or 0....20 mA X1 Sample gas inlet
Load # 500 X2 Sample gas by-pass
or optionally 0... .10V X3 Detector exhaust
Load # 10 K X4 Calibration gas
Sample gas flow Approx 70 l/h X5 Zero gas
Gas consumption: X6 Combustion and control air
Combustion gas, quality minimum 5.0 X7 Combustion gas
Hydrogen (H2) Approx 1.2 l/h Y1 Solenoid valve for calibration
or gas
Hydrogen / Helium (H2He) Approx 3.6 l/h Y2 Solenoid valve for zero gas
Control and combustion air Y3 Soleniod valve for ignition
(dry and CnHm free). Approx 180 l/h gas
Mains supply 220 V, - 15....+ 10 % Y4 Sample gas pump
50.....60 Hz
Electrical power**
Warm-up phase # 300 W
BERNATH ATOMIC GMBH & CO.KG Gottlieb-Daimler-Straße 11-15 D-30974 Wennigsen

Fon: ++49 (0) 5103-709-0 Fax: ++49 (0)5103-709-298 E-mail: Info@bernath-atomic.com www.bernath-atomic.com
Emission Measuring Equipment
BA 3006 (mobile) for Total Carbon
1. Fields of Application
Suitable:
1. For installations covered under 17. ambient air which is compressed by fresh
BImSchV with emissions of chlorinated and air pump Y7M1. From this, combustion air
non-chlorinated organic solvents, smallest and zero gas, through filter F1 (active
approved measuring range 0 - 15 mgC/m3, carbon), are also generated. With help
suitability tested by TÜV Rheinland (report from solenoid valve Y4, synthetic air can
no. 936/803017/1 of 28 March 1995). also be used for combustion air and zero
2. Continuous monitoring of the mass gas. The switching is achieved by means
concentration of tetrachloroethylene (20 of pressure switch S2, which is activated
mg/m3) after separation, smallest approved when sufficient pressure is applied at
measuring range 0 - 80 mg/m3 tetrachloro- input X5. Combustion air for the FID is
ethylene, suitability tested by TÜV Rheinland dosed by means of pressure regulator D3
(report no. 936/803017/2 of 28 March 1995). and needle valve R2. The necessary combustion
3. The BA 3006 represents the mobile ver- gas is dosed with the help of pressure
sion of the BA 3002 RC and it is also regulator D1 and flow regulator R1. The
suitable in accordance with the approval solenoid valve Y3 and the needle valve R3
announcement in GMBI 1993, page 469. are used for igniting the FID.
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation

2.1 Complete System
The measuring equipment consists of the
analyser which is connected to a heated
line fitted with a heated sample probe and
heated pre-filter.
2.2 Analyser
The sample gas is sucked into the input
X1 through a built-in filter F1 by the
diaphragm pump Y6M1. The output pressure
of the pump is held constant by pressure Fig. 1 Typical set-up of a measuring
regulator D2, whose stabilising gas flow, system with the analyser BA 3006
as well as the excess sample gas, leaves 1 Sample pipe
the analsyer through capillary K2 at out- 2 Heated filter
let X2. The required quantity of sample 3 Heated sample gas line
gas is fed into the flame ionisation de- 4 Analyser
tector (FID) through capillary K1. The 5 Exhaust
pressure regulator D2 is fed with clean 6 Measuring value output 4-20 mA
3. Technical Data
3.1 Results of the Suitability Test (taken
from report 936/803017/1).
Reference Quantity Full Scale (FS) * registered trade mark

Tested Range 0 - 15 mgC/m3 ** without heated line
Availabilty 96 %
Period of unattended operation 3 days
Lower detection limit (field test) #2,0% of FS
Cross sensitivity Zero Point Sensitivity
to:- % of FS % of FS
- H2O (25 Vol.-%,N2) 0.0 0.0
- CO (461 mg/m3,N2) #-0.6 #-0.6
- CO2(18 Vol.-%,N2) #-0.6 -0.6
- NH3 (18 mg/m3,N2) 0.0 0.0
- N2O (19 mg/m3,N2) ±0.6 +0.6
- NO (310 mg/m3,N2) #+0.6 +0.6
- NO2 (146 mg/m3,N2) 0.0 -0.6
- SO2 (258 mg/m3,N2) ±0.6 #-0.6
- HCl (78 mg/m3,N2) +0.6 #+1.3
- O2 (20...0 Vol.-%) #±2.0
Signal Response Time (3m SS-pipe A-O=6mm)
- Dead time # 10s
- 90%-time # 60s
Drift of the zero point #±1,9% FS/7d
Drift of the sensitivity #±3,8% FS/7d
Relative standard deviation
of the evaluation factors # 11,9%
3.2 Further Technical Data Fig. 2 Flow diagram of the Analyser BA 3006
Measuring range selectable A1 Heated analysis chamber
- smallest measuring range 10 ppm to C3H8 D1 Pressure regulator for H2
- largest measuring range 100,000 ppm relative D2 Sample gas pressure regulator
to C3H8 F1 Filter
Range selection K1 Sample gas capillary
- coarse adjust 10; 100; 1,000; 10,000; 100,000 K2 By-pass capillary
- fine adjust Max. Factor 11 K3 Calibration gas capillary
Linear range(linearity) Upto 100,000 ppm K4 Zero gas capillary
Signal Response Time < 1 s M1 Pump motor
Warm up time < 1 h P1 Pressure guage for sample gas
Signal output 4....20 or 0....20mA R1 Through flow regulator for
Load # 500 combustion gas
or optionally 0...10V R2 Needle valve for ignition gas
Load # 10 kS R3 Needle valve for by-pass fresh
Sample gas flow Approx 70 l/h air pump
Gas consumption: R4 Needle valve for combustion
Combustion gas, quality minimum 5.0 air
Hydrogen (H2) Approx 1.2 l/h S1 Pressure switch for sample gas
or S2 Pressure switch for internal/
Hydrogen/Helium (H2He) Approx 3.6 l/h external supply of combustion/
Control and combustion air (dry and CnHm free), zero gas
when internal air is not used Approx 180 l/h X1 Sample gas inlet
Mains supply 220 V, - 15......+ 10 % X2 Sample gas by-pass
50.......60 Hz X3 Detector exhaust
Electrical power** X4 Calibration gas
Warm-up phase # 300 W X5 External combustion /zero gas
Avergae value in continuous X6 Fresh air intake
operation # 210 W X7 Combustion gas
Materials in contact with sample gas Y1 Soleniod valve for ignition gas
Quartz Platinum Graphite Y2 Solenoid valve for zero gas
TEFLON* VITON* KALREZ* Y3 Solenoid valve for calibration
Sample gas path fully heated 160...240° C gas
The analyser is able to regulate the temperature Y4 Soleniod valve for internal/exter-
of a heated line (max length 5 m) nal supply of combustion/zero gas
Enclosure protection class according to Y5 Solenoid valve by-pass for
DIN 40050 IP 20 fresh air pump
Optionally, the instrument can be fitted Y6 Sample gas pump
with automatic ignition. Y7 Fresh air pump
BERNATH ATOMIC GMBH & CO.KG Gottlieb-Daimler-Straße 11-15 D-30974 Wennigsen

Fon: ++49 (0) 5103-709-0 Fax: ++49 (0)5103-709-298 E-mail: Info@bernath-atomic.com www.bernath-atomic.com
ON-LINE MONITORS 2.2.2
Monitor 90 Ecometer
The waste gas watchdog
Microprocessor-controlled on-line gas analyzer for
the fully automatic measurement of HCl, HF accor-
ding to German law (17. BlmSchV) or NH3 in stack
gas.
Applications
The Monitor 90 Ecometers are The Ecometer’s modern micropro-
used to measure gaseous inorganic cessor technology and straight for-
chorine, fluorine or ammonium ward operation make it easy to
compounds. integrate into existing installations.
They are ideal for process monito-
ring and emission control, and
comply to the requirements of the
German emission control regulati-
ons (BImSchV) - among the strictest
in the world. Advantages
The high system availability makes The Monitor 90 Ecometer combines
the Ecometer an ideal component high precision with proven reliabi-
of automatic control systems for lity and economy.
emission control installations.
■ Minimal reagent consumption
Typical applications are for low operating costs
■ Low maintenance, with self-
■ Waste and sludge
checking and automatic
incineration plants
recalibration
■ Heating and power plants
■ Automatic correction for sample
■ Aluminium smelting pressure and temperature
■ Glass and ceramic production ■ Low sensitivity to interference,
below statutory requirements
■ High stability, with low
standard deviation and drift
■ Industry standard interfaces
and outputs
■ Optional interfaces for PC and
printer
Ecometer HCl
ON-LINE MONITORS 2.2.2
Measuring principle Ecometer Cooling and

mixing coil
Potentiometric analysis:
Gas
The gaseous sample is drawn in through a heated
sample line, the soluble components are dissolved in
an absorbing solution, and the resulting sample
solution is measured with an ion-selective electrode.
Calibrant 1
Example for
HCl determination
Absorption solution Drain Exhaust gas

Calibrant 2
Technical and data

Measuring principle potentiometric Sample (at sampling point)
Lowest range Pressure 800 - 1000 mbar absolute
HCI in mg/m
3
0 - 15 (TÜV-approved) Pressure difference ± 40 mbar to atmospheric
3 Temperature max. 673 K (400°C)
HF in mg/m 0 - 2 (TÜV-approved)
3
Volume approx. 50 - 70 l/h
NH3 in mg/m 0 - 10 Dust content max. 20 g/m3
Accuracy < ±5% of full scale Sample probe for DN 65 flange
Detection limit typ. 1 - 4% of full scale (DIN 2631)
Baseline drift < 2% per 24 h Power supply
Sensitivity drift < 4% per 24 h Voltage 230 V, others on request
Display
3
in Nm wet Tolerance ±10%
can be corrected to Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
3
Nm dry Power consumption
Output signal 0/4-20 mA, Analyzer approx. 900 VA
load 400 Ohm Sample line approx. 125 W/m at 200°C
linear response approx. 200 W/m at 300°C
Option: Sample probe approx. 900 VA
galvanically separated
RS 232, Environmental
RS 485 bus interface temperature 278 - 308 K (5 - 35°C)
Limit signal potential-free contact Colour grey/white (RAL 9002)
max. load 50 V, 2 A, Mounting free standing
80 VA Sample inlet right-hand side
Status/Alarm signal potential-free contact (600 mm free space
max. load 50 V, 2 A, required)
80 VA Protection class IP 54 DIN 40050
Subject to change without notice
Weight approx. 90 kg
Sample probe approx. 20 kg
Printed in Germany
Dimensions (HxWxD) 1795x600x410 mm

1.0 E 1097
ISO 9001 Bran+Luebbe GmbH · P.O. Box 13 60 · D-22803 Norderstedt

PenTrigon Quality Certificate
Phone (040) 522 02-0 · Fax (040) 522 0-447· E-Mail info@bran-luebbe.de · Internet http://www.bran-luebbe.de
Particle Flow Meter PFM 92 / PFM 92C
Picture 2: Typical filter-diagram in the business-mode

“Integral Off”
This means, an exact planning of maintenance
works or a selective exchange of defective filter
elements are possible, so that an optimal exploi-
Figure 1: Particle Flow Meter PFM 92 tation of the filter material up to the wear border
is guaranteed.
1. Applications The compact filter controller PFM 92C offers in
The filter controller of the device series PFM 92 principle all functions of the standard device. By
is made for the qualitative control of dust emis- the absence of the displays locally as well as the
sions. The registration of the dust concentration implementation of all switching functions di-
in clean gas behind dust precipitators in all areas rectly on the probe circuit board this version is
of the industry is the field of application. You suited for the setting up of complete operational
will find main customers in the cement industry, monitors.
the chemical and metallurgic industry. Increasing
meaning also attains the food industry. A control
of product losses over the exhaust air is also pos-
sible beside the monitoring of the emission lim-
its.
The user gets a 4...20 mA signal, proportional to
the dust concentration, as well as two potential-
free limit contacts.
The use of a filter controller of the device series
PFM 92 is also meaningfull for the control of
small dust precipitators due to the compact and
robust design as well as the minimum of installa-
tion and maintenance expenditure.
The device series PFM 92 have two business
modes. In the integrating mode a slow increase
of the measuring signal takes place according to
the increasing of the dust concentration. One can
leave the integration mode and registrate the
momentary values of the measuring signal when Figure 3: Compact filter controller PFM 92C
a presetted, freely selectable limit is exceeded. A
typical filter diagram developes, with its assis-
tance an effective filter diagnosis is possible.
The registration of the measuring signals usually The minimum requirements for TÜV approval
takes place in a process control system or for according to TA Luft were fulfilled in the con-
official purposes on analogue writers or an ad- text of this practice test. The ability of calibration
mitted evaluation unit. To give the signals on a was proven in the measuring ranges of 0...50
separate PC with particular software is especially mg/m³ and 0...300 mg/m³. The minimum dust
comfortable. There exists also the possibility to level, which is detectable is 0,1 mg/m³.
show a defect under exact statement of the dam- A supplement approval took place in summer of
aged filter element. 1998 for the compact filter controller PFM 92C,
The mobile version of filter controller PFM 92 is because the evaluation unit was only simplified
an effective help for operators with a high num- and integrated directly into the probe head. The
ber of filter installations without the obligation of minimum requirements for TÜV approval ac-
monitoring as well as for service teams. cording to TA Luft for all device parameters
were also fulfilled
2. Construction and Operation For all versions of the PFM 92 is to consider,
that exhaust gas velocities are necessary bigger
The filter controller PFM 92 consists of an iso- than 5 m/s and the gas temperature shouldn’t fall
lated probe to be installed in the clean gas pipe. below the dewpoint durably.
An electrical charge transferred by contact- and
A reference point control at the PFM 92 and
triboelectric processes is shunted, transformed
PFM 92C does not exist on the basis of the used
and amplified in the evaluation unit. The result-
measuring principle. For this reason the meas-
ing value is provided as a standard signal (4...20
ured signals of calibration from the beginning
mA). An exceed of the allowed emission value
and the end of the TÜV approval were used to
can be signalled with the help of two integrated,
built the reference point. With this method was
potential free and freely adjustable limit contacts.
proofed that the drift of the measured signal was
The evaluation unit is executed as separate mod- in the allowed deviations.
ule by the standard device. The percentage dust
A plausibility examination of the measurements
level can immediately be read off on the inte-
is sufficiently for the normal applications under
grated display. The evaluation unit has addition-
business conditions. A reference point control is
ally a comfortable keypad, on which all switch-
not necessary.
ing functions are realizable. This variant is an
optimal solution for the effective filter monitor-
ing, especially for the control of single precipita- 3.2 General Technical Data
tors or if the evaluation unit can be placed at a Measuring
well visible position. Ranges: 0,1 mg/m³ up to 1000 mg/m³ in
At the compact filter controller PFM 92 C this dependence of dust-type and
separate module is omitted. All functions are the characteristics of the gas
realized directly in the probe head. Because the Probe
reading off of the measured values is locally not temperature: maximum 260 °C (higher on
possible, this version recommends itself for con- request)
necting into an operation system.
Protection: IP 65
3. Technical Data Power supply: 230 V 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC or
110 V 50/60 Hz
3.1 Data from TÜV approval Probe length: 300 mm (others on request)
The filter controller PFM 92 already possesses
the TÜV approval according to TA Luft since Power
spring 1996. The examination itself took place in Consumption: 10 W (PFM 92 standards)
a 3 months continuing practice test with 2 de- 5 W (PFM 92C)
vices at a mill for the lime production.
Combination Monitor For Dust Con-
centration And Gas Flow PFM 97
for dust emissions and the exhaust gas velocity
for installations according to the German regula-
tions 13. and 27. BImSchV as well as TA Luft
behind mechanical and filtering separators.
The smallest suitability-checked measuring
range for dust amounts from 0...20 mg/m³. This
means that the device of PFM 97 corresponds to
the requests for official monitoring tasks.
2. Construction and Operation

The Dust Concentration Measuring Device PFM
Figure 1: Dust Concentration Measuring Device 97 consists of probe and evaluation unit. Two
PFM 97
dust sensors for the dust signal and differential
pressure transducer with integrated temperature
1. Applications sensor for the determination of gas velocity and
Potential fields of application for the Dust Con- temperature are installed on the measuring
centration Measuring Device PFM 97 result in probe. The probe is arranged in such a way that
particular in the cement industry, power plants, it is suitable for mounting into one flange with
combustion plants as well as for the most differ- an inner diameter of 100 mm.
ent areas of the chemical and metallurgic indus- The arrangement of dust sensors, which possess
try. a sharp edged trapezoidal profile, takes place on
The dust concentration under operating condi- the same height in direction of gas flow. The
tions, normalised just as optional the exhaust gas selected profile for the dust sensors guarantees a
velocity and the exhaust gas temperature as simi- small degree of pollution and enables in such a
lar 4...20 mA - output signal are at the disposal way during a long period a stable measurement.
to the user. The dust measurement is made by redundant
Because of the robust and compact design (no sensors. So occuring mistakes can be detected as
moved or optical parts) no additional protection, for example sensor failure, serious contamina-
air purge or cooling units are needed. Thus tion or dust bridges.
minimum operating costs and a minimal mainte- The flow probe is centrally arranged before the
nance expenditure are guaranteed. dust sensors. The described design is protected
A further advantage is the simple assembly in patent-legally.
only one flange. But no special tool is necessary. In the probe head are installed the preamplifier
Likewise a complicated adjustment of the Dust for reception of dust signal, the differential pres-
Concentration Measuring Device PFM 97 in the sure transducer and the evaluation unit for tem-
pipe is omitted. An adjustment at already avail- perature measurement. The evaluation unit con-
able connecting pieces is problem-free on re- tains the keypad, a display and the electronics
quest over adapter flanges. needed for evaluation of the single signals.
With the continuous Dust Concentration Meas- Dust particles which get into physical contact
uring Device PFM 97 it succeeded to move a with the probe generate an electrical charge
large extent unknown measuring principle into a which is derived from the probe as current in the
new generation of industrialsuited measuring range of pico amperes. A zero / reference point
instruments. control takes place internally through separating
Due to the positive results obtained in the ap- the circuit between the probes and the electron-
proval of the TÜV Rheinland became the PFM ics as well as through switch on a generated ref-
97 as suitability-checked measuring instrument erence signal.
3. Technical Data 140
Staubart: Mikro- Calcilin
120
Staubkonzentrationgrav. [mg/m³]
3.1 Data from TÜV approval 100
Staubkonzentrationgravimetrisch=A c'i.B.+D
80 y = 1,0019x -1,114
Variable adjustments of dust concentration and R2 = 0,9769
60
gas velocity cannot be ensured in practice. For
40
this reason there were executed examinations at
20
a dust measuring channel beside the 3 months
0
continuing practice test in a local power plant as 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
well as in an industrial residual matter combus- PFM 97 c'i.B. [mg/m³]
tion. The checked measuring ranges amounted to

Figure 2: Calibration diagramm of PFM 97
0 ...20 mg/m³ dust and 0 ...25 m/s gas velocity.
Maintenance work is limited to a plausibility
As in the case of conventional optical dust mea- check of the measured values as well as to clean-
suring instruments the signal depends on typical ing of the measuring probe. Because of the spe-
dust parameters (e.g. particle size distribution) cial probe geometry the intervals of maintenance
also on triboelectrical devices. Experimentally it can be expanded wide. Additional zero and ref-
was proven that the influence can be generally erence point are to be checked with help of an
neglected by the temperature, gas composition automatic cycle. Continuing works are not nec-
and moisture. By the moisture of gas is only to essary.
be noted that the temperature of the flowing gas
may should not be permanently fallen below the
dewpoint. 3.2 General Technical Data
Measuring ranges: (corresponds to 4 ...20 mA)
The dust concentration in the gas stream has a
direct linear influence on the number of the elec- Temperature: 0 ...300 °C
trical charges, which is exchanged between dust Gas velocity: 0 ...25 m/s
particles and sensor surface. The triboelectric (others possible)
current is thus directly proportional to the dust
concentration. Dust in process: 0 ...15 to 0 ...500 mg/m³
(free selectable)
After the dust concentration the velocity of the
gas stream has the largest influence on the cur- Dust normalised: 0 ...15 / 0 ...45 / 0 ...150 /
rent by the triboelectric measurement. The 0 ...500 mg/m³
measured signal is with the dust concentration in Status signals: disturbance, maintenance,
linear and with the speed in potential depend- limit 1, limit 2,
ency. measuring range A,
The calibration ability of the combination moni- measuring range B
tor PFM 97 was proven with consideration of the Dimensions: probe: 300 x 400 x 1000
dust concentration as well as the exhaust gas Weight appr. 10 kg
velocity in all attempts. The determined calibra-
tion constants are to be used in dependence of evaluation unit:
dust and installation. 305 x 240 x 300
Environmental
temperature: -20 ...+50 °C
Power supply: 230 V / 50 ...60 Hz
Load at analogue
contacts: max. 500 Ω
Load at digital
contacts: max. 42 V / DC by 2 A
D-R 280-10
Dust Concentration Meter
1. Fields of Application Switching between the measuring beam and a com-

The DURAG D-R 280-10 Dust Concentration Me- parator light beam proceeds through an electromag-
ter is used for continuous dust measuring in flue netically actuated rotary diaphragm. For check value
gas chimneys and dust extraction pipings. Accord- compensation, comparative measurings of 2 seconds
ing to TA Luft and 13. BlmSchV it is suitable for duration each occur every 2 minutes. A photoelement
furnace plants with hard coal, brown coal, fuel oil alternatingly receives the measuring and the compara-
and mix-type combustions, converter plants, as- tor light beam. There is only 1 joint amplifier for the
phalt mixing plants and cement production plants measuring and the comparator beams, thus
as well as for any other type of plant requiring compensating for ageing of the bulb and the photo
quantitative measuring of dust concentrations. element, for temperature influences as well as for
Calibrating capability in mg/m³ through gravimetric amplifier long-term drift. The monochromatic emitter
comparative measuring. light is being modulated with 1.2 kHz, avoiding influence
Type tested to the guidelines for emission measur- of constant light (daylight, etc.).
ing equipment of the Federal Ministry of Interior The core piece of the D-R 280-10 is a randomly pro-
(FMI Circular UII 8-556134/4 dated 21.7.1980) by grammable microprocessor. A 64" integral can be acti-
TÜV Rheinland Technical Inspection Agency, Test vated by way of a jumper in the terminal box. It works
Report # 936/802002-2 of 10.12.82. floatingly and effects a settled indication. There are 5
Itemized in the list of suitable instruments for con- measuring ranges switchable between 0.1, -0.2, -0.4, -
tinuous registration of emissions. Joint Gazette # 0.8, -1.6 extinction.
16 of 15.6.1983 of the Federal Ministry of Interior. For proper functioning the D-R 280 performs a check
cycle every 2 hours, thereby measuring and indicating
the zero point, the soiling of the optical boundary sur-
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation faces as well as a reference value automatically. If nec-
The instrument applies the 2-beam alternate light essary, the subsequent measuring values will be cor-
method following the autocollimation principle, i.e., rected. If the correction surpasses a determinated
the lightbeam crosses the measuring section twice. value, a signal will be generated.
The unit measures and evaluates the light beam's
weakening caused by the dust content within the 2.1 Complete System
measuring section.
The standard version includes:
− Measuring head D-R 280-10
− Reflector D-R 280-I for
measuring sections 0.4-
3.2 m or
− Reflector D-R 280-II for
measuring sections 2.8-
7.5 m or
− Reflector D-R 280-III for
measuring sections 7-14.0
m
− 2 welding pipes with ad-
justing flanges
− Terminal box
− 1 air unit (2 fans) for keep-
ing the end glasses clean
2.2 Optional Accesso-

ries
− 2 Weather protective
hoods for measuring head
and reflector
− 2 Weather protective
hoods for the purge air fan
(weather protective hoods are not necessary Temperature dependence
when the instrument is mounted in a protected of the zero point <2% of FS /10 K
area). Temperature dependence
− Automatic fail safe shutters for measuring head of the sensitivity <0.2% of FS /10 K
and reflector for pressurized plants; complete Drift of zero point <1% of FS /3 months
with air flow sensors for purge air control and Drift of sensitivity <2% of FS /3 months
control unit with signals for protection system
control. 3.2 Further Technical Data
Connection facility for emission evaluators, e.g.
Length of measuring
DURAG D-MS 500. The necessary status signals
section 400 - 14.000 mm
are available.
Mains voltage 115 / 230 Volt ±10%.
Equipment delivered comes accompanied by ex-
Mains frequency 60 / 50 Hz
tensive documentation on mounting and installa-
Power consumption approx. 50 VA
tion. For alignment of the welding pipes we can put
Output signal 4 - 20 mA / 500 Ohms
an optical sighting device at disposal on a loan
Protection class IP 65
basis. On request, we delegate our technicians for
Conventional error limit < ± 2% ME
instrument initiation and optical/electrical adjust-
Relay contacts’ load 250 Volt / 100 VA
ment, who, at the same time, can instruct your
Technical Data - Purge air fan
personnel on the functioning and maintenance of
the unit. Mains voltage 200-240 V ∆, 345-415 V Υ
Mains frequency 50 Hz
Current input 2.8/1.6 A
3. Technical Data Other voltages and frequencies on request
Max. flow rate 2,3 m³ /min bei 0 mm WS
3.1 Results of Suitability Test Weights
Reference Quantity full scale (FS) Measuring head 16 kg
Tested ranges: Reflector 6 kg
D-R 280-10 0-0.1, -0.2, -0.4, -0.8, -1.6 Adjusting flange 4 kg / each (2 pcs.)
Extinction Purge air fan complete 15 kg / each (2 pcs.)
D-R 280-10 OP 0.2 and 0.8 Extinction
25, 50 and 100% Opacity
Period of unattended
Operation 4-6 weeks
Ambient temperature
range - 20°..+ 50°C
Influence of maladjustment
of the light beam <2% of FS /± 0.35°
DURAG Industrie Elektronik GmbH & Co KG • Kollaustr. 105 • D22453 Hamburg • www.durag.de
Tel +49 (0) 40 55 42 18-0 • Fax +49 (0) 40 58 41 54 • E-mail info@durag.de
D-R 216
Opacity Meter
1. Fields of Application The emitter light being modulated with 25 Hz, no day-
Typical application fields are monitoring tasks in heat- light influences will occur.
ing plants industrial boiler plants barracks, hospitals, A separate purge air fan keeps the heated optical
schools, etc., garbage and waste incinerators monitor- boundary surfaces free from soiling. Optional: Auto-
ing dust extraction and filtering systems process con- matic cutoff system with pre-alarm. The cutoff thresh-
trolling in the chemical industry. old value can be adjusted over the entire measuring
According to Circular Letter Ull 8556134/4 of the FMI area.
dated 18.9.1978, the D-R 216 Smoke Density Meter is
suitable for monitoring gaseous and dustlike emis- 2.1 Complete System
sions. The standard version includes:
−= Measuring head D-R 216-40
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation −= Reflector D-R 216-l for measuring ranges of 0.4-1.8
The instrument applies the 2-beam alternate light m or
method following the autocollimation principle, i.e., the = Reflector D-R 216-ll for measuring ranges of 0.4-3.0
light beam crosses the measuring section twice. The m or
unit measures and evaluates the light beam's weak- = Reflector D-R 216-lIl for measuring ranges of 2.3-
ening caused by the dust content within the measuring 6.25m
section. −= 2 welding pipes with adjusting flanges
An electromagnetically actuated rotary diaphragm −= Terminal box
switches between the measuring beam and a com- −= Zero point reflector
parator light beam. For check value compensation, −= Purge air fan for keeping the end glasses clean
comparative measurings of 2 seconds duration each
occur every 64 sec. 2.2 Optional accessories
A photocell alternatingly receives the measuring and
the comparator light beam. There is only one joint am- −= 2 Weather protective hoods for measuring head
plifier for the measu-ring and the comparator beams, and reflector
thus compensating for light bulb and photoelement −= 1 Weather protective hood for the purge air fan
ageing, for temperature influences as well as for ampli- −= Registrating or indicating instruments such as dot
fier long-time drift. printer, line recorder,
−= built-in current meter of the light beam <2% of FS /± 0,35° and path
−= Automatic fail safe shutters length < 0,5 m
Equipment delivered comes accompanied by extensive Temperature dependence
documentation on mounting and installation. For of the zero point <1% of FS /10 K
alignment of the welding pipes we can put an optical Drift of zero point <1% of FS /3 months
sighting device at disposal on a loan basis. On request, Drift of sensitivity <1,8% of FS/3 months
we delegate our technicians for instrument initiation
and optical/electrical adjustment, who, at the same 3.2 Further Technical Data
time, can instruct your personnel on the functioning Length of measuring
and maintenance of the unit. section 400 - 6.250 mm
Mains voltage 115 / 230 Volt ±10%.
2.3 Special Design Mains frequency 60 / 50 Hz
−= Measuring head D-R 216-41 with integrated auto- Power consumption ca. 30 VA
matic cutoff system of 600 mA sec defined capacity, Output signal 4 - 20 mA / 400 Ohm
for boiler plants that are operated to TRD 604 (BoB) Protection class IP 65
without supervision Conventional error limit ± 2% FS
−= Measuring head with expanded measuring ranges, Relay contacts’ load 230 Volt / 100 VA
0-50% or
= 0-25% opacity Technical Data - Purge air fan
Mains voltage 230 V, ±10%
3. Technical Data Frequency 50 Hz
Power consumption 0,25 kW
Other voltages and frequencies on request
3.1 Results of Suitability Test Flow rate 2,0m³ /min at 0 mm WC
Reference quantity Full Scale (FS)
Tested ranges: 0-25%, 0-50%, 0-100% Opac- Weights
ity Measuring head 5 kg
Reproducibility 47 Reflector 2 kg
Period of unattended Adjusting flange 1,5 kg / each (2 pcs.)
operation 4-6 weeks Purge air fan complete 20 kg
Ambient temperature
range - 20°..+ 50°C
Influence of maladjustment
D-R 300 / D-R 300-40 Soot /
Dust Concentration Meter
1. Fields of Application volume, the stray light reflected by the smoke particles
By TA Luft, light crude-fired plants of a capacity of be- and map same on the optical sensor. This sensor con-
tween 5 and 25 MW are to be equipped with a meas- verts the straylight into an intensity-proportional signal
uring system, which shall continuously detect flue gas current. The stray light’s intensity is proportional to the
turbidity and with adequate certainty determine the particle concentration within the measuring volume.
smoke spot numbers (soot). The secondary digital evaluation electronics compute
The DURAG D-R 300-40 Dust Concentration Meter is the particle concentration from the stray light received
used for continuous measuring of dust emissions in and the emitted light’s intensity.
dust extraction channels, flue gas chimneys, etc., and The value computed is then indicated in a 4-digit dis-
at incineration plants for waste products and similar play as a digital value and simultaneously emitted as
combustible materials as per BlmSchV # 17. an analog current signal. The measured result can be
The DURAG D-R 300 / D-R 300-40 meters comply with calibrated and indicated in smoke spot numbers (soot)
these requirements. It is installed directly at the flue (D-R 300) or in mg/m³ (D-R 300-40).
gas chimney and optically monitors flue gas turbidity on The meter’s optics and electronics section is gas and
a continuous basis. The measured values are regis- dust-tight on its chimney-adjacent side. The heated
tered on a recorder and limit value exceedings are optical boundary areas are kept free from soiling
reported without any delay. This permits taking the through a separate purge air fan.
necessary measures within the regulation system of a For the purpose of checking its orderly functioning, the
furnace plant so as to safeguard realization of the limit meter performs a control cycle in periodical 4hour time
values prescribed. lapses, whereby the zero point, the soiling of optical
boundary areas as well as a reference value are
measured and indicated automatically. If necessary,
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation the subsequent measuring values are corrected. If the
The D-R 300 / D-R 300-40 meters work to the stray correction surpasses a certain value, the system will
light method, which makes it extraordinary sensitive generate a signal.
even to lowest particle concentrations.
Its emission optics shape the modulated light of a long
service life-halogen lamp into a cone beam, which in
the exhaust gas duct lightens the smoke particles. The
receiving optics detect, within a defined measuring
2.1 Complete System
Scope of Delivery:
−= Measuring Head
−= mounting flange
−= terminal box
−= 1 light traps (2 light traps
for smoke spot meter)
−= 1 purge air fan
2.2 Optional accesso-

ries
−= D-R 300-40: automatic
range selection for dust
concentration measure-
ment according to 17.
BImSchV
−= Weather protective hood
for the measuring head
−= Weather protective hood
for the purge air fan
(Weather protective hoods
are not necessary when the
instrument is mounted in a
protected area) Drift of zero point <0.4% of FS / 3 months
−= Automatic fail safe shutter as a protection for the Time drift of sensitivity <0.4% of FS / 3 months
measuring unit in case of an outage of the purge Reproducibility 82…263
air. Complete with flow sensor for purge air control
and control unit with signals for protection system 3.2 Further technical Data
control.
Integration time 10…900 s
Connection facility for emission evaluators, e.g.
Mains voltage 115 / 230 Volt ±10%
DURAG D-MS 500. The necessary status signals are
Frequency 60 / 50 Hz
available.
Power consumption approx. 50 VA
Equipment delivered comes accompanied by extensive
Output signal 4 - 20 mA / 500 Ohm
documentation on mounting and installation. For
alignment of the welding pipe and the light trap we can
Conventional error limit ± 2% ME
put an optical sighting device at disposal on a loan
Relays contacts’ load 250 Volt / 100 VA
basis. On request, we delegate our technicians for
instrument initiation and optical/electrical adjustment,
Technical data - Purge air fan
who, at the same time, can instruct your personnel on
Mains voltage 230 V
the functioning and maintenance of the unit.
Frequency 50 Hz
Power consumption 0.25 kW
3. Technical Data Other voltages and frequencies on request
Air output 84 m³/h
3.1 Results of the Suitability Test
Reference Quantity Full scale (FS) Weights
9 measuring ranges Measuring head 18 kg
D-R 300 Smoke spot No 0-3…0-5 Purge air complete 20 kg
D-R 300-40 0-1 to 0-500 mg/m³ with
automatic range switching
Period of unattended
operation approx. 3 months
Ambient temperature
range - 20°…+50°C
Availability >99%
Influence of voltage
variation of mains <0.4% of FS / 230 V±10%
Temperature dependence
of measured values <0.7 % of FS / -20…+50°C
D-FW 230 / 231
Filter Monitor
1. Range of Application 2. Functional Description
The DURAG D-FW 230 / D-FW 231 filter monitors The DURAG filter monitors operate according to the
may be used for continuous monitoring of filter instal- principle of triboelectric measuring. When dust particles
lations in flue gas ducts, duct work for dust extraction, collide with one another, they acquire an electrical
etc. The filter monitor is placed on the clean-gas side, charge. If these electrically charged particles strike the
behind a filter, and will report any defect. By using filter measuring probe, the charge is transferred. The current
monitors at the most important emissions sources or flowing through the probe is thus proportional to the
filters, appropriate action may be taken in the event of number of particles colliding with it. The result will accu-
a malfunction to prevent or limit damage, i.e., by shut- rately correspond to dust emissions, since it depends
ting down the defective filter chamber. not only on dust concentration, but also accounts for the
This system offers several advantages over compara- velocity of the particle flow.
ble optical devices, including low purchase, installation
and maintenance costs, as well as extremely high
performance. The complete signal processing occurs in the sensor. A
measuring probe inserted into the flue gas duct allows
the sensor to record the electrical charge of the dust
particles. The measured value is calculated and then
transmitted as an interference resistant 4-20 mA signal
to the Control Unit or is directly to e.g. a strip chart
recorder.
2.1 Complete System 3.2 General Technical Specifications
Two Types of Filtermonitors are available:
−= D-FW 230 filter monitor D-FW 230, Full System

= consisting of sensor and control unit
= 115/230V, 50/60 Hz, Sensor (D-FW 230-S)
= measuring probe length 400 mm (15.75 in.)
= mounting with 1“ thread (G1) Gas temperature -20–200°C,
= optional 500°C (932°F)
Ambient temperature -20–50°C
−= D-FW 231 filter monitor
Penetration depth 400 mm;
with complete electronics built into probe 24 VDC,
optional 80, 250, 700 mm,
probe length 400 mm (15.75 in.)
custom lengths upon request.
mounting with 1“ thread (G1)
Protection class IP65
Probe material 1.4571 / PTFE (Ceramic)
2.2 Options
−= mounting with DIN flange Control Unit (D-FW 230-B)
−= mounting with quick release flange
−= measuring probe length of 80 mm (3.15 in.) Ambient temperature -20-50°C
−= measuring probe length of 250 mm (9.84 in.) Measuring signal 4-20 mA / 500 Ohms
−= measuring probe length of 700 mm (27.56 in.) Limit value contact Relay output, 250VAC/
−= flow gas temperature up to 500°C (932°F),ceramic 100 VA resistive load,
insulator adjustable threshold
= Displays Digital display of the 20 mA
−= A weather protection hood is necessary at extreme signal, LED to signal limit value
environmental conditions only. exceedence
Integration time 2 sec. or 20 sec., selectable
Supply voltage 230/115VAC, 50/60 Hz,10 VA
3. Technical Specifications Protection class IP65
Calibration check Manual zero test
3.1 Results of the Performance Test
D-FW 231, Probe Version
Performance: For the qualitative monitoring of dust
emissions. For the quantitative monitoring of dust Gas temperature -20–200°C, optional 500°C
emissions with constant exhaust conditions (flow Ambient temperature -20–50°C
speed, exhaust moisture and dust composition). Penetration depth 400 mm; optional 80 mm,
250 mm, 700 mm, custom
Reference quantity (Full Scale = FS) lengths upon request.
Probe material 1.4571 / PTFE (Ceramic)
Availability during the Measuring signal 4–20 mA / 500 Ohms
performance test > 99% Integration time 2 sec. or 20 sec., selectable
Supply voltage 24V DC, 5VA
Service frequency 2 months Protection class IP65
Calibration check Zero test
Repeatability:
3
to 10mg/m 355
3
0 to 20mg/m 93
3
0 to 35mg/m 34
Ambient temperature range -20º - +50ºC
Dependence on temperature
of the zero point <0.5% of FS/10 K
Change in the zero point <0.3% of FS/2 months

Change in sensitivity <0.4% of FS/2 months
D-FL 100 Volume Flow
Measuring System
1. Field of Application probe’s special shape, a highest possible differential

According to TA-Luft pollutant emissions of industrial pressure is produced, whereby the linearity of the
plants must be monitored. For mass determination of measuring signal is guaranteed.
the pollutants, also the exhaust gas flow must be On this basis, and taking the other flow parameters into
measured with the help of a measuring device. account, the volume flow can be converted from op-
The DURAG D-FL 100 Measuring System continuously erational to standard conditions by the D-FL 100-10
determines the flow velocity and the flow rate of the Microprocessor Evaluation Unit. For this purpose, two
exhaust gas. Preselectable limit value surpassings are additional current inputs (4-20 mA) for a temperature
indicated inertia-free, so permitting necessary interven- probe and a pressure probe have been provided for at
tions in the plant control system so as to comply with the evaluation unit. If an emission evaluation computer
prescribed emission limit values. is available, which can compensate the pressure and
temperature-dependence of the gases and that calcu-
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation lates the actual corrected value of the volume flow, the
evaluation unit is not needed.
The D-FL 100 Measuring System works according to
the principle of mechanical effect. The probe has two 2.1 Complete System
separate chambers, between which a pressure differ- D-FL 100-I / Flow measuring without temperature
ence, caused by the flow in the duct, builds up. The and pressure compensation
differential pressure resulting at the probe is propor- −= 2 mounting flanges
tional to the square of the gas speed. Due to the −= Flow probe (material: 1.4571)
−= Design 1: for stack diameters 0.4-2.0 m 3.2 Further Technical Data
−= Design 2: for stack diameters 2.0-4.0 m Technical Data of D-FL 100
−= Design 3: for stack diameters > 4.0 m Length of measuring range
−= Counter support Probe I 400 - 2000 mm
−= Differential pressure transducer Probe II 2000 - 4000 mm
−= Cross over cock Probe III > 4000 mm
−= Adaptor for flexible tube connection Cross section of the probe
Probe I 22 x 23.9 mm
D-FL 100-II / Flow measuring with temperature and Probe II 50 x 53.4 mm
pressure compensation Probe III 90 x 100 mm
same as D-FL 100-I, but additionally Minimum velocity 3 m/s
−= D-FL 100-10 Microprocessor Evaluation Unit Exhaust gas temperature
−= Absolute pressure measuring transducer min. greater than exhaust gas dew
−= Temperature measuring transducer point
max. (Mat. 1.4571 up to 400°C
2.2 Optional accessories max. (Mat. 2.4816 up to 600°C
Material of the probe: 1.4571 (standard)
−= Adaptor for cross-over cock (differential pressure (other materials available on
transducer mounted to the probe) request, e.g.: 2.4819, 2.4816
−= Weather protection hoods when mounted in an
outside area 3.3 Electrical data
−= Automatic back flow purging for the probe
(pressurized air required) D-FL 100-10 Microprocessor Evaluation Unit
Mains voltage 115/230 V ±10%

2.3 Special Design Mains frequency 50/60 Hz (Other voltages and
The flow probe is also available in special materials for frequencies on request)
application with particularly aggressive exhaust gases: Power consumption approx. 10 VA
−= Hastelloy (2.4819) Conventional error limit ±2%
recommended for heating power plants, chemical Limit values 2 limit values L.V.1 and L.V.2
plants and in paper manufacturing independently adjustable
−= Inconel (2.4816) Output signal analog current 4 - 20 mA,
recommended for operation temperatures of up to Live Zero 4 mA
600°C Input signal 3x analog current 4-20 mA
−= The d.p. transducer is also available with a sepa- used for differential pressure,
rating membrane made of Hastelloy. temperature and absolute
pressure
3. Technical Data Maximum load 500 Ohms
Relay outputs 2 x limit value,
1 x “measurement”-status,
3.1 Results of Suitability Test all contacts zero voltage
Certified Range 3-20 m/s Measuring value
Availability 99,9% integration time 1 - 180 s freely adjustable
Maintenance intervals depending on application / Calculation mode selectable: standard or oper-
typical > 3 month atinal flow
Lower detectable limit 3 m/s Max. permissible ambient
Influence of barometric air pressure on temperature range -20° +50°C
measuring signal compensated
Permissable ambient temperature: Differential Pressure Measuring Transducer (root
Transmitter -40 .. +80°C extractor)
Evaluation unit -20 .. +50°C
Zero temperature Measuring range adjustable 1 - 20 mbar
drift 0,1% MBE Feeder voltage DC 11-30 V
Zero drift max 0,5% MBE Protection class IP 65
Reproducibilty 3-10 m/s - 80
10-14,3 m/s - 124
Set up time
(90% response time) freely adjustable
1 - 180 s
D-MS 285 Computerized
Emission Evaluator
1. Field of Application system computes and classifies the mean values of

The TI Air and the 13., 17. and 27 BlmSchV ordi- the pollutant components each successive half-hour.
nances stipulate that furnace systems exceeding a Class sectioning is done in such a way that a range
predetermined volume be subjected to continuous covering up to double the emission limit value contains
monitoring of exhaust gases. 20 classes of uniform widths, whereby the emission
For the purpose of emission data computing and clas- limit value as well as the 1,2 and the 2-fold of the
sification, evaluation systems shall be applied that emission limit value fall on class boundaries. Additional
comply with the minimum requirements defined by the special classes have been set up for collecting special
Federal Ministry for Environment. operating states.
The DURAG D-MS 285 Computerized Emission A daily mean value is established and classified for
Evaluator complies with the Ordinances on Large Fur- every calendar day, for which 4 classes are available:
nace Plants (13. BlmSchV), on Garbage Incineration one class for values underneath the limit value, 2
Plants (17. BImSchV), on Crematoriums (27. classes for values exceeding the limit value and one
BImSchV) and with the Technical Instructions for class for those days, on which no minimum operation
Maintaining Air Purity (TI Air). time has been reached.
Suitability-tested to the Guidelines on Evaluation of The emission limit values are considered complied
Continuous Emission Measurings dated 26.07.1988 with, when for each calendar year
and 26.10.1992 by the Rhine-Westphalia Technical −= all day mean values have not exceeded the limit
Inspection Agency TÜV e.V., Test Report IV.22/41/87- value
337666.Suitability announcement in the Joint -Gazette −= 97 percent of all half-hour mean values have not
of the Federal Ministry of the Interior, No. 19/1988 and surpassed the 1.2-fold limit value
No. 26/1993. −= all half-hour mean values have not exceeded the
double limit value.
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation The daily data output contains the state of all classes
as well as additional information on operating time, day
The signals of the continuously working measuring mean values, month mean values, pollutant load fig-
instruments are collected, averaged, verified and con- ures, etc.
verted into the respective physical values. Taking the
required reference parameters into account, e.g. the
oxygen content or the exhaust gas temperature, the
2.1 Complete System −= Simultaneous computation of concentration and
Apart from the normal evaluation software, the basic mass flow classification in 22 classes, special
unit contains the following options as a standard: classes
−= Contact logic for input contacts −= In addition, storage of the classified mean values
−= Contact logic for output contacts with date and hour in the real-value memory, back-
tracing and printout possible
−= In-/output contacts, invertible software-wisely
−= Day mean value, month mean value formation
−= Text assignment for all in/output contacts for both
states (fault message protocol) −= Automatic printout of day and year distributions
−= Text assignment for special plant states −= Free assignment of reference values
(maintenance, out of operation, etc.) −= Computation of multi-fuel/combifuel firings
−= 10 event counters with exact time collecting, daily −= Computation of the sulfur emission rate
loggable −= Trend computation, pre-alarm, reporting of limit
−= Addition and/or subtraction of concentrations by value exceedings
way of a mass flow balance sheet Further software options, which are continuously com-
−= Multiple-use reference values, e.g. addition of fuel pleted according to the state of the art.
quantities
−= Computation of trend values, free load limits, overall 2.4 Special Design
furnace output, pollutant loads, total year emission D-MS 285-10 Special Design with
figure, etc. −= 4 analog inputs 0-4-20 mA / 100 Ohms, w / without
−= Freely definable special classes live zero
−= Remote control through serial interface, possibility −= 8 digital inputs
of storage on external computers of all parameters −= 4 digital outputs with no-voltage contacts
and message texts (e.g. on IBM-PC) 40 V / 5 VA
−= Connection facility for external process control −= 2 analog outputs 0-4-20 mA / 500 Ohms
computers −= 2 V.24-interfaces
−= Connection facility for the D-EVA / D-EFÜ Exten-
sion Unit for storing all emission data and for pres- 3. Technical Data
entation on color graphics monitors of all actual as
well as stored data.
3.1 Results of Suitability Test
2.2 Hardware Availability > 99%
Reproducibility 0.3-0.7% of the total sum
The base unit includes:
Ambient temperature
−= Alphanumeric display, key pad range 0-50°C
−= 8 analog inputs 0-4-20 mA / 100 Ohms, w/ without Integration time 3-999 min
live zero Integration time error < 0.002%
−= 15 digital inputs Calculation error < 0.001%
−= 2 V.24 interfaces for printer, color graphics system Temperature error < 0.05%
and ext. control unit Influence of voltage
−= All necessary counter plugs variation of mains << 0.01%
Readily connectable cables on request Classification 22 Classes, special classes
The unit expandable to:
−= 32 analog inputs 0-4-20 mA (max. 15 pollutants) 3.2 Further Technical Data
−= 60 digital inputs
No of analog inputs 32, 0 (4) - 20 mA / 100 Ω
−= 4 digital output cards, each one with
No of digital inputs 60 Relay
−= - 8 no-voltage relay contacts 220 V / 1 A
No of analog outputs 24, 0 (4) - 20 mA / 500 Ω
−= 16 no-voltage relay contacts 40 V /5 VA No of digital outputs 64 Relay 40 V / 5 VA
−= 24 analog outputs 0-4-20 mA / 500 Ohms 32 Relay 230 V / 1 A
−= 4 V.24 interfaces No of serial interfaces 4, RS 232C
Data storage 3 years
2.3 Scope of delivery Mains 115/230 Volt ±10%
The D-MS 285 Computerized Emission Evaluator base Frequency 50/60 Hz
unit contains all evaluation software and memory area, Power consumption 70 VA
necessary for maximal extension. Construction 19“-Housing 3 HE / 84 TE
The software includes: Weight approx. 7 kg
−= Mean value formation (from 3 till 999 minutes) Protection class IP 20
−= Correction-computation to O2 , temperature, pres-
sure, exhaust gas humidity
D-MS 500 Computerized
Emission Evaluator
1. Fields of Application class for those days, on which no minimum operation

The TI Air and the 13./17. BlmSchV ordinances time has been reached.
stipulate that furnace systems exceeding a pre- The emission limit values are considered complied
determined volume be subjected to continuous with, when for each calendar year
monitoring of exhaust gases. −= all day mean values have not exceeded the limit
For the purpose of emission data computing and clas- value
sification, evaluation systems shall be applied that −= 97% of all half-hour mean values have not
comply with the minimum requirements defined by the surpassed the 1.2-fold limit value
Federal Ministry for Environment. −= all half-hour mean values have not exceeded the
double limit value.
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation The daily data output contains the state of all classes
as well as additional information on operating time, day
The signals of the continuously working measuring mean values, month mean values, pollutant load fig-
instruments are collected, averaged, verified and ures, etc.
converted into the respective physical values. Taking
the required reference parameters into account, e.g.
2.1 Complete System
the oxygen content or the exhaust gas temperature,
the system computes and classifies the mean values The basic unit contains the following options as a stan-
of the pollutant components each successive half-hour. dard:
Class sectioning is done in such a way that a range −= Free assignment of input signals to evaluation
covering up to double the emission limit value contains channels
20 classes of uniform widths, whereby the emission −= Contact logics for input/output contacts
limit value as well as the 1,2 and the 2-fold of the −= Evaluation and classification on 64 channels
emission limit value fall on class boundaries. −= 128 event counters with exact time collecting, daily
Additional special classes have been set up for loggable
collecting special operating states. −= Correction computation on oxygen content,
A daily mean value is established and classified for temperature, pressure and exhaust gas humidity
every calendar day, for which 4 classes are available: −= Mean value compounding by way of adjustable
one class for values underneath the limit value, 2 integration times 2 min..24 h
classes for values exceeding the limit value and one −= Automatic computation of day / month / year mean
values
−= Simultaneous computation of concentration and −= Input contact invertible by way of make/break logic
mass flow
−= Division of mean values in 22 standard classes and 3.3 Outputs
several additional / special / dropout classes
−= Previous day / previous month / previous year
−= Up to 32 current signals 0/4-20 mA (500 Ohms) for
results addressable
analog output
−= Automatic change-over of classification data record
−= Free conversion / standarizing of the output signal
at beginning of a new year
(mean value, trend value...)
−= Selectable different printout formats / time points
−= Up to 64 potential-free output contacts (40 V / 5 VA
−= Free text assignment to channel names, protocol
or 230 V / 1A) for binary signal output
names, formula texts
−= Assignment of message texts for every switching
−= Trends computation, pre-alarms, reporting of limit
side (incident protocol)
value surpassings
−= Computation of multi-fuel / mixed fuel combustions,
computation of emission rates 3.4 Serial interfaces
−= Special computations by way of a free formula in- −= Up to 4 interfaces RS232C/V.24-standard (DEE-
terpreter type) or RS485
−= Editing of different print protocols
3. Technical Data −= Remote control by way of PC and coupling to
D-EVA visualisation system
−= Transfer of all parameters and messages
3.1 Evaluation computer −= Independent configuration (Baud rate, parity, hand-
−= VMEbus computing system with real-time multi- shake, etc.)
tasking operating system −= Bus-coupling possible
−= Flexible and expandable through standarized VME-
bus hardware-interface 3.5 Results of Suitability Test
−= Well-proven DURAG-IO-subsystem for analog and
Availability > 99%
digital in- / outputs
Reproducibility 0.3-0.4% of the total sum
−= Easy operation at front panel with illuminated LCD
Ambient temperature
display
range 0-50°C
−= Comfortable operating area with menu system and Integration time 1-1440 min
context-related help-texts Integration time error < 0.002%
−= Simple input dialogs with option listings in plaintext; Temperature error < 0.3%
multi-language menu system Influence of voltage
−= Adjustable access protection with keyswitch and variation of mains < 0.1%
optional password Classification 22 Classes, special classes
−= Maintenance-free rechargeable battery and read-
only memory, no battery changing 3.6 Further Technical Data
−= Battery-supported real-time clock of a basic
accuracy of 1 sec/day Mains 230 Volt ± 15%
−= Battery-supported storage for running short-time Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
data (RAM, data saving period approx. 14 days) Power consumption 100 VA
Construction 19“-Housing 3 HE / 84 TE
−= File system with overwritable set-values for day /
Weight approx. 7 kg
month / year results and parameters (FlashEprom,
data conservation approx. 10 years)
−= Collection in ring memory of the latest 20000
integration results (yields a 50 days’ memory depth 4. Registration
at 8 channels and Ti=30 min) Suitability-tested to the Guidelines on Evaluation of
−= Collection in a ring memory of the latest 1000 Continuous Emission Measurings dated 26.07.1988
surpassings and 26.10.1992 by the Technical Inspection Agency
North e.V., Institute for Chemistry and Environmental
3.2 Inputs Protection No 128 CU 06 640 of 26.01.1995
Suitability announcement in the Joint Ministerial Ga-
−= Up to 32 current signals 0/4-20 mA (100 Ohms) for zette of theFederal Ministry of the Interior, No 33/1995
pollutants and reference values
−= Freely adjustable channel assignment and
denomination
−= Up to 60 potential-free input contacts for binary
signals
D-EVA Emission Data
Processing System
1. Fields of Application Monitor workstations can also be connected with a

In our times, assessment of emissions and plant data network via ISDN.
is getting ever more important. The influx of measured Each workstation can have its own printer, or the out-
data and the monitoring of limit values call for a stead- puts can be directed to network devices.
ily growing manpower number. Here, the praxis-
proven D-EVA system offers a great help indeed, both 2.1 Complete System
for the plant operator and for the emission control All the same whether arranged on personal computers
supervisor. The emission data are displayed in a clear in desktop or in industrial housings, with or without
form on a high-resolution colour graphics monitor. The network, the system consists of the following software
Master D-EVA/M can manage data from up to 35 modules:
emission evaluators simultaneously.
– Coupler module:
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation For coupling to the D-MS 285/500 Emission
Up to 35 emission evaluators can be managed by D- Evaluators by way of a serial interface.
EVA. Up to 9 monitor workstations can be linked to a
master computer through connections of any lengths – Graphics module:
or via a telephone modem. Any number of worksta- The measured values can be displayed as mo-
tions within a network can be supplied with informa- mentary values in bars, as a time diagram or in
tion. combined form.
– Spreadsheet module: – D-EVA 19´´:
The stored data can be displayed or printed out in For cabinet installations D-EVA is available in 19´´
any combination desired. EMC proofed housings with EMV option.
– Protocol module: – UPS module:

All printouts of the Emission Evaluators can be The power supply voltage is monitored and in
stored by D-EVA in addition or as an alternative to case of power failure the system will be run down
the logging printer. in less than 1 minute. When supply power is re-
stored the D-EVA will be restarted automatically
– D-IAS module:
Short time memory (several days) for special 3 Technical Data
evaluations. Resolutions ≥ 100 ms; 80 analogue
inputs are possible per module; up to four D-IAS
modules can be operated in parallel; 3.1 Results of Suitability Test
The independent system labeled „D-EFÜ System“ is
– Signalling module: only used for data transmitting and emission data
Messages from the plant are carried in a message storage functions required for remote emission moni-
list and can be dispalyed or printed out. toring systems.
In connection with an emission data processor the D-
– Relay module: EFÜ System meets the minimum requirements for a
Individual messages may be assigned to an out- complete remote emission monitoring system.
put signal established by 8 relay switches for D-EFÜ is also available under the name D-EVA as an
processing in a central units. integrated software module of the color graphics
module.
– Radio Clock module:
Synchronises clocks of D-EVA and D-MS 285/500 3.2 Further Technical Data
with the atom clock at the PTB in Braunschweig. Hardware:
– Pentium PC
– Remote monitoring of emission EFÜ: – Desktop or industrial-PC
With this module, the data of all connected emis- – 32 MBytes memory
sion evaluators can be transferred to the G- – 1,4 MBytes floppy disk drive
System of the Supervisory Authority – > 300 MByte hard disk
– Color screen
– Network module: – 1 parallel, 2 serial interfaces
D-EVA is able to store data on Windows NT or Software:
Novell file servers and share it with all connected – Windows and/or MS-DOS operating system
systems.
– Data export:
Selected data can be transmitted to a DCS by the
4 Registration
Modbus Protocol. Suitability-tested to the Guidelines on Remote Data
Transferring by the Technical Inspection Agency TÜV
– Backup module: Rheinland as a stand alone system as well as part of
Various safeguarding options for date saving on a the Colour Graphic System D-EVA, test report
second storage medium are selectable. 936/808014/A: Report on the supplemental testing of
the Emission Evaluators D-MS 285 and D-MS 500 in
– Language module: combination with the D-EFÜ module as an interface to
Four languages are currently supported: German, the remote emission data supervision.
English, Spanish and Polish.
– Subsystems:
Up to eight V24 Slave Systems can be linked to a
sub-/master system as workstations with varying
representations on the monitors.
HM-1400
Total Mercury Analyser
Certificates
•= VDl 3868 page 3 E

•= UBA Research Report 91-10402171
•= Equivalency Test according to 17th BImSchV at
TÜV Rheinland, Report No. 936/8003002, pub-
lished GMBL 1996, No. 28, page 592
the sample gas comes in contact only with PTFE,

1. Fields of Application Quartz and Glass.
The sample gas then enters the infrared-heated oven
−= Waste Incinerators (urban waste, industrial waste,
(optional). In this oven at 800°C (1470°F), all mercury
hospital waste) 0
−= Sewage Sludge Incineration Plants forms are transferred in the gaseous form: Hg is al-
0
−= Hazardous Waste Incineration Plants ready in vapor form, Hg adsorbed on particulates (e.g.
−= Steel Plants (Scrap Metal Preparation) charcoal particulates after fluid-bed charcoal scrub-
−= Contaminated Soil Burning Plants bers) is vaporized and the charcoal burned, Hg-
−= Crematories compounds will either be vaporized or even already (at
−= Mercury Mines and Refineries least partially) thermally dissociated into the elements.
−= Fluorescent Light Bulb Recycling Plants This pre-treated sample gas flows through the first re-
actor, where it is mixed with a constant flow of hydro-
chloric acid (HCI) at 70°C (160°F) transforming all
mercury ions into HgCl2, then being mixed with a con-
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation stant flow of sodium hydroborate (NaBH4) solution and
The HM-1400 draws a constant flow of stack gas passing into the second reactor. In this reactor at 10°C
through the PTFE-lined heated titanium sample probe 0
(50°F), all mercury ions are reduced to Hg which eas-
and the heated PTFE sample line to the main cabinet. ily and completely strips out of the liquid phase in the
It is essential for the accuracy of the measurement, gas-liquid separator at 2°C (36°F). Mercury already
that the sample gas upstream the detector is in contact present in vapor form is not influenced by the chemical
only with materials inert to mercury. In the HM-1400 reactions.
A mercury specific Dual-Beam UV-Photometer is used 3.2 Further Technical Data
as detector. The UV-Photometer is protected by a liq- 3
uid watchdog which, in the unlikely case of condensa- Range 0 - 100 to 0 - 500 µg / Nm ,
tion of water, would shut down all pumps immediately. selectable (higher ranges
The Hg-specific UV-Photometer measures mercury available with dilution or as op-
vapor at 253.7 nm, a very specific wavelength for mer- tion)
cury. The sample matrix cleaned from mercury is used Power Supply -230 V / 50 Hz, +10 / -15%,
as reference gas. approx. 2.3 KVA
The entire Total Mercury Analyser is controlled by an Startup Time 30 min
industrial PC, which also calculates and reports the
concentration of total mercury. User interface is Signal Output 4 - 20 mA, RS 232
through a digital display (4 lines by 40 characters) and Measuring
3
four softkeys. Important program steps are accessible Value Display in µg / Nm
only with passwords. Status Signals potential free
Switching Contacts
3. Technical Data Dimensions (HxWxD) 1400 x 800 x 600 mm
(55.1 x 45.3 x 23.6“)
Weight 250 kg (approx. 550 lbs.)
3.1 Results of Suitability Test
Sampling System PTFE-lined titanium probe with
3
Equivalent Range 0 - 150 µg / Nm electrical resistance heating
MTBF >95% and controller, heated PTFE
Rate of sample line
Maintenance (min.) 3 to 6 weeks Mercury Vapor Monitor UV-Dual-Beam-Photometer
3 (253.7 nm)
Lower Detectable Limit <3 µg / Nm
Reagents Hydrochloric Acid (HCI), So-
Influence of Barometric Air Pressure
dium Hydroborate
on Measuring Signal none
Sample Gas Flow 120 NI / h
Temperature Range +5°C to + 30°C (37 to 86°F)
Total Accuracy ±5% F.S.
Zero Temperature Drift <2% of Measuring Range
Sensitivity
Temperature Drift <3% of Measuring Range
Zero Drift <±1.5% F.S. / week
Span Drift <±2% F.S. / week
Lag Time <1min
F-904 Extractive Beta Gauge
Particulate Monitor
Registration
•= Test Report No. 3.5.2/209/88-338529 RWTÜV and

completion No. 352/740/94/577413
•= BMU-Approval RdSch. v.1.6.1990 IGI2
•= Design Certificate: HH 1/98
•= PTB Certificate No. 6.22-R202
•= UBA Research Report: 91-10402171
1. Fields of Application the filter tape. An optional Cover Foil is used to fix and
secure the deposited particulates on the tape.
−= Coal and oil fired power plants
Sample Gas Cooler - Once the gas passes through the
−= Waste incinerators (urban, industrial and hazardous
filter tape, it is routed to a downstream cooler to extract
waste)
water (and thus allows reporting of dust concentration
−= Waste water sludge incinerators on a dry basis).
−= Dust monitoring after wet scrubbers Pump/Mass Flow Controller - A carbon vane rotary
−= Heavy metal analysis pump and Mass flow controller (located downstream of
−= Small diameter stack monitoring the sample gas cooler) pull the sample stream through
−= Particulate monitoring in process applications (bag the sample probe, collection assembly and cooler at a
houses, etc.) flow rate of 3 cubic meters per hour.
−= Transportable version for mobile applications On-Board Computer - All instrument functions are
controlled by a powerful on-board plc. This plc also
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation calculates the particulate concentration value from the
The instrument consists of five main modules: gas volume and zero/final radiation absorption differ-
Sample Probe - Sample enters the F-904 through ei- ential.
ther a stainless steel or titanium sample probe. These The F-904’s major components are housed in a sturdy
probes are suitable for either direct or diluted sample cabinet and are easy accessible for periodic inspection
extraction and are heated. and maintenance.
Sample Collection/Measurement Assembly - Once the
sample passes through the sample probe, it enters a
heated sample line (stainless steel or titanium) and is
directed onto a filter tape held in a heated, gas-tight
holder. The C-14 sources and Geiger-Muller-Counter-
Tube detectors are mounted on the holder outside of
the gas stream to ensure even sample deposition on
3. Technical Data 3.2 Further Technical Data
Ranges selectable between 0-1 and 0-
3.1 Results of Suitability Test 2000 mg/Nm
3
3
Certified Ranges 0-5 to 0-225 mg/Nm Power Supply 230 V / 380 V - 50 Hz,
MTBF >95 % availability +10/-15%, 5 kVA
Maintenance intervals weekly Power Required 4-7 kVA, depending on
3 Sample System
Lower Detectable Limit <0.3 mg/Nm
Influence of Barometric Air Pressure Startup Time <30 min
on Measuring Signal none Signal Output 4-20 mA, Status Signals
Sample Gas Flow controlled Measuring Value
3
Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C( -4 to 122°F) Display in mg/Nm
depending on installed options Status Signals potential free
Total Error <±5% F.S. Switching Contacts
Zero Temperature Drift <2,5% of Measuring Range Dimensions (H x W x D) 2050 x 800 x 800 mm
Sensitivity (81x31x31“)
Temperature Drift <1,5% of Measuring Range Weight 350 kg (770 lbs.)
Zero Drift automatic zero control Pressurized Air 6 bar, Instrument Air
Span Drift <1% F.S. / Week
OF-1200
Emission Black Smoke
(Soot) Meter
Registration
•= Test Report No. 936/802005, TÜV Rheinland

•= BMU approval
1. Field of Application a clean and empty spot of the tape is moved to the
measurement position, and the reflection is measured
−= Automatic Monitoring of Soot (Rußzahl, Bacharach
and zeroed to RZ=0. After the wait time the filter holder
Counts) in oil-fired plants
opens and the zeroed spot is moved into the sampling
−= (German TA-Luft 3.3.1.2.2: 5-25 MW)
position, the filter holder closes, and the sampling pe-
−= For fixed installations and mobile measurements riod starts.
−= Pre-calibrated instrument with heated, extractive Depending on the instrument’s operational mode, the
Sampling System cycle either repeats itself automatically, or the instru-
−= Selective Soot Measurement without dust-/ aerosol- ment waits for external signals.
content The optical system of the VEREWA OF-1200 contains
−= Suitable for unfavorable and difficult locations a reflection photometer, which is mounted directly on
−= Simple installation the filter holder. The photometer’s light source emits
white light, which is reflected and absorbed by the filter
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation tape’s material. The reflected portion is measured in
A complete Monitoring System for black smoke (soot) the photometer. This portion is larger, if less soot is
consists of the heated Sample Probe and the Soot- collected on the tape (less blackened spot). Collection
meter OF-1200 with the mechanic-optical part and the and interference from other dust particles have no
electronics. measurable effect, as the light absorption by the black
The Sootmeter OF-1200 samples the black smoke carbon particles (soot) is higher by the factor of 10.000
particles on a tape-filter. compared to the light absorption by different colored
After sampling 1.63 liters, depending on the instru- substances or aerosols.
ment’s operational mode, either the pump stops or a The measured light signal forms an electrical signal as
3/2 way solenoid valve switches, supplying room air to input to the electronics. VEREWA’s OF-1200 utilizes a
the pump. single board microprocessor system. The program and
Following completion of the sampling, the filter holder customized inputs are safely stored in a non-volatile
opens to allow the filter tape to be moved forward to memory chip, protecting them from loss of power.
the measuring position (soot spot under the photome-
ter). The filter holder closes and the reflected light from
the soot spot is measured. The result is calculated and
displayed in RZ. Subsequently, the filter holder opens,
Ranges 0 - 3 RZ
3.1 Results of Suitability Test Power Supply 230 V - 1/N/PE-50 Hz, +10%, -
15%
Approved Range
Power Required appr. 1 kVA
(Germany) 0 - 3 RZ
Startup Time <30 min
MTBF >95% availability
Signal Output 4 - 20 mA, Centronics, Status
Rate of
Signals
Maintenance (min.) 20 days at 25% operation
Measuring value
Lower Detectable Limit 0.1 RZ
display in RZ
Sample Flowrate 1.63 l ±0.13 l in 50 sec.
Dimensions 320 x 450 x 650 mm
(one cycle)
(12.6 x 19 x 25.6“), (HxWxD)
Temperature Range - 20°C bis +50°C
Weight appr. 35 kg (77 lbs.)
(-4 to +122°F)
depending on installed options
Total Error <5% F.S.
Measuring Value
Temperature Drift <6,3%
Sample Gas Flow
Temperature Drift <4,3%
Zero Drift Auto-Zero
Span Drift <0.1 RZ / week
Lag Time (cycle time) 2 min
Reference Method Basic Calibration ace.
DIN 51402, part 1
FH 62 E-N A Dust Emission Monitor
for the continuous monitoring of the
dust concentation in stack gases
1. Field of Application Other Field of Application:
Approved according for continuous Measurement of low dust concentrations after

wet scrubbers, stack gas desulphurations
measurement of the dust concentration under varying stack velocity in the presence of
(mg/m³) in stack gases of power plants and corrosive gas. The beta ray absorption is
waste incinerator plants after downstream dust unindependent from the particle form, color
filters and gas scrubbers. and size:
Approval: 2. Mode of Operation

TÜV-report No. 1472356-2 (1990) The Particulate Monitoring Instruments of the
TÜV Bayern, München type FH 62 is the only radiometric
instruments measuring, observing and
published in the federal Gazette of the displaying accumulated particle mass
German Ministries: simultaneously during the collection of the
GMBl-No. 20 (1990), page 399 dust. This mode of operation permits real time
measurement of the dust on a filter and on- 3. Technical Data
line measurement/ display of the mass
concentration the dust in the stack. 3.1 Results of Suitability Test
After an automatic zero adjustment, a part reference value end of measuring range(ME)
flow is sampled directly from the stack using
an isokinetic regulation and dilution system. approved range: 0-30 and 0-250 mg/m³
This part flow is heated up , diluted with fresh
air and sampled on a filter spot. detection limit: 2 µg/m³, 0,5 µg/m³ (24h)
This filter is located in the radiometric
system. The accumulated particle mass is Availability > 98 %
displayed simultaneously during the collection
of the dust. This growing mass weakens the Reproducibility 18
radiometric beam and the integral over time is
recorded.
ambient temperature range - 20 °C - + 50 °C
The dust concentration is calculated from the
growing mass on the filter and the measured Drift of the zero point: < 2 %
air flow rate and displayed in real-time of ME/ maintenance interval
The most remarkable features of this monitor Drift of the sensitive: < 4%
are the continuous dust concentration from ME/ maintenance interval
measurement and the automatic isokinetic
sampling with dilution system.
The regulated dilution and complete sample 3.2 Further Technical Data
probe heating makes it possible to measure at
Signal output RS 232 , 0 - 10 V;
a high dew point and in presence of 0 - 20 mA
condensing water droplets. remote control
The stack velocity is measured for the Signal indication LCD/LED,
concentration calculation. detection limit 0,75mg/Nm³ at
VT=140 l/h
The automatic regulation and several control 85
source Kr ; 1,85 GBq
procedures prevent a blocking and condensing (50 mCi)
water in the sample probe. Radiation approval By 34/88
ESM ANDERSEN INSTRUMENTS

GMBH
Frauenauracher Str. 96
D-91056 Erlangen / Germany
09131/909 262 - FAX 09131/909 156
Continuous Emissions Monitoring System
AR 602Z for Gas Components:
SO2, NO, NO2, Hg, NH3, H2O, Phenol and Formaldehyde
Diagram of the System
Applications 2. Construction and Method
Typical applications of the Opsis Emissions 2.1. General System

Monitoring System include:
Power plants, where Opsis is able to monitor stack For emissions monitoring applications, the light
emissions from all commonly used fuels. Due to its beam - or light path - crosses the internal diameter
response times of only a few seconds, Opsis can be of a stack or flue.
used for process control applications. In an Opsis system, a beam of light is projected onto
Solid waste incinerators. A common problem is the a receiver, and is then passed to the Opsis analyser
aggressive environment. Here, Opsis's non-contact through a fibre optic cable.
measurement allows continuous monitoring of the Opsis measures gases by DOAS (Differential
combustion gases, including Hg and HCl, without Optical Absorption Spectroscopy), using Beer-
being affected by acid attack. Lambert's Law.
Cement plants, where the monitoring of NOx and Each gas absorbs different parts of the light
NH3 are typical requirements. spectrum in a unique way. This allows the analyser's
Chemical plants, including plastic producers. software to detect and measure the gases specified
Opsis's multi-analytical capability allows continuous by the system user. Results are then available for
monitoring of phenol and formaldehyde, together real-time display, or for statistical operations and the
with other gases selected by the plant user. generation of reports.
Aluminium smelters: Once again, Opsis' multi-
analytical capability has allowed customers to
include HF monitoring along with a capability for
SO2, NO2 and other pollutants.
2.2. Analyser
The analyser is the central unit in every Opsis- • NH3

system. While the analyser's basic functions are Suitability: For facilities according to the 13th
always the same - to detect and measure gases and and 17th BImSchV as well as TA-Luft
to log data - its operation may be varied to meet the TÜV Report No. 936/804002/NH3
particular needs of each user. Cologne, June 6th, 1994
The most obvious variable is the number of gases • H2O
monitored by the system. As an example, one Suitability: For waste gas and waste air
system will monitor NO, NO2, NH3, Hg and SO2. TÜV Report No. 936/800010/2
The user has complete freedom to specify from a Cologne, March 1st , 1993
wide range and, unlike other systems, upgrading to
handle more gases is largely a software task: it does Compound Lowest TÜV approved
not involve installing additional monitoring measurement range
hardware.
Phenol 0-20 mg/m³
3. Technical Specifications Formaldehyde 0-20 mg/m³
SO2 0-80 mg/m³
3.1. Technical Specifications (Standard) NO 0-150 mg/m³
NO2 0-20 mg/m³
• Dimensions (LxWxH): 600x440x266 mm Hg 0-150 µg/m³
• Weight incl. case (approx.): 50 kg NH3 0-10 mg/m³
• Voltage supply: 230 V (+6%, -10%) or 115 V H2O 0-300 g/m³
(±10%) 50/60 Hz Cologne, June 6th, 1994
• Power consumption: 110W
• Computer: IBM PC compatible with
VGA-Monitor
• Hard disk memory: 120 Mb or more
• Floppy disk drive: 3 ½ ", 1.44 Mb
• Modem: Hayes compatible
• Serial output: RS-232C
• Ambient temperature: +15°C to +30°C (+60°F to
+85°F)
• Degree of protection: IP 20
3.2. Data out of the TÜV Report
• Phenol and Formaldehyde

Suitability: For mineral wool manufacturing
facilities
TÜV Report No. 936/802011
Cologne, June 6th, 1994
• SO2, NO and NO2
Suitability: For heating and waste incineration
facilities
TÜV Report No. 936/800009
Cologne, August 2nd, 1991
• Hg
Suitability: For facilities according to the 13th
and 17th BImSchV as well as TA-Luft for
monitoring emissions from metallic mercury
TÜV Report No. 936/804002/Hg
Cologne, June 6th, 1994
Continuous Emissions Monitoring System
AR 650 for Gas Components:
HCl, CO and H2O
Diagram of the System
Application Opsis measures gases by DOAS (Differential

Optical Absorption Spectroscopy), using Beer-
Typical applications of the Opsis Emissions Lambert's Law.
Monitoring System include: Each gas absorbs different parts of the light
Power plants, where Opsis is able to monitor spectrum in a unique way. This allows the
stack emissions from all commonly-used fuels. analyser's software to detect and measure the
With response times of only a few seconds, gases specified by the system user. Results are
Opsis is used for process control applications. then available for real-time display, or for
Monitoring emissions reaching the environment statistical operations and the generation of
is another commonly used application. reports.
Solid waste incinerators. A common problem
is the aggressive environment. Here, Opsis' 2.2. Analyser
non-contact measurement allows continuous
monitoring of the combustion gases, including The analyser is the central unit in every Opsis-
Hg and HCl, without being affected by acid system. While the analyser's basic functions are
attack. always the same - to detect and measure gases
and to log data - its operation may be varied to
2. Construction and Method meet the particular needs of each user.
The most obvious variable is the number of
2.1. General System gases monitored by the system. As an example,
one system will monitor, NH3, CO, CO2, H2O and
For emissions monitoring applications, the light HCl. The user has complete freedom to specify
beam - or light path - crosses the internal from a wide range and, unlike other systems,
diameter of a stack or flue. upgrading to handle more gases is largely a
In an Opsis system, a beam of light is projected software task: it does not involve installing
to a receiver, and is then passed to the Opsis additional monitoring hardware.
analyser through a fibre optic cable.
3. Technical Specifications
3.1. Technical Specifications (Standard)
• Dimensions (LxWxH): 600x440x266 mm

• Weight incl. case (approx.): 50 kg
• Voltage supply: 230 V (+6%, -10%(±10%)
50/60 Hz
• Power consumption: 110W
• Computer: IBM PC compatible with
VGA-Monitor
• -Monitor
• Hard disk memory: 120 Mb or more
• Floppy disk drive: 3 ½ ", 1.44 Mb
• Modem: Hayes compatible
• Serial output: RS-232C
• Ambient temperature: +15°C to +30°C (+60°F
to +85°F)
• Degree of protection: IP 20
3.2. Data out of the TÜV Report
Compound Lowest TÜV approved

measurement range
HCl 0-15 mg/m³
CO 0-75 mg/m³
H2O 0-300g/m³
Suitability: For.applications according to the 13th

and 17th BImSchV as well as TA Luft
TÜV report No. 936/804001
Cologne, April 25th, 1996
NOx-Monitor 4000 S
for dependable flue gas
and pollution gas analysis
Flue gas processing
1. Field of application
Suitable for continuous determination of the NO-

concentration in stack gas of coal, oil and gas- fired
furnaces. The monitoring system was suitebility tested by
the Rheinisch-Westfälischer TÜV e.V. ( technical Groninger Straße 25
Inspectation Service), Essen. 13347 Berlin
(Report No. IV.2.2/1152/86-3371 95/00 of 4th August Telefon: +49 (0)30/455085-22
1988 and 3rd October 1988). Telefax: +49 (0)30/455085-90
e-mail:pronova.de@berlin.snafu.de
Possible other application areas are: refuse combustion
facilities and motorcar emissions.
2. Set-up and mode of opperation 3. Technical data
3.1 Results of the Suitability Test
2.1 Complete system Reference quantity full scale (FS)
Tested range 0-670 mg/m³**
The monitoring system consists of the approved analyser Availability > 95%
NOX- monitor 4000 S with sample gas conditioning and Period of unattended
heated sampling probe. opperation 7 days
PRONOVA offers the following equipment: Reproducibility 58-101
- PRONOVA Flue Gas Processing Influence of the barometric 0.3%*/hPa changes of
with gas humifinder, pump, condensing coil, SO2-filter pressure variation ± 15 hPa
element and condensate tank with filling-level control and Influence of the sample flow
draincock. rate or volume variation 0.3%* /1 l/h
- NOX-monitor 4000 S Lower detection limit 1.6 % of FS
with condensing coil, condensing tank, pump, fine filter Ambient temperature range +5 to +45°C
and flow setting with flow meter. Temperature dependance
of the zero point not detectable
All gas conditioning parts in contact with the sample are Temperature dependence
made of PTFE material, FPM or PC to prevent corrosion. of the sensitivity gas value/ 10 K
Interference error; response
to stated levels of inter-
2.2 Analyzer fering substances present
in the sample 1.9% of FS
The PRONOVA NOX-monitor 4000 S uses an electro- CO2 15 Vol.%
chemical cell. It consist of three gas diffusion electrodes: CO 1 Vol.%
measuring electrode, counter electrode and reference SO2 2.02 g/m³
electrode. The electrolyte is sulfur acid. NO2 50 Vol.-ppm
Response time
A low-noise potentiostat regulates cell voltage and current (time to 90% response) < 150 s
so that the voltage between measuring electrode and Drift to the zero point < 2% of FS/7 days
reference electrode remains constant. Oxidation of nitrogen Drift to sensitivity < 4% of FS/7 days
monoxide takes place and the measuring electrode,
electrons are generated. At the counter electrode oxygen is
3.2 Further Technical Data
reduced, electrons are consumed. This causes a current
flow in the cell in proportion to the concentration of the
Further measuring ranges 0-1340 mg/m³**
nitric oxide gas.
0-2680 mg/m³**
0-8040 mg/m³
Signal output 0/4-20 mA; max. 500
Ohm
0/2-10V; min. 1000
Ohm
Signal indication LCD (4 digit)
in Vol.-ppm
Signal characteristics linear
Sample flow rate 22-28 l/h
Warm-up time ≤ 10 min.
Warm-up complete system ≤ 10 min.
Sample gas cooler dew
point not required
Allowable ambient
temperature
Flue gas processing + 5 to + 45°C
Mains supply 230V ± 15%, 50 Hz
Power consumption
Analyzer 130 VA
Flue gas processing 130 VA
1. potentiostat 6. measure gas Protection/ weight
2. differential amplifier 7. reference electrode (DIN 400 50)
3. reference potential 8. air Analyzer IP 20/6.0 kg
4. three-electrode cell 9. counter electrode Flue gas processing IP 20/11.5 kg
5. measuring electrode
* of measured value
** refered to standart atmosphere, dry gas
Mercury monitor
Semtech Metallurgy AB Semtech Hg2000
Applications Reproducibility: 20
Waste incineration Influence from variations in air pressure, gas
Energy production flow, temperature and gas composition within
Metallurgical processes prescribed limits
Sulphuric acid production
Options
Operation principle Gas cells for optional ranges: 0.3µg - 20mg/m3
Analyzer: Differential optical absorption for Integration times: 1, 10, 60 or 600s
selective detection of elemental mercury. Multiple gasline monitoring
Reduction unit: Continuous reduction of Reduction unit to monitor the mercury content
oxidized mercury to elemental using stannous in sulphuric acid
chloride injection
Technical specifications
TÜV test results Temperature controlled cabinet housing
Tested range: 0-150µg/m3 analyzer and reduction unit
Availability: 95% Dimension: B800 x H2050 x T500mm
Service interval: 1 week Weight: 220kg
Detection limit: 3µg/m3 Power: 240VAV, 0.75kW
___________________________________________________________________________________
Semtech Metallurgy AB, Ideon, SE-223 70 Lund, Sweden
Phone: +46 (0)46 182550 Fax: +46 (0)46 2118871 e-mail: wilhelm.wendt@semtech.se
Boliden Contech GmbH, Am Hasenpfad 5, DE-63674 Altenstadt, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)6047 68839 Fax: +49 (0)6047 68942 e-mail: Boliden-Altenstadt@t-online.de
Multi Component Analyzer
GM 31
0 2 4 6 8 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 2 4
Fig. 1: GM 31 with probe Fig. 2: GM 31 system
1. Range of Application The standard delivery design consists of:

• Sender/receiver unit
The multi component measuring systems of the GM 31 • Measuring probe with triple reflector
series are measuring devices which continuously deter- • Mounting flange with purge air connector
mine the mass content of SO2 and NO in exhaust gases • TCU control unit
(type-testing), plus NH3 or NO2 as options. • Purge air unit
The GM 31 can be used for process control and • MEPA-GM 31 service program
optimisation in:
• Power plants The measuring beam emitted by the sender/receiver unit
• Waste incineration plants is reflected back at the same angle to the sender/receiver
• Cement industry unit by the reflector with screen, which is located at the
• Petrochemical industry end of the probe. After optical processing the measuring
• Paper industry light is led to a diode cell. The optical processing unit
• Pharma , glass und plastics industry constists of a deflector, a division mirror, a polychromator
unit with aperture slot and optical lattice, which disperses
Aptitude Approval Test: RWTÜV Anlagentechnik GmbH the light. The diode cell, which functions as a detector,
( Report No. 352/0154/96 - 61 75 26 / 01 ) contains of 256 photo diodes. Each of the photo diodes
The device fullfills the requirements of the 13./17. measures a section of the spectral range of approx.
BImSchV and TA Luft 30 nm. The spectral range of 219 nm to 233 nm is used to
evaluate the gas components SO2 and NO. Depending on
the additional components to be measured, the spectral
2. System Design and Operation range is extended to 203 nm for NH3 (GM 31-5) or up to
249 nm for NO2 (GM 31-3 , GM 31-7). Because of its
The GM 31 is available in 7 configurations. characteristic feature, the absorption curve for SO2 is used
• GM 31-1 SO2 only as the base measurement. The GM 31 system measures
• GM 31-2 SO2 and NO the other gases (NO, NH3, NO2) relative to SO2 using the
• GM 31-3 SO2, NO and NO2 characteristic wave length ranges for each gas which
• GM 31-4 NO only specifically exclude the other gases. The measured values
• GM 31-5 SO2, NO and NH3 are converted, together with the exhaust gas temperature,
• GM 31-6 SO2 and NO (corresponds to US EPA) by means of an internal calibration function, into the cur-
• GM 31-7 NO and NO2 rent concentration values. Optimized evaluation algo-
rithms ensure that the measured values are free of cross-
sensitivities to other gas components.
3. Technical Data
3.1 Data from the Aptitude Test (GM 31-2)
Measuring path (Probes) 800 mm, 300 mm and 500 mm

Availability > 96%
Maintenance intervals 4 weeks
Reproducibility > 50 (waste incineration); >80 (power plants)
3
Detection limit SO2: 0.06 mg/m
3
NO: 0.09 mg/m
Ambient temperature range -20 to +55 °C
Temperature dependence on the zero point position < 1.6%
Drift in the zero point position Negligible
Drift in sensitivity Negligible
Response time (90%-time) < 18 s
Exhaust gas temperature Max. 400 °C
Cross-sensitivity NO SO2
CO2 (15 vol.-%) 0% 0%
3
CO (300 mg/m ) 0% 0%
3
NO2 (300 mg/m ) 0,8% 0%
3
HCl (50 mg/m ) 0% 0.5%
3
SO2 (200/1,000 mg/m ) 0% / 0.6%
3
N2O (20 mg/m ) 0% 0%
3
CH4 (20 mg/m ) 0% 0%
3
NH3 (50 mg/m ) 0% 0%
H2O (approx. 30 vol.%) 0.2% 1.6%
Lamp Deuterium
Supply voltage 100-130 V / 210-250 V; 50 / 60 Hz
Analog outputs 2; 0/2/4-20 mA; max. 750 Ohm
Interfaces at sending / receiving unit RS 232 service interface for MEPA
2 x RS 422 ( Control unit and probably. O2-sensor)
Interfaces at control unit RS 232 service interface for PC with MEPA TCU
2 x RS 422 (s/r unit and host-PC)
Manufacturer: SICK AG • Environmental Monitoring • www.sick.de

Nimburgerstr. 11 • D-79276 Reute • Phone: +49 76 41 46 9-0 • Fax: +49 76 41 46 9-11 49
Opacity Monitor
OMD 41
OMD 41
Fig. 1: OMD 41 Fig. 2: Description
1. Field of Appliaktion The transceiver and the reflector units are flange mounted
opposite each other on the stack and the connection box
With its robust construction, the Opacity and Dust Monitor can be located up to 2 m away from the transceiver unit
OMD 41 is designed for harsh industrial applications. It (cable length 2 m).The connection box contains a display
detects, over several measurement ranges, both high and for measured value indication and function control, two
medium dust burdens. service elements and the terminals for analogue, binary
The OMD 41 is qualified for TI Luft, 13 BImSchV. and is and digital signals. The optical and electrical functional
U.S.EPA conform. elements are contained within the transceiver unit. A
Suitability test by the Rheinisch-Westfälischen TÜV Essen pulsed LED serves as the light source, gua Operating
(Report No. 352/0855/93 – 578939/01 of 24.07.95.) principle of the OMD 41 ranteeing a long lifetime and the
optical path assemblies are contained within a robust,
2. Applications hermetically sealed die-cast housing. The reflector unit
• Power plants contains the measurement reflector and a swing front
• Cement plants window for the measurement of contamination. An integral
• Asphalt mixing sites sighting device eases alignment of the transceiver and
• Glass, steel and paper industry reflector units. In order to keep transceiver unit and
• Precipitator control/regulation reflector are purged with air.
• Special applications such as thick duct walls or large
chimney diameters
• Monitoring of dust emissions of technical equippment 3.2 Measurement principle
behind filters
The OMD 41 is a transmissometer based on a precise
3. Set-up and Mode of Operation optical system. A concentrated beam of lights is directed
through the dust laden medium to the reflector, whence it
3.1 System design is retransmitted to the receiver- in passing through the
duct the light is attenuated by dust particles in the gas. A
The in-situ measurement device OMD 41 consists of the comparison is made of the intensities of the returned light
following basic units: and the reference beam and the transmission or the
• Transceiver opacity value determined. The extinction value is calcu-
• Reflector lated from these to obtain a linear relation with dust
• Connection box burden. Indication of transmission, opacity or extinction
values can be selected on the connection box.
• Air-purge unit
3. Technical Data
3.1 Results of the suitability test
Availability: 99,8% or 95,7%

Period of unattended > 4 Wochen
operation:
Lower detection limit: Transmission 0,51%
(MB0-0,1Ex) Extinction 0,002
3 3
Dust 1,2 mg/m (MBE 25 mg/m )
Drift of zero point: < 1,0%
Drift of span value: < 1,3%
Influence of maladjustment < 2% in angel Range of +/-0,3°
of the light beam:
Response time (90% time): 1-360 s

Measurement principle: Transmissiometry in auto collimation
OMD 41-02 OMD 41-03

• Transmission 100-0 to 50%; ±2% 1 0-100 to 50%; ±2%
• Opacity 00-0 to 80%; ±2% 0-100 to 20%; ±2%
• Extinction 0-2 to 0.3; ±2% 0-2 to 0.1; ±2%
Measurement path: 0.5-2 m; 2-6 m; 6-10 m; 10-15 m

Analog outputs electr. 0 - 4 mA; (max load 750Q) 1: transmission, opacity or extinction 2:
isolated: calibrated dust concentration
Relay outputs potentially 4 relay outputs: max. 48 V, 1 A

free: (cycle/maintenance, limit value 1 and 2, fault)
Binary inputs electr. isolated: 4 binary inputs: min. 10V, max. 25 VAC; min. 10, max. 35 V DC
IN1: activate/supress control cycle
IN2, IN4: reserve
IN3: purge-air monitoring or FSS
Interfaces: RS232 C service interfaces
RS 422 host computer interfaces
Response time: 1 - 360 s; in stages from 1 s freely selectable

Ambient light: no influence
Ambient temperature: -20°Cto+55°C
Flue gas temp.: max.450 °C
Voltage supply: 90 - 264 V AC., ±10 %, 48 - 62 Hz; power consumption app. 20 VA
option: 24 V a.c.
Protection class: IP 65

Dust Concentration Monitor
RM 210
RCU-MS
Recorder (option)
RM 210 Enter Test
Light
absorber
RS 232
Connection unit
Gas channel
Purge air unit MEPA software
Fig. 1: RM210 Fig. 2: System design RM 210
1. Field of Application 2. Set-up and Mode of Operation
With its robust construction, the RM 210 is designed for 2.1 System design
harsh industrial applications. It detects, over several
measurement ranges, both medium and low dust burdens. Its • Transceiver unit; flange mounted directly on duct wall
variable penetration depths makes the RM 210 suitable for • A light absorber to prevent stray reflections; mounted
both large diameter gas ducts and thick-walled stacks. opposite sensor
Applications: • Connection unit; signal interface for peripheral equipment
and measurement value display
• In clean gas behind modern electrostatic and fabric
filters • Purge air unit; protects optical surfaces and complete
system against contamination and high gas
• The monitoring of exhaust and fresh air systems temperatures
• Protection of gas turbines • PC compatible MEPA software for menu-driven
parameterisation
• Energy supply: power stations • Optional fail-safe shutter for fully-automatic protection of
• Waste disposal: refuse incinerators instrument in the event of purge air failure
• Industrial processing: dosing or crushing plants • Optional recorder to plot measured reference and zero-
• Metal working: steel and aluminium processing point values
• Food and feed stuffs industries: bulk materials packing • Optional RCU-MS Remote Control Unit
• Brake linings and Eternit production
2.2 Measurement principle
The RM 210 is qualified for TI Air, 13. BlmSchV. and 17. In-situ technology, i.e direct measurement in the gas duct,
BlmSchV. guarantees instantaneous measured values. The measured
Suitability test by the Rheinisch-Westfälischen TÜV Essen quantity of the RM 210 is scattered light. A pulsed LED
(Report No. 352/0855/93 – 583207/01 of 14.09.95.) serves as the light source guaranteeing a long lifetime. The
light source transmits infra-red light which is scattered by the
particles in the gas stream and detected by highly sensitive
sensor. This measurement principle enables precise dust
concentration measurements from the scattered light
intensity measurement (calculated on the basis of
gravimetric calibration)
3.Technical Data
3.1 Results of the suitability Test:
Availability: 99,8% or 95,9%

Period of unattended > 4 weeks
operation:
3 3
Lower detection limit: Dust 0,02mg/m (MBE 3,5 mg/m )
Ambient temperature -20 °C - +55 °C

range:
Measured quantity: Scattered light intensity proportional to dust concentration
dust conc. in mg/m_ according to calibration comparison measurement
3
Measuring range: Smallest measurement range: 0 - 0.5 mg/m
3
Greatest measurement range 0 - 200 mg/m
(intermediate ranges freely configurable)
Measurement range switching effected automatically
Meas. Accuracy: ± 2 % of measuring range end value
Temperature range: Gas temperature above dew point up to 500 °C
(higher temperatures on request)
Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +50 °C
Storage temp.: -20 °C to +65 °C, storage humidity <50% rF
Power supply: Transceiver and Voltage: 24 V DC or 90 - 260 V AC; frequency: 47-63 Hz
connection Power, rated current 20 VA
units:
Purge air unit: Voltage: 380 V / 3~ (others on request); Freq.: 50 Hz
Rated current: 2.7 A; power consumption: 0.37 kW
Analog outputs: 2 elec. isolated outputs 0-20 mA for 3 possible output signals (Live zero 2 or 4 mA
3
seletable): dust concentration calculated with regression curve 1 or 2 in mg/m ,
scattered light intensity measured directly
Relay outputs: 4 configurable outputs for the following status reports:
Fault; Purge air failure; Reference cycle active; Maintenance required; Automatic
measurement range changeover; Limit value 1 or limit value 2 exceeded; Filter tear
Interfaces: RS 232 for terminal or laptop
RS 422 for Remote Control RCU-MS or host computer
Binary inputs: 4 configurable input channels for the status reports:
Triggering/suppression of control cycle; Maintenance; External purge air monitoring;
Regression curve change over; Filter tear detection; Meas. range changeover
Enclosure: Transceiver unit and connection unit: IP 65

Filter Watch FW 56-D/T and
Filter Watch for Dust Monitoring FW 56-I
Fig. 1: FW 56 Fig.2: Systemdesign FW 56
The extensive performance characteristics allow application 2.1 System design

in almost all industrial fields. The standard version of the
Examples of possible applications include: FW 56-I in-situ measuring instrument
• Dust measurement in accordance consists of:
• with the BImSchG legistlation • Sender/receiver unit FWM 56
• Monitoring of filter plants • Reflector unit FWR 56
• Product flow monitoring in the chemical and animal • Evaluation unit FWA 56-I
feed industries • Purge air supply
• Ventilation control in metallurgical plant
• Building materials industry (cement works, lime-sand The FWM 56 and FWR 56 units are each mounted with a
brick and plaster production) purge air supply on flanges which are installed opposite
each other in the stack wall. The evaluation unit is installed
• Paper and glass production close to the sender/receiver unit (standard cable length:
• Furnace gas monitoring in steel industry 3m; optionally up to 10 m). The sender/receiver unit
• Sack-filling machine control for granulated and powder consists of the optical and electrical components required
products, silo for transmitting and receiving the infrared light beam. It is
• Workshop and area ambient air monitoring in easily aligned with the reflector unit using the integral
warehouses and converting processes optical alignment sight. The evaluation unit contains the
• Coal mills and ash removal plant electronics required for capturing, calculating and recording
measured data as well as for signal input and output. An
• Motor testing stands optionally delivered air purge unit protects the optical
• Curing plants surfaces from aggressive gases and contamination,
• Ship building prolonging maintenance intervals.
• Turbine protection (monitoring of air supply)
• Testing tool for filter checking 2.2 Measurement principle
The transmitted light beam is attenuated by the dust
The FW 56 is qualified for TI Air for filtering pricipitator with present in the exhaust gas duct. This attenuation
pulse seperation (version FW 56-I) or. for qualitative expressed as the ratio between the received and
emission control of the smoke density (version FW 56-D/T). transmitted light is the measure of the transmission and
Suitability test by the Rheinisch-Westfälischen TÜV Essen therefore of the dust concentration in the duct. Special
(Report No. 352/0054/95 - 586373/01 of 25.07.95.) signal processing and modulation processes enable a far
higher sensitivity to be
achieved compared with previously available
transmissometers and a minimal influence of contamination
on the differential transmission measurement
3. Technical Data
Availability: 97,5%
operation:
Lower detection limit: (MB 0-1dExt.) Dust <1 mg/m3 (MBE 40mg/m3)
Influence of maladjustment < 2% in angel Range of +/-0,3° in T-Mode
of the light beam:
Response time (90% time): 0,1-120 s
Measured variables Measuring range Accuracy
Transmission 0 ... 100 % freely configurable ±2%
Differental Transmission 0 ... 100 % freely configurable ± 0.2 %
Opacity 0 ... 100 % freely configurable ±2%
Extinction 0 ... 0.3 to 0 ... 2.0 ±2%
Dust concentration (atl.) 0 ... 20 mg/m 3 to 100 g/m 3
Data memory: up to 5000 meas. values, time interval 1 s to 2 h
Event memory: up to 500 events (limit value transgression, warning, fault, parameter change)with
date/time
Duct diameter: 0.2 to 3.6 m
Exhaust gas temperature: above water dew point to 250 °C; > 140 °C air purge supply required;
higher temp. on request
System features: sync. averaging (single disturbance suppression)
Signal connections: • Input signals: 4 digital inputs
• Output signals: analog output 0/2/4 to 20 mA, 3 relay outputs 250 Vac, 1 A
Interfaces: RS 232 for laptop, el. isolated; opt. RS485/422
Ambient temperature : -20 bis +50 °C
Power supply: 90-140/190-260 V ac, 50/60 Hz; opt. 24 V DC
Enclosure rating: IP 65

CO Monitor
GM 910
Fig. 1: GM 910
Fig. 2: GM 910 system
1. Range of Application
The bandwidth of the light is limited to the CO specific
wavelength range by means of an interference filter. An
The CO monitor GM 910 is used in :
IR source serves as the light source.
• Power plants
The GM 910 measures the intensity of the light reduced
• Cement industry
in the exhaust gas duct in the CO measurement range.
• Waste incineration plants
The difference between the light intensity after passing
to
a reference cell (CO) swivelled into the light beam and
• reduce the emission
the light intensity measured without reference cell is a
• reduce the corrosion at plant components
measure for the CO content in the exhaust gas.
• provide against explosion hazard
In order to avoid cross-sensitivities which can be caused
• optimize the firing process and reduce the fuel
by H2O und CO2 in the exhaust gas, an interference
consumption
filter is installed in the beam path in front of the IR de-
tector. With that cross-sensitivities can be eliminated to
Aptitude Approval Test: RWTÜV Anlagentechnik GmbH
a large extent.
(Report No. 352/855/573543/93 of 15.08.1999).
The GM 910 can be parametrized via a service interface
The device fullfills the requirements of the 13.BImSchV
(RS 232) in the connection unit by means of a PC and
and of TA Luft.
the menu-guided program MEPA-GM 910. Besides the
live zero, the time interval for the control cycle, the mea-
2. System Design and Operation
suring ranges and a limit value for the message "Limit
value exceeded" can be parameterized.
The standard scope consists of:
The servicing program MEPA-GM 910 is also necessary
• Sender unit GMS 910
for maintenance activities and for the prescribed annual
• Receiver unit GME 910
performance test.
• 2 mounting flanges with purge air connector
As with all optical or photo-electrical in-situ measuring
• Connection unit GMA 910
methods, the measuring result is influenced by the fol-
• Purge air unit
lowing parameters:
• Service program software MEPA-GM 910
• the number of CO molecules in the measuring path
• distribution of the CO concentration over the ex-
The carbon monoxide measuring system GM 910 is a
haust gas cross-section
continuously working measuring system for determinati-
• measuring path length (exhaust duct diameter)
on of the CO mass content in emitted exhaust gases.
As these variables are different at each individual mea-
The measuring system is based on the non-dispersive
suring site, calibration of the GM 910 measuring system
gasfilter correlation principle in a wave length range of
with a reference measuring method is required every
4.6 µm.
time.
The modulated light emitted by the sender unit travels
through the exhaust gas duct before it reaches the re-
ceiver unit.
3. Technical Data
3.1 Data of the Aptitude Test
Measuring path 0.75 m; 8 m

3
Tested measuring ranges 0-300 mg/m smallest range
3
0-5.000 mg/m largest range
Availability > 95%
Reproducibility > 44
3
Detection limit 2.3 mg CO/m
Ambient temperature range -20 to +55 °C
Temperature dependence on the zero point position < 1.2% / 10 K
Temperature dependence on the sensitivity < 0.5% / 10 K
Drift in the zero point position < 0.9% / 6 weeks
Drift in sensitivity < 1.2% / 6 weeks
Disturbance due to drifting of the light beam < 2% within an angle range of ± 0.3°
Response time (90% time) 180-190 s
Exhaust gas temperature max. 250 °C
Cross-sensitivity
CO2 (25.3%) -0.2%
3
N2O (453 mg/m ) +0.1%
3
SO2 (6,700 mg/m ) ±0%
3
NO (3,574 mg/m ) ±0%
3
NO2 (92 mg/m ) ±0%
3
CH4 (3,986 mg/m ) ±0%
3
C3H8 (97.5 mg/m ) ±0%
3
NH3 (169.7 mg/m ) ±0%
H2O (24.2%) -1.8%
O2 (6%) ±0%
3
HCl (HF) (approx. 22 mg/m ) ±0%
Lamp Modulated IR source
Analog output 1; 0/2/4-20 mA; max. 750 Ohm
Interfaces RS 232C for MEPA

Gas Analyzer
GME 60
Fig. 1: GME 60
Fig. 2: Gas flow GME 60
1. Range of Application 2. System Design and Operation
The GME 60 Gas Analyzer measures infrared- 2.1 The double beam alternating light principle
absorbing gases highly selectively, whose absorption
bands are within the wavelength range of 2 to 9 µm, The GME 60 Gas Analyzer operates according to the
such as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, NH3, H2O, CH4 and other infrared double beam alternating light principle with a
hydrocarbons. The GME 60 operates according to the double-layer detector and an optic coupler. This results
NDIR double beam alternating light principle. in reducing the cross-sensitivity to other gases to a
Three basic models of the GME 60 are available: minimum. The beam from an IR source heated to 700
• Single-channel devices measure one gas °C is separated into two equal beams (sample and
component reference beams) in the beam divider. The beam divider
• Dual-channel devices measure two gas acts as a filter cell at the same time. The reference
components completely independently of each beam passes through a reference cell filled with an IR-
other simultaneously inactive gas (N2). It reaches the right-hand side of the
• Single-channel field devices detector practically unattenuated. The sample beam
passes through the sample cell through which the
The GME 60 Gas Analyzer can be used in different sample gas flows and reaches the left-hand side of the
industrial sectors and for numerous applications: detector attenuated to a greater or lesser extent
• Emission measurement in combustion plants depending on the concentration of the sample gas. The
• Quality control in the production of high-purity detector is filled with a defined concentration of the gas
gases component to be measured. Beam absorption warms up
• Determining process gas concentrations in the gas mass and consequently results in a measurable
chemical plants increase of pressure. The detector is designed as a two-
• Measurements in the automotive industry (test bay layer detector to minimize the cross-sensitivity. The
systems) center of the absorption band is preferentially absorbed
• Detecting CO2 traces in air separation facilities in the upper detector layer, while the edges of the band
• Detecting CO and CO2 in exhaust and converter are absorbed to approximately the same extent in the
plants of the iron and steel industry upper and lower layers. Both detector layers are
• Warning equipment connected via a microflow sensor. This coupling means
that the spectral sensitivity has a very narrow band. A
Aptitude Approval Test: TÜV ECOPLAN UMWELT chopper rotates between the beam divider and the
GmbH sample cell and interrupts the double beams alternately
( Report No. 24019084 of February 1999 ). and periodically. This generates a pulsating current in
The GME 60 fullfills the requirements of the 13., 17. the sample cell due to the absorption. The microflow
BimSchV and TA Luft. sensor converts this into an electric signal. The optic
For simultaneous measurement of IR-absorbing gases coupler lengthens the lower detector optically. The IR
and oxygen, the GME 61, a combination of GME 60 and absorption in the second detector layer is varied by
GME 65, can be used. changing the slider position. This provides the possibility
of minimizing components individually that cause
disturbances.
3. Technical Data
3 3
Measuring ranges CO: 0-50 mg/m / 0-75 mg/m
3 3
NO: 0-100 mg/m / 0-200 mg/m
3
SO2: 0-75 mg/m
Availability > 99.4%
Maintenance intervals CO, NO: 4 weeks; SO2: 8 days
Reproducibility CO: > 136
NO: > 195
SO2: > 218
Detection limit CO: < 1%
NO: < 0.8%
SO2: < 0.7%
Ambient temperature range +5 to +45 °C
Sample gas temperature 0 to 50 °C
Sample gas flow 0.3 to 1.5 l/min
Temperature dependence of the zero point position CO: < 1.5%
NO: < 1.6%
SO2: < 2.4%
Temperature dependence of sensitivity CO: < 2.6%
NO: < 1.5%
SO2: < 1.1%
Drift of the zero point position CO: < 0.4%
NO: < 0.9%
SO2: < 1.6%
Drift of sensitivity CO: < 0.6%
NO: < 0.7%
SO2: < 1.7%
Response time (90% time) CO: < 75 s
NO: < 81 s
SO2: < 120 s
Cross-sensitivity CO: < 3.8 / -1.4%
NO: < 1.3 / -2.7%
SO2: < 2.6 / -2.2%
Weight 15-21 kg
Analog outputs 1; floating, isolated; 0/2/4 to 20 mA
Interfaces RS 485
Service Control field and display or external PC

Gas Analyzer
GME 64
Fig. 1: GME 64 Fig. 2: Gas flow GME 64
1. Range of Application 2.1.1 Infrared Measurement
The GME 64 is designed to continously and This spectroscopic method is based on the absorption of
simultaneous-ly measure up to four gas components. A non-dispersive IR radiation (NDIR-principle). The
maximum of three IR-absorbing gases (e.g. CO, CO2, receiver is a single-beam multi-layer detector filled with a
NO, CH4, SO2) as well as O2 using an electro-chemical defined concentration of the gas component to be
fuel cell. measured. The middle of the absorption range is
The GME 64 Gas Analyzer can be used in emission absorbed in the first detector layer, while the edges of
measuring systems as well as for process control and the range in both layers are absorbed to roughly the
safety monitoring: same extent. Selective absorption of radiation causes
• Optimization of small firing systems the detector gases to heat up differently thus resulting in
• Monitoring of exhaust gas concentration from firing a pressure difference in the detector layers. The
systems for all types of fuel (oil, gas, coal) equalization of pressure causes a flow of gas which is
• Monitoring of process control functions, e.g. in the detected by a microflow sensor and converted to an
cement industry electrical signal. The measured gas flow is a measure of
• Operational measurements for thermal incineration the concentration of the different gas.
plants
• Room air monitoring 2.2.2 Oxygen Measurement
• Monitoring of air in fruit storage facilities,
greenhouses, fermenting cellars and warehouses The oxygen sensor uses a fuel cell. The oxygen diffusing
from the sample gas is electro-chemically absorbed at
Aptitude Aproval Test: TÜV Süddeutschland AG ( Report the gold cathode and uses up electrons in the process.
No. 24012833 of August 1997 ). The lead of the anode is oxidized to lead oxide whereby
The GME 64 fullfills the requirements of 13. BImSchV electrons are released. The lead oxide is dissolved in the
and of TA Luft. electrolytic acid thus regenerating the electrode. The
resulting current is proportional to the concentration of
2. System Design and Operation oxygen. The oxygen sensor is adjusted automatically
during the daily calibration procedure.
2.1 Measurement principle
Two independent, selective measuring principles are
used in the GME 64:
3. Technical Data
3.1 Data from the Aptitude test
Sample gas conditions Humidity: <90% RH

Temperature: 0 to 50°C
Pressure: 0,5 to 1,5 bar absolute
Flow: 66 to 120 l/h
Maintenance intervals 3 months
Reproducibility > 145 for O2 , > 46 for CO,SO2 or NO
Detection limit O2: < 0.1vol.%
CO: < 1.8%
NO: < 1.6%
SO2: <2.1%
Ambient temperature range +5 to +45°C
Temperature dependence of the zero point position < 2% / 10 K
Pressure dependence of the zero point position. < 0.2% / 1% pressure change
Drift of the zero point position / in sensitivity Negligible
Response time (90% time) < 98 s
Sample gas temperature 0-50 °C
Cross-sensitivity O2: < 0.2 / -0.19vol.%
CO: < 3.7 / -1.4%
NO: < 3.1 / -0.8%
SO2: < 2.8 / -0.9%
Weight approx. 10 kg
Analog outputs max. 4: floating, 0/2/4-20 mA; linearized; max. 750
Ohm
Interfaces RS 485
Service Control field with function keys and display
or external PC

O2 Analyzer
GME 65
Fig. 1: GME 65
Fig. 2: Gas flow GME 65
1. Range of Application oxygen concentrations meet in a magnetic field, a

pressure difference is produced between them.
The GME 65 Gas Analyzer is used for continuous In the case of the GME 65, a reference gas (N2, O2, air)
measurement of oxygen in gases. The measurement is is introduced into the sample chamber through two
based on the paramagnetic alterning pressure method. channels. One of these reference gas streams meets
The analyzer GME 65 is available as 19" rack unit and the sample gas within the area of a magnetic field.
as field device. When oxygen is present in the measuring gas, the gas
It can be used in different industrial operations and for pressure changes in the magnetic field. This also
numerous applications requiring O2 measurements: creates a difference in pressure between the two
• Furnace control of incineration facilities reference gas flows. Because the two channels are
• Quality monitoring in producing high-purity gases connected, the pressure, which is proportional to the
• Reference measurements for emission oxygen concentration, causes a cross flow. This flow is
measurements according to , 13./17. BImSchV and converted to an electrical signal by a microflow sensor.
TA Luft Because the microflow sensor is located in the reference
• Test bench systems in the automotive industry gas stream, the properties of the sample gas do not
• Warning equipment influence the measurement. The microflow sensor is not
exposed to the possibly corrosive sample gas either.
Aptitude Approval Test: TÜV ECOPLAN UMWELT The GME 65 has a very short response time, because
GmbH the measurement chamber has a very small volume and
( Report No. 24019084 of February 1999 ). The analyzer the microflow sensor responds quickly.
GME 65 fullfill the requirements of the 13./17. BImSchV Thanks to the use of a magnetic field with alternative
and TA-Luft. flow strength, the effect of the background flow in the
For simultaneous measurement of IR-absorbing gases microflow sensor is not detected. Consequently, the
and oxygen the GME 61, a combination of the GME 60 measurement is independent of the measurement
and the GME 65, can be used. chamber orientation and in turn of the instrument
orientation.
2. System Design and Operation Vibrations occur frequently at the measurement site,
which falsify the measured signal (noise). An additionally
2.1 Paramagnetic Alternating Presssure Principle built-in microflow sensor through which no gas passes
acts as a vibration sensor (compensation measurement
In contrast to almost all other gases, oxygen is sensor). Its signal is applied to the measured signal as a
paramagnetic. The GME 65 Gas Analyzer uses this compensation. If the density of the sample gas deviates
property as a measuring principle. by more than 50% from that of the reference gas, the
Oxygen molecules in an inhomogenous magnetic field compensation microflow sensor is flushed with reference
are drawn in the direction of increased field strength due gas just like the measuring sensor.
to their paramagnetism. When two gases with different
3. Technical Data
Measuring ranges 0-5 vol.%

0-25 vol.%
Reproducibility MB1: > 240
MB2: > 680
Detection limit < 0.02 vol.%
Ambient temperature range +5 to +40 °C
Sample gas temperature 0 to 50 °C
Sample gas flow 0,3 to 1 l/min
Temperature dependence of the zero point position < 0.08 vol.%
Temperature dependence of the sensitivity < 0.11 vol.%
Drift of the zero point position < 0.02 vol.%
Drift of sensitivity < 0.01 vol.%
Cross-sensitivity < 0.01 / 0.11%
Weight 13 kg
Analog outputs 2; 0/2/4 to 20 mA
Interfaces RS 485
Service Control field and display or external PC
Protection class 20

Continuous Emission Monitoring for
Stack Gases: MCS 100 E
2.1 Total System
The total system comprises the sampling system, a

sampling tube and the monitoring system.
The sample gas is extracted from the stack gas by means of

a heated sampling system. The sampling system has been
especially designed for the requirements with stack gases.
With MCS 100 E the stack gas is conducted via a heated

sampling tube to the system cabinet comprising the sample
gas pump, the analyzer and the transfer interfaces.
With MCS 100 E PD a permeation dryer is additionally

integrated in the sampling system, thus it is possible to use
a non-heated sample gas tube.
2.2 Analyser
The analyzer comprises the sample gas cell, the

photometer and the evaluations electronics.
The cell is a long path cell with a fix optical pathlength (3.6
or 12 meters) and can be heated up to 200 °C.
The photometer of MCS 100 E is a non-dispersive infrared

photometer, applying the either the dual-wavelength or gas
filter correlation method for determining the concentrations
of stack gas components.
The photometer unit is completely integrated in a
thermostatted cast-iron housing. It comprises the source
Fig. 1: MCS 100 E unit with chopper as well as the detector unit with 2 filter
wheels for gas and interference filters and – as an option –
1. Range of Application an internal calibration standard. The latter is used to verify
the instrument sensitivity without applying calibration gases.
MCS 100E is a compact multi-component analyzer for the In addition to these, MCS 100 E comprises an integrated
extractive, continuous monitoring of stack gases, e.g. at flow meter and (as an option) an integrated oxygen
power plants and refuse incineration plants. measurement by means of an a ZrO2 probe.
Several system versions of MCS 100 E are available: Control of the photometer, evaluation and repres entation of
The MCS 100 E HW applying the hot-wet technique is the measurement values as well as the control of system
designed for monitoring HCl, SO2, CO, NO, NH3, H 2O, CO2 peripherals are performed by an incorporated PC of
as well as O2; whereas the MCS 100 E PD with permeation standard industrial design. It is operated in a menu-
dryer is designed for smaller measuring ranges and controlled manner via the membrane keyboard and the LC-
additional measurement of NO2. In this case there is no Display. By the latter the measurement values can be
H2O and NH3 measurement. displayed numerically as well as bar graph or as a time
history diagram.
Suitability Test: TÜV Rheinland of 12.08.99
MCS 100 E HW: 936/808010/A To increase the interference proofness, the analyzer is
MCS 100 E PD: 936/808010/B connected via fibre optics to the transfer interfaces in the
system cabinet. The system peripherals are likewise
connected to the transfer interfaces.
Sample
Sample
out
out
analyzer
Heated
Probe
ZrO2
flow
FF
O2
Cell
analyzer
MCS100E
Heated
probe
Electronic
ZrO2
Heated
flow
O2
cell
MCS100E electronic
Cell
Heated cell
MCS100E
Cabinet
1psi
1psi
1psi
Heated pump
Cabinet
Bundle of pipes and cables
Bundle of pipes and cables
Cal.-gas NO/CO/SO2
Cal.-gas NO2
Backflush
Cal.-gas HCl
Zero gas
Control
Cal. gas
Main valve
Back flush
Zero gas
Pt100/power
terminal
Instrument air
station
Heated tube
Instrument air
Permeation dryer
station
Output = I-air/N2 + H2O

Filter unit
Instrument air
Filter unit
Input = I-air or N2 / 900l/h
Heated
probe
Heated
probe
Flow chart MCS 100 E HW Flow chart MCS 100 E PD
3. Technical Data (to follow after disclosure) Temporal change

in indication
3.1 Data from the Aptitude Test - of the zero point < 1 % / 1 month
- of the reference point < 1 % / 1 month
Tested measuring range Response time (T90-time) E HW < 128 seconds
E PD < 64 seconds
MCS 100 E HW: MCS 100 E PD: Linearity <2%
HCl: 0-15 mg/m³ HCl: 0-10 mg/m³ Reproductability > 30
CO: 0-75 mg/m³ CO: 0-50 mg/m³ Interferences by CO2, CO,
NO: 0-200 mg/m³ NO: 0-50 mg/m³ SO2, NO, NO2, NH3,
NH3 0-20 mg/m³ NO2: 0-80 mg/m³ N2O, HCl, CH4, H 2 O, C 6H6,
SO2: 0-75 mg/m³ SO2: 0-10 mg/m³ CH3OH, CH2O, CH3COCH3,
CO2: 0-25 Vol.-% CO2: 0-25 Vol.-% CH2Cl2 E HW: typ. < 1 % of
O2: 0-21 Vol.-% O2: 0-21 Vol.-% fullscale
H2O: 0-40 Vol.-% E PD: < 2 % of fullscale
Availability 98,6 %
Maintance interval 3 months 3.2 Further Technical Data
Detection limit, absolute < 3,5 % of fullscale
Influence on the measuring Number of
result by sample gas measuring ranges 2
flow variations MCS 100 E HW Automatic switch-over of
< 1 % at 360-800 l/h measuring ranges yes
MCS 100 E PD Mains supply 3~230 V
< 1 % at 250-600 l/h Power consumption 1450 VA
Admissible range of without sampling tube
ambient temperature +5 to +35 °C Dimensions (2100 x 800 x 600) mm
Influence of the (HxWxD)
ambient temperature Weight: 350 kg
on the measuring result Status signal output maintenance, fault
- at the zero point 3,1 % Measuring signal output 0/4..20 mA
- at the reference point 3,6 % Meas. value display numeric and graphic
Protection class IP
Manufacturer: SICK UPA GmbH, Dr. Zimmermann-Straße 18, D-88709 Meersburg,

Telefon: 07532/801-0, Fax: 07532/801-104, E-Mail: infoupa@sick.de
Continuous Mercury Emission
Monitoring for Stack Gases:
MERCEM
1. Range of Application
MERCEM is used for continuous monitoring of mercury

emissions (elemental mercury and mercury chloride
compounds) in stack gas. By adjusting the
amalgamation procedure the sensitivity of the system
can be varied over a wide range to meet the individual
requirements, especially regarding very small
measurement ranges.
Aptitude Approval Test: TÜV Rheinland (TÜV-Report

No.: 936/805012 of April 1996).
2.1 Total System
MERCEM comprises a sampling system, wet-chemical

reduction of mercury chloride, an amalgamantion unit,
the photometer and an evaluation and control unit.
The sampling system has been especially designed for

gas components featuring high adsorption and
desorption effects – one of these being mercury chloride
(HgCl2).
These interference effects are minimized by using
selected materials and applying a high sample gas flow
as well as high temperatures.
The reduction of HgCl2 into elemental mercury (only
elemental mercury can be detected by photometric
measurement) is performed by wet-chemical reduction
with stannous chloride (SnCl2) solution within a reactor.
This procedure is widely accepted as a reference
method. The life time of the SnCl2 solution reservoir is
approx. 3 months. In a cooler - subsequent to the
reactor - the condensate is removed and the sample gas
is conducted to the analyzer.
2.2 Analyzer
The gaseous, elemental mercury is collected on a

gold/platinum gauze. Then the gold trap is heated to a
high temperature and the mercury is released and
transported through the photometer cell by an inert
MERCEM mercury analyzer: The sample gas inlet is at the right carrier gas stream. Thus the photometer is only in
hand side cabinet wall, where there are the gas sampling pump and
contact with the inert gas and the mercury contained
– mounted above it – the flow meter. To the left of these there are
the reactor with sample gas cooler and above these, the analyser therein and spectral interferences or contamination of
unit (with gold trap and photometer). The SnCl2 reservoir is placed the optics are avoided. By varying the sample collection
on the cabinet bottom, the evaluation and control unit as well as the time, the measurement range can be adjusted over a
signal transfer unit are mounted in the upper part of the cabinet wide range. The mercury content is determined by cold-
(certain parts in the door). vapour atomic absorption spectrometry. The single-
beam analyzer consists of a low pressure Hg-discharge
lamp, a thermostatted quartz cell of approx. 220 mm
length, and a photodiode detector.
Before each measurement the baseline of the
photometer is determined by purging the gold trap and
the photometer with Nitrogen. Consequently, the
analyzer operates free of drifts to a maximum extent.
Nitrogen Instrument
air Analyzer
Flow generator
for carrier gas
Purge gas
Cooler
Photo-
Sampling
Stack gas in meter
approx.1000 l/h
approx. 35 l/h Sample

Mass out
flow
controller
Reactor
Bypass
Gold trap out
Bypass
Condensate out Pump 35 l/h

Level
SnCl2 solution
Flow Diagram
3.1 Data from the Aptitude Test Further measuring ranges 0 – 45 µg/m3
(being TÜV tested at present)
Reference value fullscale smaller measuring ranges
3
Tested measuring range 0 – 100 µg/m upon request
Availablity > 98,6 % Mains supply 380 V
Maintenance interval 4 weeks Power consumption max. 4610 VA with 10 m
Detection limit, absolute < 1,8 % of fullscale sampling tube
Influence on the Dimensions (2100 x 800 x 600) mm
measuring result by (HxWxD)
- Barometrical Weight: 340 kg
variations none Meas.signal output 0/4..20 mA
- Sample gas Meas. value display numeric and graphic
flow variations none Protection class IP 54
Admissible range of Warm-up time approx. 1 h
ambient temperature 5 – 40 °C Consumption gases N2 and instrument air
Influence of the
ambient temperature
on the measuring result
- at the zero point < 0,8 % of fullscale / 10 K
- at the reference point < 2,3 % of the set value / 10
K
Temporal change
in indicaton
- of the zero point < 1 % of fullscale / 1 month
- of the reference point < 4 % of the set value / 1 month
Response time (T90-time) < 360 seconds
Interferences by CO2, CO,

SO2, NO, NO2, NH3, N2O,
HCl, CH4, H2O, C6H6 Total < 4 %
Number of
measuring ranges programmable
Automatic switch-over of
measuring ranges yes
Manufacturer: SICK UPA GmbH, Dr. Zimmermann-Straße 18, D-88709 Meersburg,

Tel.:+49/7532/801-0, Fax: +49/7532/801-104, E-Mail: infoupa@sick.de
O2 Analyzer LT1
Fig. 1: LT1 Fig. 2: System overview: LT 1 compact model connected to the

GM 31 multi component monitor
1. Range of Application The LT1 is available for indoor (wall-mount housing) or

outdoor (compact model) installation.
The main application of the LT 1 Oxygen Analyzer from
SICK is the determination of O2 concentrations in combu- The measuring device consists of Lambda probe LS1 and
stion plants. Main examples are:
the Lambda transmitter LT1.
• Power and heating plants
• Waste incineration plants The measurement of the oxygen concentration is carried
• Furnace of the glass and ceramics industry out continously with the Lambda probe, which directly
• Heating and cracker furnaces of the petrochemical extracts a small volume of sample gas (approx. 0.5 l/h)
industry using a capillary tube. The Lambda probe consists of a
• Lime and cement furnaces of the chemical industry zirconium dioxide solid electrolyte tube, which is closed on
• Tempering, sinter and melting furnaces of the metall- one end. Its inner and outer surfaces are coated with a
urgic industry
porous layer of precious metal as electrodes. The solid
The LT1 O2-Analyzer is perfectly suitable for the following electrolyte cell is heated by an internal electrical heater.
fields: The cell is covered with a jacket tube made of quartz
• Process measurements – to control the fuel / air ratio flushed with a sample gas stream, which is stabilized by a
• Emission measurements – for the oxygen/reference sample gas pumpe and an orifice. For measurement of
value recalulation the oxygen concentration in the sample gas, the
electrodes of the cell are fed with a voltage of 0.4 to 1.0 V
Gas temperatures up to:
• 800 °C possible (metall probe) DC. At the operating temperature (T > 650 °C) the oxygen
• 1700 °C possible (ceramic probe) in the sample gas is ionizied at the outer electrode due to
the applied voltage. The negative charged oxygen ions
Aptitude Approval Test: RWTÜV Anlagentechnik GmbH migrate through the solid electrolyte to the positive
( Report No. 502/0118/96 // 689724/01 of Sep. 1997) charged inner electrode where they are discharged to
The device fullfills the requirements of the 13., 17. molecular oxygen. The stream of ions, which is measured
BImSchV and of TA Luft as the current signal of the probe, depends linearly from
the oxygen concentration and the sample gas flow
through the cell.
2. System Design and Operation By calibration with a gas of known oxygen concentration
(e.g air with 20.96 vol% O2) the proportional factor and the
The LT1 analyzer consitsts of : sample gas flow through the orifice can be determined.
• LS1 probe The oxygen measurement is made in-situ with humid
• Evaluation unit with MEPA software and optional exhaust gas, so the results have to be converted to dry
display conditions.
• Flange
3. Technical Data
3.1 Data from the Aptitude Test
Design Wall-mount model: Compact model:

- LT1 with GM31 indoor - LT1with GM31 outdoor
- Stand-alone indoor - Stand-alone outdoor
Ambient temperature range 0 to +60°C -10 to +55 °C
with heating: -25 to +55°C
Protection class IP 54 IP 65
Measuring range 0-21 vol.% O2
Reproducibility > 174
Detection limit 0.01 to 0.02 vol.%
Temperature dependence on the zero point position < 0.2 vol.%
Temperature dependence on sensitivity < 0.2 vol.%
Drift of zero point position < 0.2 vol.%
Drift of sensitivity < 0.2 vol.%
Weight Approx. 25 kg
Supply voltage 230 V AC / 50 Hz; 115 V AC / 60 Hz; +10%/-15%
Outputs Test output: 0-2.55 V, load > 10 kOhm,
1 analog output freely configurable
1 digital output: relay 48 V DC/AC; 3 A
Interfaces RS 232 for service
RS 422/485 for Data transfer

Gas Velocity Measurement System
FLOWSIC 101/102/103
Fig. 1: FLOWSIC 101/102/103 Fig. 2: System design FLOWSIC
The measuring system FLOWSIC 101/102 represents a very 2.1 System design
effective value measuring system which is available for big and The measuring system is comprised of the modules:
small flue dimensions. • 2 transmitter/receiver units with measuring probe
• Evaluation unit
Applications: • Purge air unit
• Chemical plants
• Incinerating plant conforming to German Clean Air and the The FLOWSIC 101 is used for small duct diameter. For bigger
th th
13 and 17 Emission Regulations measuring distances or for measureing in gases with high
(TA-Luft and BImSchV) ultrasonic attienuation (e.g. with high dust concentration) the
• Steel manufacturing (Bessemer converters, smelters) and FLOWSIC 102 is used. At the FLOWSIC 103 the transducers
other metallurgical applications are connected to the evaluation unit by fixed Coax cable within
• Coking plants 5 meters. An optional remote control unit (RCU-MS) may be
connected. The transmitter and receiver units contain the
• Building materials industry (cement works, sand-lime brick
ultrasonic transducers. 45 kHz transducers with a high
and gypsum manufacture)
bandwidth are fitted as standard. For optimal adaption to such
• Food and drink processing and feedstuffs manufacture applications measurement in gases with high ultrasonic
• Curing plants damping (e.g due to high dust content) or for long measuring
• Glass production distances, the Transmitter/receiver unit may optionally be
• Gas turbine installation equipped with 23 kHz transducers. Purge air is used to cool
• Ventilation and air conditioning the transducers and to keep them clean. The purge air supply
• engineering is optimized to the flow conditions.
The Measurement System FLOWSIC 101/102 is qualified for 2.2 Measurement principle
13.BImSchV, 17. BImSchV und TI Air. Suitability test by the
Rheinisch-Westfälischen TÜV Essen (Report No. Velocity measurement
3.5.2/0668/95 – 59454101 of 12.02.96). Ultrasonic transducers, acting alternately as transmitter and
receiver, are installed on either side of the gas duct at a
defined angle to the duct axis. The transit times of the
respective sound impulses vary depending on the direction
and flow velocity of the gas. In the forwards direction, the
transit time tv is reduced, and in the opposite direction, tr is
extended.
From the difference in transit time, gas velocity can be Temperature measurement
calculated irrespective of pressure and temperature conditions. The sound velocity is dependent on temperature. Thus by
The flow volume is found by multiplying the gas velocity by the determining the average transit time, the gas temperatures
effective duct cross-section. may be determined. With the temperature value, velocity and
volume flow can be converted
to standard conditions.
3. Technical Data
Availability: 99,6%
operation:
Lower detection limit: <2% of the measuring range of 20 m/s ≙ 0,23m/s
Drift of zero point: 0%
Drift of span value: 0%
Measured parameters: Gas velocity, temperature Volume flow (actual), volume flow
Measured range: 0 ... 40 m/s smoothly adjustable
Typical accuracy V: ± 0.4 m/s (at temperature up to 150°C and measurement path up to 2 m)
Transducer/transducer 0.5 ... 6 m **; others on request
Measurement path:
Duct diameter: 0.3 ... 4 m (observe meas. distance); others on request
Mounting angle: 30° ... 60°; others on request.
t90 time: 1 ... 200 s freely selectable
gas temperature: 0 ... 350 °C
Measured value diplay: 2 row LC display
Status display: LED for operation, fault, parameterisation, test-cycle
Analogue signals: - Analogue output 0/2/4 ... 20 mA
- 4 relay outputs 48 V, 1 for status signals; warning, maintenance,
fault, velocity, flow direction
Interfaces: - RS 485 for data exchange between s/r and evaluation units
- RS 232 for parameterisation
- RS 422 for data configuration
Mains voltage: 90 ... 140 / 180 ... 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Projection rating: IP 65

Emission Data Processing and
Transfer System MEVAS-PC
Monitor 1 Monitor 2 Monitor 8 Emission measurement

systems
Analogue and digital inputs and outputs

DATAC
DATAC DATAC
RS 422
1 2
Emission
Modem
Computer Operator System
Telephone network
1 2
1 2
Central Operator Supervisory authority SyncMaster 17GLs
System Monitory System
Fig. 1: MEVAS-PC Fig. 2: Systemaufbau
1. Field of Application The measured data converges at the Emission Computer

where it is classified, processed into graphical form and
The Emission Data Processing and Transfer System made available to the operator and supervisory authori-
MEVAS PC fulfill the guidelines for emission data logger ties. Several B-systems are able to be combined to the
to the 13.BimSchV., the TI Air and the 17.BimSchV., that central operation system before the emission data trans-
means it’s suitible for local measurement value acquisition fer. Via modem the MEVAS-PC is connected to the mo-
and processing (Operater system), and for data transfer to nitoring system at the regulating authority responsible.
G-system (monitoring system at the regulating authority Furthermore it is also possible to feed the emission data
responsible). into a local network, making the data available on a com-
Suitability test by the TÜV Rheinland Köln (report No. pany-wide basis.
936/804014 of 14.08.95).
2.2 Description of operation
2. Set-up and Mode of Operation The B-system operates under „MS-Windows“ and fulfill
the functions of the guidelines for the dat loggers.
2.1 System design The locally measurement value acquisition with the Data
I/O-modul sends the collected data every ten seconds via
The B-system consists of: serial Bus to the data logger.
The single will be calculate to last short-term mean value
• Data I/O-modul for measurement value acquisition (e.g. 3 minutes). For the several measuring tasks the
• Data logger with processing and data transfer soft- averaging occur for 10, 30 or 60 minutes. From the clas-
ware sified mean values the daily mean value will be calcula-
• Modem for data transfer ted.
• Printer for data report
The printout of reports for the daily turnover can accur to a
programmable time. The same is for the term of the au-
The M EVAS-PC system permits the continuous recording tomatic data transfer with attaching log book.
of analogue and digita measurement signals. Due to its
modular design it is also suited for distributed plants. The parametrized data are protected with passwords for
several Levels heitsebene
3. Technische Daten
3.1 Daten aus der Eignungsprüfung:
Verfügbarkeit: 99,9%
Reprodurzierbarkeit der Klas- <1%
sierung:
Zulässiger Umgebungs- 0 bis +50°C
temperaturbereich:
Genauigkeit der Meßwertver- < 0,3%
arbeitung:
Beeinflussung des Meß- < 1,3%
signals durch Netz-
spannungsschwankungen
Rechner IBM kompatibler PC
Energieversorgung: 230/115V V AC umschaltbar ; 48 bis 62 Hz
Leistungsaufnahme: 200 VA
Datenschnittstellen: CAN Bus zum Grundmodul
RS 232 für Modemanschluß
RS 232 Rechnerschnittstelle (Option)
Grundmodul 19“ Version für max. 8 Karten oder 19“/2 für max. 4 Karten
Eingangskarte: 4 bzw. 8 Analogeingänge 0-20 mA ; 16 Binäreingänge
Ausgangskarte: 4 Analoausgänge 0–20 mA galvanisch getrennt ; 16 Relaisausgänge
Schutzart: IP 54

FIDAMAT 5E
Total hydrocarbon gas analyzer
The FIDAMAT 5E measures collectively rather ♦ Process gas concentrations in chemical

than individual components. It measures the sum plants
of hydrocarbons in a sample gas, but with varying ♦ Immission analyses of the total hydrocarbons
degrees of sensitivity to the hydrocarbon in air
molecules. ♦ Measurements for emission monitoring
In theory the result is proportional to the number of the total hydrocarbons according to
of C – atoms in the particular molecule. In motor test bedes
practice there are variations. This variation is ♦ Measurements of VOC
represented by the response factor.
The gas which should be measured flows to the
flame ionization detector.
The sample gas is mixed with a constant amount Special characteristics
of pure hydrogen (or H2 / He) combustion air and
burnt. ♦ Four freely programmable measuring ranges
During the burning process the organical bound ♦ Electrically isolated signal output 0 / 2 / 4 to
hydrocarbon component is partially ionized. The 20 mA
free ions from a current between the burning jet ♦ Automatic start after the warm – up phase
and an electrode, and this ionization current is ♦ Automatic ignition after extinguishing the
amplified. flame
♦ Autoranging, remote switching or manual
range selection possible
Application examples
♦ Measurements for emission monitoring

of the total hydrocarbons according to
TA-Luft, 13. and 17. BimSchV
♦ Messung der Measurements for boiler control
in combustion plants
♦ Measurements in safety – relevant areas
Technical Data
Measuring ranges 4, switchable

internal and externally;
autoranging is also
possible
Measuring ranges 0 to 1 vpm up to
0 to 99 999 vpm
Characteristic Linearized
EMC interference According to
immunity standard of
NAMUR NE21 or
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-2,
and EN61010-1
Power supply AC 120V, 230V, 240V
48 bis 63 Hz
Detection limit 0,1 vpm C1
Measuring response
Zero drift < 2% of measuring range
end value / week for
measuring range > 10
vpm C1
Span drift < 2% of measuring range
end value / week for
measuring range > 10
vpm C1
Repeatability 0,1 to 1% of measuring
range end value,
depends on measuring
range
Analog outputs 0/2/4 to 20 mA linearized

Load ≤ 750 Ω
Serial interface RS 235

Sample gas flow 1000ml / min
Combustion air flow ca. 350 ml /min
H2 - flow ca. 25 ml / min
Permissible ambient
temperature
- during operation + 5°C to + 45°C
- during storage - 30°C to + 70°C
Permissible humidity < 90% relative humidity
Degree of protection
- 19” built in version IP 20
- Table version IP 21
OXYMAT 6
Paramagnetic Oxygen Gas Analyzer
The OXYMAT 6 gas analyzer is based on the Special charakteristics

paramagnetic alternating pressure method and
are used to measure oxygen in gases, ♦ Four freely programmable measuring
ranges per channel
Application examples ♦ Electrically isolated signal output 0 / 2 / 4 to
Measurement of O2 20 mA
♦ Autoranging, remote switching or manual
♦ As a reference variable for emission range selection possible
measurements according to TA-Luft, 13. ♦ Menu based operation
and 17. BimSchV ♦ NAMUR based operation
♦ For boiler control in firing systems ♦ Low long – term drift
♦ In safety relevant areas ♦ Internal pressure sensor for correction of
♦ In chemical plants variations in sample gas pressure in the
♦ In ultra pure gases for quality monitoring range 06, to 2,0 bar abs.
♦ Measurements for emission monitoring ♦ Large LCD panel with LED backlighting
according to motor test bedes ♦ Field housing with protection class IP 65
and gastight separations for electronik and
physical modul
Technical Data
Measuring ranges 4, switchable internal Options Supplementary

and externally; electronics with 8
autoranging is also binary inputs and 8
possible relay outputs
Smallest possible 0,5 Vol% O2 Permissible ambient
Measuring ranges temperature
Characteristic Linearized - during operation + 5°C to + 45°C
- during storage - 30°C to + 70°C
EMC interference According to
immunity standard of Permissible humidity < 90% relative
NAMUR NE21 or humidity
EN 50081-1, Degree of protection
EN 50082-2, - 19” built in version IP 20
and EN61010 - field housing IP 65
Power supply AC 100 to 120V

48 to 63 Hz;
AC 200 to 240V
48 to 63 Hz
Gas inlet conditions

Sample gas pressure 0,5 to 1,5 bar abs.
Sample gas flow 60 to 120 L/h
.
Sample gas temperature
- 19” built in version 0 to 50°C
- field housing 0 to 50°C
- field housing heated 0 to 80°C not
condensable
Pressure correction range

with internal
sensor 0,5 to 2,0 bar abs.
Measuring response
Zero drift <± 0,5% / 3 months of
smallest range
Span drift <± 0,5% / 3 months of
respective measuring
range
Repeatability <1% of respective
measuring range
Electrical inputs and outputs

Analog outputs 0/2/4 to 20 mA
linearized
Load ≤ 750 Ω
Relay outputs 6, with changeover
contacts
Analog inputs 2, 0/2/4 to 20 mA
Binary inputs 6, designed for 24 V
potential free,
programmable
ULTRAMAT 6
Infrared Gas Analyzer
The ULTRAMAT 6 single – channel or dual – Special charakteristics

channel gas analyzers operates according to
the NDIR two – beam alternatimg light ♦ Four freely programmable measuring
principle. It measures gases with a high ranges per channel
selectivity whose absorbtion bands lie in the ♦ Electrically isolated signal output 0 / 2 / 4 to
infrared wavelength range from 2 to 9 µm, 20 mA
such as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, NH3, CH4 and ♦ Autoranging, remote switching or manual
other hydrocarbons. range selection possible
♦ Differential measuring ranges with flow –
Application examples type reference cell
♦ Menu based operation
♦ Measurements for emission monitoring ♦ NAMUR based operation
♦ Measurements for boiler control in ♦ Low long – term drift
combustion plants ♦ Internal pressure sensor for correction of
♦ Measurements in safety – relevant areas variations atmospheric pressure in the
♦ Process gas concentrations in chemical range 06, to 1,5 bar abs.
plants ♦ Large LCD panel with LED backlighting
♦ Trace measurements in pure gas ♦ Field housing with protection class IP 65
processes for quality monitoring and gastight separations for electronik and
♦ Measurements for emission monitoring physical modul
according to motor test bedes
Technical Data
Measuring ranges 4, switchable internal Binary inputs 6, designed for 24 V

and externally; potential free,
autoranging is also programmable
possible
Smallest possible Dependent on
Options Supplementary
Measuring ranges application, e.g.
electronics with 8
0 to 5 vpm CO2
binary inputs and 8
0 to 10 vpm CO
relay outputs
Characteristic Linearized
Permissible ambient
EMC interference According to temperature
immunity standard of - during operation + 5°C to + 45°C
NAMUR NE21 or - during storage - 30°C to + 70°C
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-2, Permissible humidity < 90% relative
and EN61010 humidity
Degree of protection
Power supply AC 100 to 120V - 19” built in version IP 20
48 to 63 Hz; - field housing IP 65
AC 200 to 240V
48 to 63 Hz
Gas inlet conditions

.
Sample gas temperature
- 19” built in version 0 to 50°C
- field housing 0 to 50°C
- field housing heated 0 to 80°C not
condensable
Pressure correction range

with internal
with external
Measuring response
Zero drift <± 1% of measuring
range / week
Span drift <± 1% of measuring
range / week
Repeatability between 0,1% and 1%
of respective
measuring range
Linearity deviation < 0,5% of full scale
value
Electrical inputs and outputs

Analog outputs 0/2/4 to 20 mA
linearized
Load ≤ 750 Ω
Relay outputs 6, with changeover
contacts
Analog inputs 2, 0/2/4 to 20 mA
ULTRAMAT 23
The Multi – Component Gas Analyzer
If one of your duties is the continuos Measurement of infrared – absorbent gases,

measurement of gas concentrations in such as CO, CO2, SO2 .... and so on, is based
accordance with official emission standards, on an innovative single – beam method with
life will now be much easier. The new multi – layer detector technology. This ensures
ULTRAMAT 23 is certified for just that the highest possible selectivity and
purpose, and is therefore available in versions extraordinary measuring accuracy.
which have been approved by the TÜV For the oxygen measurement, there is an
German Technical Inspectorade. That means electrochemical cell in the ULTRAMAT 23
more efficient and profitable use wherever integrated.
lawmakers mandate continuos monitoring. It That means two proven methods, with
goes without saying that you also have these simultaneous measuring of as many as four
same benefits available for other applications. components, in a single device – and that in
The ULTRAMAT 23 is available in versions turn means an considerable reduction in your
one to three IR – components always with or investment cost.
without an additional oxygenchannel.
The ULTRAMAT 23’ s main attraction is it’s Application examples
ability to calibrate automatically using ambient
air. ♦ Measurements for emission monitoring
That means for the user; automatic calibration ♦ Measurements for boiler control in
without any calibration bottles. combustion plants
This takes a sizable chunk out of your
♦ Process gas concentrations in chemical
operation costs because you only need to use
plants
calibration gases for adjustment once a year.
Special charakteristics Technical data of infrared measurement
♦ Electrically isolated signal output 0 / 2 / 4 to Measuring ranges see Ordering Data

20 mA Influencing variables
♦ Menu based operation -Drift
♦ NAMUR based operation -with Autocal negligible
♦ Practically maintenance free as a result of -without Autocal <2% of smallest
AUTOCAL with ambient air measuring range /
♦ Two measuring ranges per component week
♦ Autoranging with range identification -Atmospheric corrected by internal
pressure pressure sensor
General technical Data
Output signal <± 1% of output signal
resolution span
Measured components max. 4
Analog outputs max. 4
0/2/4 to 20 mA Repeatability ≤ 1% of smallest
linearized measuring range
Load ≤ 750 Ω Technical data of oxygen measurement

Display 80 characters
Measuring range 0 to 5% or 0 to 25%
LCD with LED
programmable
backlighting
Influencing variables
EMC interference According to -Drift
immunity standard of -with Autocal negligible
NAMUR NE21 or -without Autocal 1% O2 / year in air
EN 50081-1, -Atmospheric <0,2% of measured
EN 50082-2, pressure value per 1% change
EN 61010 in pressure
-Residual gases Residual gases
Relay outputs 8, programmable
containing heavy
Binäry inputs 3, potential free metals, H2S and
halogens result in
analyzer failures
Autocal function automatic analyzer O2 concentrations <
calibration with 0,5% are only
ambient air, cycle time permissible for a short
adjustable from 1 to 24 time
hours
Display delay < 30 s at
Degree of protection IP 21 (90%-time) 1 L/min sample gas
flow
Power supply 100V, 200V, 230V
50Hz Service life approx. 2 years with
100V, 120V, 230V 21% O2
60Hz
Repeatability ≤ 0,05% O2
Emission Measuring System
CTNR
1. Application range The control unit (a) handles the operation, control,
display and signal processing functions.
Measuring of particulate matter concentration ac-
cording to 13. and 17. BimSchV preferably in wet
gases. 2.2 Analyser
In the analyser, the light scattered under 15° is

2. Setup and Function Principle measured, which is proportional to the particulate
matter concentration. A special sample cell con-
2.1 System structions prevents a fast fouling of the sample cell
windows. The applied alternating-light dual-beam
A ring pipe (c) carries the gas to the analyser (b) method enables a very stable measurement and low
and then back to the exhaust gas duct. In the ring drift values.
pipe, tha gas is heated to 160 °C, to avoid false
readings by water and acid droplets.
a b c d The factory calibration is done in PLA units; de-
pending on the facility, 1 PLA corresponds to 4 to
40 mg/m³ real dust.
e
3. Technical Data 3.2 More technical data
3.1 Data from Suitability Testing
Reference: Dust concentration ac- Power supply: 230 V / 3 x 400 V

cording to manual me- 50/60 Hz
thod VDI 2066
Consumption: 5,5 kVA
Tested measuring ran- 0 – 0,05 PLA (Standard version)
ges: 0 – 1 PLA
Gas temperature: up to 180 °C
Availability: > 98,8 %
Pressure: ± 3000 Pa
Maintenance interval: 1 month
Protection: IP 54
Detection limit: 0,0005 PLA
Dimensions: H= 2480 mm
Influence of sample < 1% between 25 l/min (basic version) B = 1530 mm
flow variation: and 40 l/min; Self- T = 1000 mm
control
Ambient temperature: -20 °C bis +40 °C smallest range: 0 – 0,05 PLA
Drift of zero point: < 0,5 % within mainte- highest range: 0 – 100 PLA
nance interval
Drift of span: < 3 % within mainte- range switching: automatic or manual

nance interval
Reproducibility: > 90
Hersteller:
SIGRIST-PHOTOMETER AG
Hofurlistrasse 1
CH-6373 Ennetbürgen
Tel. 0041 41 620 5064
Fax 0041 41 620 4180
e-mail info@photometer.com
internet www.photometer.com
Flue gas analyser testo 360 for
O2, NOx (NO + NO2), SO2, CO, CO2
o/ H2O, m/s, hPa, °C, mA/mV
o
Ambient temperature up to –25°C is compensated by a

built-in instrument heating system. If ambient
temperature is higher than +45°C, a special instrument
cooler (accessory) is installed. In this way long-term
measurements can be carried out outside in
unfavourable ambient conditions.
The analyser unit is well designed. Upgrades or sensor

exchange can always be carried out by the user.
A real humidity measurement of the flue gas can be

carried out if required. The instrument then automatically
supplies the actual measured values with reference to
1. Range of applications the humidity.
The testo 360 is a portable and approved multi-function The programmable fresh air rinse and the programmable
measuring system, being a real alternative between test gas cycle for monitoring and/or calibration make
small and simple measuring instruments for shortterm possible to effect highly accurate measurements over
measurements and stationary measuring equipment for several hours and days. To eliminate any possible
continous measurements. absorptions, test gas is supplied to the instrument or
directly to the flue gas probe.
Typical applications for the measuring system:
Control of emissions:
Operation
- approved for official measurements according Programming Note-
Printout
Files
to § 26, 28 BImSchV-measurements. Flue gas Evaluation
Storage
book
Chart recorders
probe
- Continous measurements over several weeks (quasi- Alarm

∆ p−/velocity Alarm output
stationary), for example with plants, which are not measurement
run continously. Temp. measurement Additional
sensor inputs
Sensors
Flue gas
Examination of crude gas: Heated
moisture
Gas
hose O2 CO NO NO 2 SO2 CO2 ex-
meas. haust
- Determination of filter efficiency (flue gas desulfurizing
plant, catalyzer, etc.). Gas dryer Device
Mains
controller, power
units, etc.
- Process control of thermal processes. Test
gas Instrument
input heater
- Error detection (e. g. penetration of secondary air)
within the flue gas path. Test gas Condensate drain
2. Construction and principle of work

Operation and analysis Overview and functioning of testo 360.
The testo 360 is operated via a user-friendly note-
book. The measured results are processed here to
provide detailed documentation. The menuedriven Flue gas probes
WINDOWS -software offers the user a wide variety of
display elements such as tables, curves or bar For the testo 360 Testo offers a modular probe system.
diagrams. The all-automatic multi-function probe is a new feature. It
is used simultaneously for gas analysis and velocity
The instrument saves the data continously. This measurement.
prevents loss of data in case of a power failure.
To prevent incorrect values caused by a clogged probe,
Sample gas analysis the dirt is simply blown free using compressed air or
nitrogen.
Max. 7 gas sensors and a gas preparation unit with
inferior absoprtion (Peltier-cooler) are located in the
analyser unit. The cover remains closed during
measurement thus ensuring that the degree of
protection IP 42 (splash water/rain) is achieved.
3. Technical data 3.2 Further technical data
3.1 Data of the approval test Further parameters (not approved):
Measuring ranges Meas. range: Accuracy:

CO2: 0 - 25 Vol. % < 5 % of final
Meas. ranges Smallest tested
value of meas. range
meas. ranges *
Flue gas humidity: 2.0 - 31 Vol. % < 4 % H2O
O2: 0 - 21 Vol % 0 - 21 Vol % +15 - +70°C absolute
CO: 0 - 10 000 ppm 0 - 100 mg/m³ dew point
0 - 12 560 mg/m³ Flue gas temperature:0 - 1 200°C depending on
NO: 0 - 3 000 ppm 0 - 300 mg/m³ the used
0 - 6 160 mg/m³ indicated as NO2 thermocouple
NO2: 0 - 500 ppm 0 - 100 mg/m³ Flow- 5 - 40 m/s < 1,5 m/s
0 - 1 030 mg/m³ velocity
SO2: 0 - 5 000 ppm 0 - 100 mg/m³ (calculated from (+ 50 hPa) (< 0,05 hPa
0 - 14 650 mg/m³ pressure difference): plus 1 % of
meas. value)
* Remark: The requirements covering the smallest CxHy: 0.3 - 4 % < 10 % of final
meas. ranges acc. to 17. BImSchV are fulfilled. methane value
Availability: 96.1 % for all components. Measuring range extension: Possible dilutions:
Maintenance rate: 14 days (in continous operation). 0 = off; 2.5; 10; 20 and 40.
Detection limit (mean values): Related to the indication
range:
CO: 0.92 % NO: 0.24 %
NO2: 0.04 % SO2: 2.1 %
O2: 0.01 Vol. %
Influence on the measuring signal by means of
change of barometric air pressure sample gas flow:
No influence.
Perm. ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C.
Dependence on temperature of zero point: 0 %.
Dependence on temperature of sensivity:
Maximal 2.8 %.
Temporal change of the zero point and sensivity:
< 2 % of reference value.
Time of adaptation t90: Maximal 30 seconds.
Cross sensivity (regarding CO2, NO, NO2, HCL, SO2,
CH4, NH3 and H2O in percent of indicating range):
zero point reference point

CO: < 0.1 < + 3.1 %
SO2: < + 3.2 % < - 1.1 %
NO: < 0.1 % < 0.1 %
NO2: < + 1.3 % < + 1.2 %
O2: < 0.02 Vol. % < 0.02 Vol. %
Deviation of actual values to reference values of the

instrument curve: < 2 % of indication range, maximal Length of heated sampling hoses: 2.2; 4 and 8 m.
0.13 Vol. % O2. Probe systems:
Reproducibility: - Modular system of industrial probes (heated/un-
NO: R = 56 NO2: R = 81 heated) up to 3 m length.
SO2: R = 92 (70*) CO: 111 (69*) - Multi-function probe for continous measurements.
O2: R = 434
- Possibility to connect probes of other brands.
* Meas. range 17. BImSchV Output of measured values:
- Via notebook (ASCII-file), RS 232-interface
- Current output 4 to 20 mA adjustable.
Additional inputs:
- mA/mV (for example for FID) (maximal 3).
- temperature and differential pressure (max. 3).
ZIROX Sensoren & Elektronik GmbH
Brandteichstraße 19 D-17489 Greifswald
Oxygen measuring device ZIROX K10H, E300P, E400H

for oxygen in flue gas
ZIROX oxygen measuring probes, Preamplifier E 300 and Gasmonitor E 400
1. Application A high-performance computation and

monitoring unit E 400 is fitted with a
Measuring of oxygen in flue gas of power
microcontroller for the calculation of the
stations and refuse combustion plants. oxygen concentration from the thermo-
2. Construction and method of voltage and the cell voltage. Additionally,
working the microcontroller monitors the correct
functioning of the measuring probe.
The measuring element is a zirconium-
dioxide cell in an in situ-probe. The length A display shows the oxygen concentration.
of probe is depending on the application A analog current output 0/4···20 mA is free
0,3 to 1,8 meters. scalable. Two limit values are
programmable by customer (relays out-
The preamplifier E 300 P transforms the put). A fault signal indicates errors in the
probe signals into current signals. A probe or in the electronic.
miniature pump produce reference air for
the probe. A digital interface RS 232 is available.
Block diagram:
power supply and control of heating 4···20 mA
E 400 O2-Vol.-%
reference air power 24 V DC
4 x 0,5 E 300 4···20 mA

cell signal display
temperature or
0 to 20 mA lambda
ZIROX-probe preamplifier
thermocouple
signal evaluating limiting values
electronics
max. 15 m max. 150 m
RS 232
to PC
EMISS_~2.DOC04.04.00
ZIROX Sensoren & Elektronik GmbH
Brandteichstraße 19 D-17489 Greifswald
3. Technical Data
3.1 Data of aptitude test 3.2 Further technical data
Tested measuring range: 0···20 Vol.-% O2 Output: analog: 0/4···20 mA

digital: RS 232
Availability: 99,6 % Limit values: 2 relays, free
Service interval: 4 weeks programmable
Proof limits: 0,05 Vol.-% O2 Response time: programmable 1···100 s
Ambient temperature range:-10···55 °C Temperature of measuring gas: 0···900
°C
Temperature dependence zero-point:
< 0,06 Vol.-% O2 Power supply: 120/240 VAC, ca. 120
VA
Temperature dependence reference-point: Dimensions: (380 x 300 x 200) mm
< 0,04 Vol.-% O2
Protection type: IP 56
Time change zero-point: < 0,12 Vol.-% O2
Time change reference-point:
< 0,12 Vol.-% O2
Response time (90%-Zeit): <12 s
Cross sensitivity: total < 0,13 Vol.-% O2
Reproducibility: R =239
EMISS_~2.DOC04.04.00

Air Pollution Prevention - Manual On Emission Monitoring

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Air Pollution Prevention - Manual On Emission Monitoring

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TEXTE

ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH OF THE

Research Report 297 44 849

On behalf of the Federal Environmental Agency

Account number 4327 65 - 104 at the

At the same time please direct your written order to the

The publisher does not accept responsibility for the

Publisher: Federal Environmental Agency (Umweltbundesamt)

Edited by: Section II 6.3

Berlin, Dezember 2001

6. Performing Organisation (Name, Address) 9. Publication Date

und Gerätesicherheit Baden-Württemberg 297 44 849

18. Price 19. 20.

2 DISCONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING ......................................................................................... 11

3 CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING................................................................................................. 20

4 MEASUREMENT METHODS .......................................................................................................................... 40

7 ANNEX 1: LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS /

7.4 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON WASTE INCINERATION PLANTS (17 BIMSCHV)....................................... 99

7.5 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON TITANIUM DIOXIDE (25 BIMSCHV)........................................................ 104

7.6 EXCERPT OF THE ORDER ON CREMATORIA (27 BIMSCHV) ................................................................. 105

7.7 UNIFORM PRACTICE IN MONITORING EMISSIONS IN THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY –

§ 10 OF THE 17 FEDERAL IMMISSION CONTROL ORDINANCE (BIMSCHV) ......................................... 151

8 ANNEX 2: LIST OF SUITABILITY TESTED AND ANNOUNCED MEASURING DEVICES

9 ANNEX 3: PRESENTATIONS OF MEASURING DEVICES BY THE MANUFACTURERES ........... 185

Figure 2.3: Influence of suction errors (non-isokinetic sampling) on sampling............................................ 16

Figure 3.1: Quality assurance for continuous emission monitoring............................................................... 24

Figure 4.1: Photometric in situ dust measurement (schematic) ...................................................................... 42

Figure 4.2: Scattered light measurement, extractive method (schematic) ..................................................... 43

Figure 4.3: In situ scattered light measurement (schematic) ........................................................................... 43

Figure 4.4: Dust measurement with β-ray absorption (schematic)................................................................. 44

Figure 4.5: Simplest measuring set-up for an absorption photometer (schematic)...................................... 46

Figure 4.6: NDIR photometer (schematic) ......................................................................................................... 46

Figure 4.7: Gas filter correlation method (schematic) ...................................................................................... 46

Figure 4.8: Different in situ photometer arrangements.................................................................................... 48

Figure 4.9: FTIR spectrometer with Michelson interferometer arrangement (schematic)........................... 49

Figure 4.10: Chemiluminescence measurement arrangement (schematic) ..................................................... 50

Figure 4.11: Flame ionisation detector / FID (schematic).................................................................................. 51

Figure 4.13: PCDD/PCDF sampling using the filter/cooler method (schematic).......................................... 56

Figure 4.20: Oxygen measurement using a zirconium probe (schematic)....................................................... 62

Figure 4.22: Flow balance....................................................................................................................................... 65

Figure 4.23: Flow measurement using ultrasound ............................................................................................. 65

Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring.................................... 8

Table 3: Overview of time-related requirements of officially ordered discontinuous emission

Table 4.1: Absorption solutions for accumulating measured objects............................................................... 57

and the field of installations not subject to licensing, with:

- for large furnaces, 88/609 EEC [13]

Table 1: Comparison of statutory regulations

Regulation National law EU law

1.3 Standardisation of measurement methods

National standards [KRdL quote]

The following abbreviations are used: D: draft

Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring

Date: January 2001

Table 2: Comparison of current standards and guidelines on emission monitoring

Vinyl chloride X 3493 part 1

1.4 Accreditation procedures for testing laboratories

- Individual measurements in accordance with BImSchG § 26, § 28,

Figure 1: Flow chart for the “notification / accreditation” process

2 Discontinuous emission monitoring

a) acceptance test (proof of guarantee)

Table 3: Overview of time-related requirements of officially ordered discontinuous emission

initial measurements recurrent measurements

2.2 Measurement planning